10-K 1 hlf-10k_20161231.htm 10-K

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

Form 10-K

FOR ANNUAL AND TRANSITION REPORTS

PURSUANT TO SECTIONS 13 OR 15(d) OF THE

SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

(Mark One)

☒ | ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2016

☐ | TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the transition period from to

Commission file number: 1-32381

HERBALIFE LTD.

(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in Its Charter)

Cayman Islands |  | 98-0377871
(State or Other Jurisdiction of Incorporation or Organization) |  | (I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)
P.O. Box 309GT Ugland House, South Church Street Grand Cayman, Cayman Islands |  | (Zip Code)
(Address of Principal Executive Offices) |  |

(213) 745-0500

(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

Title of Each Class |  | Name of Each Exchange on Which Registered
Common Shares, par value $0.001 per share |  | New York Stock Exchange

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:

None

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes ☒ No ☐

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. Yes ☐ No ☒

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant: (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes ☒ No ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§ 232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files). Yes ☒ No ☐

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K (§ 229,405 of this chapter) is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K. ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

Large accelerated filer | ☒ |  | Accelerated filer | ☐
Non-accelerated filer | ☐ | (Do not check if a smaller reporting company) | Smaller reporting company | ☐

Indicate by check mark whether registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act). Yes ☐ No ☒

There were 93,084,675 common shares outstanding as of February 16, 2017. The aggregate market value of the Registrant’s common shares held by non-affiliates was approximately $1,802 million as of June 30, 2016, based upon the last reported sales price on the New York Stock Exchange on that date of $58.53.

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

Portions of the registrant’s Definitive Proxy Statement to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission no later than 120 days after the end of the Registrant’s fiscal year ended December 31, 2016, are incorporated by reference in Part III of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

|  |  | Page
| PART I |
Item 1. |  | Business | 4
Item 1a. |  | Risk Factors | 17
Item 1b. |  | Unresolved Staff Comments | 33
Item 2. |  | Properties | 33
Item 3. |  | Legal Proceedings | 34
Item 4. |  | Mine Safety Disclosure | 34
| PART II |
Item 5. |  | Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases Of Equity Securities | 35
Item 6. |  | Selected Financial Data | 38
Item 7. |  | Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations | 40
Item 7a. |  | Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk | 68
Item 8. |  | Financial Statements and Supplementary Data | 70
Item 9. |  | Changes In and Disagreements With Accountants On Accounting and Financial Disclosure | 70
Item 9a. |  | Controls and Procedures | 70
Item 9b. |  | Other Information | 71
| PART III |
Item 10. |  | Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance | 71
Item 11. |  | Executive Compensation | 71
Item 12. |  | Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters | 71
Item 13. |  | Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence | 71
Item 14. |  | Principal Accountant Fees and Services | 71
| PART IV |
Item 15. |  | Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules | 72
Item 16. |  | Form 10-K Summary | 116
Signatures | 117

2

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This document contains “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. All statements other than statements of historical fact are “forward-looking statements” for purposes of federal and state securities laws, including any projections of earnings, revenue or other financial items; any statements of the plans, strategies and objectives of management for future operations; any statements concerning proposed new services or developments; any statements regarding future economic conditions or performance; any statements of belief; and any statements of assumptions underlying any of the foregoing. Forward-looking statements may include the words “may,” “will,” “estimate,” “intend,” “continue,” “believe,” “expect” or “anticipate” and any other similar words.

Although we believe that the expectations reflected in any of our forward-looking statements are reasonable, actual results could differ materially from those projected or assumed in any of our forward-looking statements. Our future financial condition and results of operations, as well as any forward-looking statements, are subject to change and to inherent risks and uncertainties, such as those disclosed or incorporated by reference in our filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Important factors that could cause our actual results, performance and achievements, or industry results to differ materially from estimates or projections contained in our forward-looking statements include, among others, the following:

| • | our relationship with, and our ability to influence the actions of, our Members;

| • | improper action by our employees or Members in violation of applicable law;

| • | adverse publicity associated with our products or network marketing organization, including our ability to comfort the marketplace and regulators regarding our compliance with applicable laws;

| • | changing consumer preferences and demands;

| • | the competitive nature of our business;

| • | regulatory matters governing our products, including potential governmental or regulatory actions concerning the safety or efficacy of our products and network marketing program, including the direct selling market in which we operate;

| • | legal challenges to our network marketing program;

| • | the consent order entered into with the FTC, the effects thereof and any failure to comply therewith;

| • | risks associated with operating internationally and the effect of economic factors, including foreign exchange, inflation, disruptions or conflicts with our third party importers, pricing and currency devaluation risks, especially in countries such as Venezuela;

| • | uncertainties relating to interpretation and enforcement of legislation in China governing direct selling;

| • | our inability to obtain the necessary licenses to expand our direct selling business in China;

| • | adverse changes in the Chinese economy;

| • | our dependence on increased penetration of existing markets;

| • | contractual limitations on our ability to expand our business;

| • | our reliance on our information technology infrastructure and outside manufacturers;

| • | the sufficiency of trademarks and other intellectual property rights;

| • | product concentration;

| • | our reliance upon, or the loss or departure of any member of, our senior management team which could negatively impact our Member relations and operating results;

| • | U.S. and foreign laws and regulations applicable to our international operations;

| • | uncertainties relating to the United Kingdom’s vote to exit from the European Union;

| • | restrictions imposed by covenants in our credit facility;

| • | uncertainties relating to the application of transfer pricing, duties, value added taxes, and other tax regulations, and changes thereto;

| • | changes in tax laws, treaties or regulations, or their interpretation;

3

| • | taxation relating to our Members;

| • | product liability claims;

| • | our incorporation under the laws of the Cayman Islands;

| • | whether we will purchase any of our shares in the open markets or otherwise; and

| • | share price volatility related to, among other things, speculative trading and certain traders shorting our common shares.

Additional factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from our forward-looking statements are set forth in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, including under the heading “Risk Factors,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and in our Consolidated Financial Statements and the related Notes.

Forward-looking statements in this Annual Report on Form 10-K speak only as of the date hereof, and forward-looking statements in documents attached that are incorporated by reference speak only as of the date of those documents. We do not undertake any obligation to update or release any revisions to any forward-looking statement or to report any events or circumstances after the date hereof or to reflect the occurrence of unanticipated events, except as required by law.

The Company

“We,” “our,” “us,” “Company” and “Herbalife” refer to Herbalife Ltd., a Cayman Islands exempt limited liability company, and its subsidiaries. Herbalife Ltd. is a holding company, with substantially all of its assets consisting of the capital stock of its direct and indirectly-owned subsidiaries.

PART I

Item 1. | BUSINESS

GENERAL

We are a global nutrition company founded in 1980 that develops and sells weight management, healthy meals and snacks, sports and fitness, energy and targeted nutritional products as well as personal care products. As of December 31, 2016, we sold our products in 94 countries. We believe the enhanced consumer awareness and the demand for our products due to the global obesity epidemic coupled with the effectiveness of network marketing have been the primary reasons for our success throughout our 37-year operating history.

We believe that direct-selling is ideally suited to marketing our products because sales of weight management, targeted nutrition, energy, sports & fitness, and outer nutrition products are strengthened by ongoing personal contact and support, coaching and education between Members and their customers towards a healthy and active lifestyle.

PRODUCT OVERVIEW

For 37 years, our science-based products have helped Members and their customers from around the world lose weight, improve their health and experience life-changing results. As of December 31, 2016, for the product categories weight management, targeted nutrition, energy, sports & fitness, and outer nutrition, we marketed and sold approximately 140 products encompassing over 4,700 SKUs globally. Our products are often sold as part of a program, and therefore our portfolio is comprised of a series of related products designed to simplify weight management and nutrition for our Members and their customers. We categorize our products into five groups: weight management, targeted nutrition, energy, sports & fitness, outer nutrition, and literature, promotional and other. For 2016, 2015 and 2014, our Formula 1 Healthy Meal, our best-selling product line, approximated 30% of our net sales.

4

The following table summarizes our products by product category.

|  | Percent of Net Sales |  |  |  |  |
Product Category |  | 2016 |  |  | 2015 |  |  | 2014 |  |  | Description |  | Representative Products
Weight Management |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |
|  |  | 63.8% |  |  |  | 64.1% |  |  |  | 64.1% |  |  | Meal replacement, protein shakes, drink mixes, weight loss enhancers and healthy snacks |  | Formula 1 Healthy Meal, Herbal Tea Concentrate, Protein Drink Mix, Personalized Protein Powder, Total Control®, Prolessa™ Duo and Protein Bars
Targeted Nutrition |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |
|  |  | 23.6% |  |  |  | 22.7% |  |  |  | 22.3% |  |  | Dietary and nutritional supplements containing quality herbs, vitamins, minerals and other natural ingredients |  | Aloe Concentrate, Niteworks®, Garden 7® phytonutrient supplement, Best Defense® for improved immune system, COQ10 Plus
Energy, Sports & Fitness |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |
|  |  | 6.1% |  |  |  | 5.6% |  |  |  | 5.3% |  |  | Products that support a healthy active lifestyle |  | Herbalife24 product line, Liftoff® energy drink, H3O™ hydration drink
Outer Nutrition |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |
|  |  | 2.4% |  |  |  | 3.0% |  |  |  | 3.6% |  |  | Facial skin care, body care, and hair care |  | Herbalife SKIN line, Skin Activator® anti-aging line, Herbal Aloe Bath and Body Careline, NouriFusion® multivitamin skin care line, Radiant C antioxidant skin care line
Literature, Promotional and Other |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |
|  |  | 4.1% |  |  |  | 4.6% |  |  |  | 4.7% |  |  | Start-up kits, sales tools, and educational materials |  | International Business Packs, BizWorks

PRODUCT DEVELOPMENT & INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY

We are committed to providing the highest-quality, science-based products to help our consumers achieve what we refer to as a “healthy, active lifestyle” in the areas of weight management; targeted nutrition (including everyday wellness and healthy aging); energy, sports & fitness; and outer nutrition. We rely on the scientific contributions from members of our Nutrition Advisory Board, along with our in-house scientific team, to continually upgrade or introduce new products as new scientific studies become available and accepted by regulatory authorities around the world. We also utilize the expertise of several international universities and key ingredient suppliers to review, evaluate and formulate new product ideas. Once a particular market opportunity has been identified, our scientists along with our marketing and sales teams work closely with Member leadership to successfully develop and launch the product. We aim to have at least one major product launch each year, timed around our major regional Member education and training events. These launches generally target specific product categories and markets we deem strategic to our business.

5

Marketing foods on the basis of sound science means using ingredients that have been well studied and discussed in background scientific literature. Use of these ingredients for their well-established purposes is by definition not novel, and for that reason, most food uses of t hese ingredients are not subject to patent protection. Notwithstanding the absence of patent protection, we do own proprietary formulations for substantially all of our weight management products and dietary and nutritional supplements. We take care in pro tecting the intellectual property rights of our proprietary formulas by restricting access to our formulas within the Company to those persons or departments that require access to them to perform their functions, and by requiring our finished goods-suppli ers and consultants to execute supply and non-disclosure agreements that seek to contractually protect our intellectual property rights. Disclosure of these formulas, in redacted form, is also necessary to obtain sanitary registrations in many countries. W e also make efforts to protect some unique formulations under patent law. We strive to protect all new product developments as the confidential trade secrets of the Company and its inventor employees.

We use the umbrella trademarks Herbalife® and the Tri-Leaf design worldwide, and protect several other trademarks and trade names related to our products and operations, such as Niteworks® and Liftoff®. Our trademark registrations are issued through the United States Patent and Trademark Office, or USPTO, and comparable agencies in the foreign countries. As of December 31, 2016, we had over 1,800 trademark registrations worldwide. We consider our trademarks and trade names to be an important factor in our business.

GEOGRAPHIC PRESENCE

As of December 31, 2016, we conducted business in 94 countries throughout the world. The top ten countries worldwide represented approximately 72.9%, 74.3%, and 73.1% of our net sales in 2016, 2015, and 2014, respectively. In the countries where we conduct business, we typically maintain a physical presence and provide sales, marketing, call center, logistics and distribution services. Globally our products can be accessed at over 1,600 locations. We distribute our products through our distribution and sales centers and certain retail partners.

Our operating segments are based on geographical operations in six regions: North America, Mexico, South & Central America, EMEA (Europe, Middle East and Africa), Asia Pacific and China. The following table shows net sales by geographic region.

|  | Net Sales |  |  |  |  |  |  | Number of |
|  | Year Ended December 31, |  |  | Percent of |  |  | Countries |
Geographic Region |  | 2016 |  |  | 2015 |  |  | 2014 |  |  | Total Net Sales 2016 |  |  | December 31 2016 |
|  | (In millions) |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |
North America |  | $ | 955.7 |  |  | $ | 879.5 |  |  | $ | 926.8 |  |  |  | 21.2 | % |  |  | 5 |
Mexico |  |  | 446.6 |  |  |  | 479.9 |  |  |  | 567.9 |  |  |  | 10.0 | % |  |  | 1 |
South & Central America |  |  | 488.7 |  |  |  | 569.7 |  |  |  | 826.4 |  |  |  | 10.9 | % |  |  | 17 |
EMEA |  |  | 815.6 |  |  |  | 755.1 |  |  |  | 843.1 |  |  |  | 18.2 | % |  |  | 55 |
Asia Pacific |  |  | 913.0 |  |  |  | 938.6 |  |  |  | 1,130.1 |  |  |  | 20.3 | % |  |  | 15 |
China |  |  | 868.8 |  |  |  | 846.2 |  |  |  | 664.3 |  |  |  | 19.4 | % |  |  | 1 |
Worldwide |  | $ | 4,488.4 |  |  | $ | 4,469.0 |  |  | $ | 4,958.6 |  |  |  | 100.0 | % |  |  | 94 |

For financial data by segment see Note 10, Segment Information, to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

MANUFACTURING, WAREHOUSING AND DISTRIBUTION

Our objective is to provide the highest quality products to our Members and their customers. We seek to accomplish this goal through execution of our “seed to feed” strategy that includes significant investments in quality assurance, scientific personnel, product testing, and increasing the amount of self-manufacturing of our top products. Our seed to feed strategy is rooted in using quality ingredients from traceable sources coupled with the vertical manufacturing of our most popular products. For our botanical products, our seed to feed strategy also includes self-manufacturing some of our teas and herbal ingredients. Our procurement activities for many botanicals now stretch back to the farms and will include the complete self-processing of teas and botanicals into finished raw materials.

The foundation for high quality products is the quality of the ingredients. Ingredients are sourced from companies that are large and reputable suppliers in their respective field. For example, soy, our number one ingredient, is sourced from DuPont (formerly Solae) and ADM. Our vitamins, minerals and other key ingredients come from companies such as DSM (formerly Roche Vitamins) and BASF. Other key suppliers include Tate & Lyle, DuPont (formerly Danisco), Kyowa Hakko, and Naturex. In addition to our own modern quality processes, sourcing from these suppliers also provides integrity to our ingredients by utilizing similar quality processes, equipment, expertise and traceability provided by these leading ingredients companies.

6

The next key component of our se ed to feed strategy involves the high quality manufacturing of these ingredients into finished products, including vertical manufacturing. In addition to self-manufacturing, we purchase products from third-party manufacturers which account for a significan t amount of our product purchases. During 2016, we purchased approximately 23% of our products from our top three third-party manufacturers. We work closely with our third-party manufacturers to ensure high quality products are produced and tested through a vigorous quality control process. Our current strategy is to continue expanding our self-manufacturing. We accelerated this initiative with the 2009 acquisition of Micelle Labs in Lake Forest, California and renovating the facility into a high-output, hi gh-quality powder and liquid manufacturer. We call this facility the Herbalife Innovation and Manufacturing Facility (or “HIM”) Lake Forest. Also, we began production in May of 2014 at the HIM Winston-Salem facility. This is the Company’s largest manufactu ring facility, at 800,000 square feet and produces powders, liquids and teas and has significant expansion opportunities. We have taken similar steps to support our China market, with our HIM Suzhou facility which began operation in 1999. In 2016 we comple ted renovations and equipment installations, and began operations in our HIM Nanjing, China facility. This has more than doubled our available finished product manufacturing capacity for the China market, and includes significant space for future expansio n. Together, these facilities produce approximately 60%-65% of our inner nutrition products sold worldwide. In our U.S. Company-owned facilities, which produce for the U.S. and most of our international markets, we operate and test to the U.S. Food and Dru g Administration, or FDA’s strict dietary supplement current Good Manufacturing Practices (cGMPs), even though many of the products being manufactured are classified as food products that are generally subject to less stringent manufacturing standards. For those products not manufactured at HIM facilities, we combine four elements to ensure quality products: the same selectivity and assurance in ingredients as noted above; use of reputable, cGMP-compliant, quality-minded manufacturing partners; a significan t supplier qualification and annual audit program; and significant product quality testing.

In addition to ensuring the highest quality ingredients and building the quality into the finished products, we test our incoming raw materials for compliance to potency, identity and adherence to strict specifications. We also analyze our finished products for label claim and microbiological purity thereby verifying product safety and shelf life in the market. For our self-manufactured products, we do substantially all of our testing in-house at our modern quality control laboratories in the U.S. and China. We have major quality control labs in Southern California, Winston-Salem, North Carolina, Suzhou, China and our Worldwide Quality Center of Excellence in Changsha, China which tests products made at non-HIM facilities, even though they are already tested at audited contract manufacturer labs or third party labs. All HIM quality control labs contain modern analytical equipment and are backed by the expertise in testing and methods development of our scientists. We employ over 500 professionals performing science or technical related functions, which includes product development, quality control, and scientific and regulatory affairs around the world.

The final part of our seed to feed strategy is delivering the high-quality product to our Members and their customers. As the shift in consumption patterns continues to reflect an increasing daily consumption focus, our strategy is to provide more product access points closer to our Members and their customers. We operate distribution points ranging from “hub” distribution centers, or DCs, in Los Angeles, Memphis, and Venray, Netherlands, to mid-size distribution centers in major countries, to small pickup locations spread throughout the world. In addition to these Company-run distribution points, Herbalife partners with retail locations to provide Member pickup points in areas which are not well serviced from Herbalife-run distribution points. In aggregate, our Company-run distribution points and partner retail locations represent over 1,600 locations around the world. As many of our products can be temperature sensitive, we monitor our DCs for temperature and humidity and occasionally will use shipping tags which monitor these parameters on certain shipment lanes and provide information to help make adjustments to shipping mode or packaging components to ensure the quality of the product being delivered to a Herbalife Distribution Center.

COMPETITION

The categories of weight management, targeted nutrition, energy, sports & fitness, and outer nutrition products are very competitive in many channels including those of direct selling, the internet, in specialty retailers and the discounted channels of food, drug and mass merchandise. Herbalife has differentiated itself from the peer group through our Member focus on the consultative sales process through product education and the frequent and sometimes daily contact and support that many Members have with their customers. From a competitive stand point, there are many providers and sales outlets of weight management products including quick-service restaurants and specialty retailers, but we believe that none have effectively combined the product, personal coaching and education and the product access provided by our Members through their daily consumption business methods such as Nutrition Clubs, Weight Loss Challenges or Fit Camps.

We are subject to competition for the recruitment of Members from other network marketing organizations, including those that market weight management, targeted nutrition, energy, sports & fitness, and outer nutrition products, as well as other types of products which are sold through direct selling. Our ability to remain competitive depends on having relevant products that meet consumer needs, a rewarding compensation plan, enhanced education and tools, and a financially viable company.

7

OUR COMPETITIVE STRENGTHS

As a global nutrition company, we believe that the direct selling channel is the most effective way to sell our products given the need for consumer education about nutrition products and the high touch and personalized service for those customers on a weight loss or weight management program. We believe that the direct-selling channel is ideally suited to marketing our products because sales of weight management, targeted nutrition, energy, sports & fitness, and outer nutrition products are strengthened by ongoing personal contact, coaching and education between Members and their customers. This frequent, personal contact can enhance consumers’ nutritional and health education as well as motivate consumers to begin and maintain an active lifestyle through wellness and weight management programs. In addition, our Members consume our products themselves, and therefore can provide first-hand testimonials of the effectiveness of our products to their customers. This personal product experience of our Members can serve as a powerful sales tool.

Our business model enables us to grow our business with moderate investment in our infrastructure and fixed costs. We incur no direct incremental cost to add a new Member in our existing markets, and our Member compensation varies directly with product sales. In addition, our Members bear the majority of our consumer marketing expenses, and sales leaders sponsor and coordinate a large share of Member recruiting, meeting and training initiatives. Furthermore, we can readily increase production and distribution of our products as a result of having our own manufacturing facilities and numerous third party manufacturing relationships, as well as our global footprint of in-house and third party distribution centers.

Our objective is sustainable growth in the sales of our products to our Members and their customers by increasing the retailing productivity, retention and recruitment of our Member base through the following competitive strengths.

Member Base

We have Members who primarily join for a discount on products that they consume and other Members who also choose to resell our products or build a sales organization. As of December 31, 2016, we had approximately 4.0 million Members, which include approximately 0.3 million China sales representatives, sales officers, and independent service providers.

People become Herbalife Members for a number of reasons. Many first start out as product consumers who want to lose weight and improve their nutrition. Some later join simply to receive a wholesale price on products they and their families can consume and enjoy. Some join to earn part-time income, wanting to give direct sales a try, whereas others are drawn to Herbalife because they can be their own boss and can earn rewards based on their own skills and hard work. In addition to discounted prices, Members can earn profit from several sources. First, Members may earn profits by purchasing our products at wholesale prices, discounted depending on the Member’s level within our Marketing Plan, and reselling those products at prices they establish for themselves. Second, Members who sponsor other Members and establish, maintain, coach and train their own sales organizations may earn commissions and bonuses based upon their organization’s production.

We are party to an agreement with our Members that prohibits us from selling our products through any distribution channel other than our network of independent Members, unless otherwise required by law.

Members may sponsor other Members in an attempt to build a sales organization, whether or not they have attained any particular level in our Marketing Plan. Many Members have not sponsored another Member. These “single level” Members are generally considered discount buyers or small retailers. A small number of these single-level Members have attained the sales leader level.

Currently, approximately 636,000 of our Members have attained the level of “sales leader”, of which approximately 573,000 have attained the level of “supervisor” in the 93 countries where we use our worldwide Marketing Plan and 63,000 sales officers and independent service providers operating under our China Marketing Plan. Collectively, we refer to this group as “sales leaders.”

In China, while direct selling is permitted, multi-level marketing is not. As a result, our business model in China differs from that used in other countries. In China, where permitted by law, we sell our products through our Members who are independent contractors. However, Members in China are categorized differently than those in other countries. Chinese citizens who apply and become Members are referred to as “Sales Representatives.” Sales Representatives receive scaled rebates based on the volume of products they purchase. Sales Representatives who reach certain volume thresholds and meet certain performance criteria are eligible to apply to provide marketing, sales and support services. Once their application is accepted, they are referred to as “Service Providers.” Service Providers are independent business entities that are eligible to receive compensation from Herbalife for the marketing, sales and support services they provide so long as they satisfy certain conditions, including procuring the requisite business licenses and having a physical business location. Sales Representatives who are in the process of applying to become Service Providers hold the title of “Sales Officers.”

8

In the U.S., we are in the process of transitioning to a structural segmentation of our Member base into “preferred members” - which are simply consumers who only wish to purchase product for thei r own household use, or “distributors” - which are Members who also wish to resell some products or build a sales organization.

The segmentation of existing members in the U.S. began in October 2016 when we initiated the process of allowing existing Members to affirmatively elect to be classified as preferred members. Those existing Members in the U.S. not electing to be a preferred member will be classified as distributors. Additionally, beginning in January 2017, we initiated a process for all U.S. new members to elect to be either a preferred member or a distributor when they initially sign-up.

Also beginning May 2017, the Company will compensate distributors based on U.S. retail sales, which include purchases by preferred members, purchases by a distributor for their personal consumption within allowable limits and sales of product by a distributor to their customers.

Geographic Diversification

We have expanded our network marketing organization into 94 countries as of December 31, 2016. While sales within our local markets may fluctuate due to economic, market and regulatory conditions, competitive pressures, political and social instability or for Company-specific reasons, we believe that our geographic diversity mitigates our exposure to any one particular market.

Our Science and our Products

We are committed to providing our Members with high-quality, science-based products to help them increase consumption and retail our products. We believe this can be best accomplished in part by introducing new products and by upgrading, reformulating and repackaging existing product lines. Our internal team of scientists and product developers collaborate with both our Nutrition Advisory Board and key ingredient suppliers to formulate, review and evaluate new product ideas. Once a particular market opportunity has been identified, our scientists along with our marketing and sales teams work closely with Member leadership to successfully develop and launch the product.

We believe our focus on nutrition and botanical science and our efforts at combining our internal efforts with the scientific expertise of outside resources that include our ingredient suppliers, major universities, as well as our Nutrition Advisory Board have resulted in product differentiation that has given our Members and consumers increased confidence in our products. We continue to globalize our R&D efforts to better reflect the international nature of the Company by operating R&D centers in Sao Paulo, Brazil, Shanghai, China and Bangalore, India in addition to our main R&D center in Torrance, California.

The Company continues to increase its investments in the areas of science and other technical functions including: research and development associated with creating new product formulations, clinical studies of existing products or products in development, technical operations to improve current product formulations, quality assurance and quality control to establish the appropriate quality systems, controls and standards as well as rigorous ingredient and product testing to ensure compliance with regulatory requirements, as well as in the areas of regulatory and scientific affairs. Globally we spent approximately $72 million in 2016 on these activities, excluding any royalty fees associated with our products, which included approximately $3.0 million of research and development spending as defined by U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

In 2010, we launched the Herbalife Nutrition Institute. The Institute is an informational resource dedicated to promoting excellence in the field of nutrition. The Institute’s website is our primary communication vehicle, and an educational resource for the general public, government agencies, the scientific community, and our Members, about good nutrition and basic health. Its mission is to encourage and support research and education on the relationship between good health, balanced nutrition and a healthy active lifestyle. In addition to providing research and education on the website and through sponsored conferences and symposia, the Institute has associations with major nutrition science organizations.

The Company’s Nutrition Advisory Board and Dieticians Advisory Board are comprised of leading experts around the world in the fields of nutrition and health who educate our Members on the principles of nutrition, physical activity, diet, and healthy lifestyle.

Members of our Nutrition Advisory Board, Dieticians Advisory Board, and the editorial board of the Herbalife Nutrition Institute are affiliated with Herbalife as individuals and not as representatives of their respective universities.

9

OUR STRATEGIES

Herbalife works closely with its Members to improve the sustainability of the business they have created to market our products to consumers. These relationships allow us to identify and test successful marketing efforts and programs developed by one or more Members and disseminate those techniques to other Members.

As an example of the effectiveness of managing our Member relationship, in or before 2004, Members in Mexico developed marketing techniques that improved both the affordability and effectiveness of our weight loss products through the creation of businesses that became known as “Nutrition Clubs”. Rather than buying several retail products, these businesses allow consumers to purchase and consume our products each day (a Member marketing technique we refer to as “daily consumption”), while continuing to benefit from the support and interaction with a Member as well as socializing with other customers. Other programs to drive daily consumption, whether for weight management or for improved physical fitness, include Member conducted weight loss contests, or Weight Loss Challenges, and Member led fitness programs, or Fit Camps. We refer to successful Member marketing techniques that we disseminate throughout our Member network, such as Nutrition Clubs, Weight Loss Challenges and Fit Camps as Distributor Methods of Operations, or DMOs.

Our strategies to grow our business center on our relationships with our Members and their relationships with consumers. These strategies include:

Deliver Effective Products that are Scientifically Validated

Our product strategy is focused on providing high-quality, science-based products that can support a healthy active lifestyle for Members and their customers in the areas of weight management; targeted nutrition (including everyday wellness and healthy aging); energy, sports & fitness; and outer nutrition. We rely on the scientific contributions from members of our Nutrition Advisory Board, along with our in-house scientific team, to continually upgrade or introduce new products as new scientific studies become available and accepted by regulatory authorities around the world. Additionally, to support our daily consumption initiatives, our product strategy includes projects such as seasonal flavors of our meal replacement shake, new flavors of top selling products and various package sizes and products that can be consumed hot, such as our savory shakes and soups. We aim to have at least one major product launch each year, timed around our major regional Member education and training events. These launches generally target specific product categories and markets we deem strategic to our business.

Improve the Sustainability of Members’ Businesses

Combined with our efforts to improve the effectiveness of our Members’ marketing strategies is our strategy to improve the sustainability of our Members’ businesses through the evolution of our Marketing Plan.

Historically, qualifying for commissions and/or bonuses in our Marketing Plan required the purchase by the qualifying Member and their downline of products representing 4,000 Volume Points in a single month or 2,500 Volume Points in each of two consecutive months. In 2009, we enhanced our Marketing Plan to enable Members to qualify for commissions and/or bonuses by acquiring 5,000 Volume Points over the course of twelve months rather than one or two months, enabling our Members interested in trying direct selling to do so on a more gradual basis. During 2014, we simplified our qualification criteria. To attain sales leader status, a Member generally must be responsible for sales of products representing an accumulation of at least 4,000 Volume Points in any consecutive twelve month period. We believe this simplified and gradual approach is important to the success and retention of new sales leaders and benefit the business long term as it allows new Members to get product and customer experience, improved training and additional education about Herbalife products, daily consumption based DMOs and the business opportunity prior to becoming a sales leader.

As a leading direct seller, we also endeavor to foster our Members to fairly and honestly market both our products and the business opportunity as part of being an Herbalife Member.

Improve Members’ Skills through Training

We believe that personal and professional development are key to our Members’ success and therefore we and our sales leaders have meetings and events to support this important objective. We and our Member leadership conduct training sessions on local, regional and global levels attended by thousands of Members to provide updates on product education, sales and marketing training, and instruction on available tools. These events are opportunities to showcase and disseminate our Members’ evolving best marketing practices from around the world such as Nutrition Clubs, Weight Loss Challenges, Fit Camps and other business methods, and to introduce new or upgraded products. A variety of training and development tools are also available through online and mobile platforms.

10

Increase Brand Awareness

To increase our brand awareness, we and our Members have entered into numerous marketing alliances around the world. Herbalife sponsorships of and partnerships with featured athletes, teams and events promote brand awareness, the use of Herbalife products, and “Better living through nutrition.” We continue to build brand awareness and work towards becoming the most trusted brand in nutrition. We also work to leverage the power of our Member base as a marketing and brand-building tool. We maintain a brand style guide and brand asset library so that our Members have access to the Herbalife brand logo and marketing materials for use in their marketing efforts.

Improve Product Access

As adoption of daily consumption methods continue to expand, we have identified a number of methods and approaches that better support Members by providing access points closer to where they do business and by improving product delivery efficiency through our distribution channels. Specific methods vary by markets, considering local Member needs as well as infrastructure and available resources. We continue to expand the number of Sales Centers, smaller pick up locations (including third party collection points), brand experience centers and automated sales centers. This expansion is based on the needs of our Members and the growth of the business primarily from deeper penetration into existing markets. For example, we now have distribution agreements with multiple retailers. We believe that by leveraging the retailer’s distribution system we are providing our Members with easier product access. We will continue to evaluate the need to increase the number of product access points. Many Members today focus on the use of technology to support their businesses. With the increased activity towards our online and mobile tools, we have enhanced our product access and distribution network to support higher volumes of online or mobile orders which result in Members and their customers selecting home or business delivery options. We continue to see online or mobile ordering activity increase in many established markets.

Leverage Our Infrastructure

We continue to invest in our technology infrastructure in order to maintain, protect, and enhance existing systems and develop new systems to keep pace with continuing changes in technology, evolving industry and regulatory standards, emerging data security risks, and changing user patterns and preferences.

We leverage an Oracle business suite platform to support our business operations, improve productivity and support our strategic initiatives. In addition, we also employ information technology systems to support Members and their increasing demand to be more connected to Herbalife, their business and their consumers. These systems include our Internet-based marketing and Member services platform with tools such as BizWorks, MyHerbalife, GoHerbalife, iChange, and Herbalife Mobile. We continue to invest in business intelligence tools to enable better analysis of our business and to identify opportunities for growth. We will continue to build on these platforms so that we can take advantage of the rapid development of technology around the globe.

OUR NETWORK MARKETING PROGRAM

General

Our products are sold or distributed through a global direct selling business model. Many individuals become part of our direct selling network simply to buy products at a discount directly from us for their own consumption. Others choose to also retail and distribute products that they purchase from us. Finally, some individuals choose to also build a direct sales force and earn compensation (which could include commissions, royalty overrides and production bonuses) based on the activity of their sales organizations, as well as an annual bonus that is based on several additional factors. In China, due to local regulations, we sell our products to and through independent service providers, sales representatives, and sales officers to customers and preferred customers, as well as through Company-operated retail stores when necessary.

On July 18, 2002, we entered into an agreement with our Members that provides that we will continue to distribute Herbalife products exclusively to and through our Members and that, other than changes required by applicable law or necessary in our reasonable business judgment to account for specific local market or currency conditions to achieve a reasonable profit on operations, we will not make any material changes to certain aspects of our Marketing Plan that are adverse to our Members without the support of our Member leadership. Specifically, any such changes would require the approval of at least 51% of our Members then at the level of President’s Team earning at the production bonus level of 6% who vote, provided that at least 50% of those Members entitled to vote do in fact vote. We initiate these types of changes based on the assessment of what will be best for the Company and its Members and then submit such changes for the requisite vote. We believe that this agreement has strengthened our relationship with our existing Members, improved our ability to recruit new Members and generally increased the long-term stability of our business.

11

Structure

To become a Member in most markets, a person must be sponsored by an existing Member and must purchase an Herbalife Member Pack, or HMP. The HMP is a Member kit available in local languages which typically includes product samples, a handy tote, booklets describing the Company, our compensation plan and rules of Member conduct, various training and promotional materials, Member applications and a product catalog. The price of an HMP varies by market and provides a low cost entry for incoming Members. HMPs do not generate any Member compensation and are not used for Member qualifications or recognition purposes under the Company’s Marketing Plan.

Volume Points are point values assigned to each of our products for use by the Company to determine a Member’s sales achievement level. We assign a Volume Point value to a product when it is first introduced into a market and the value is unaffected by subsequent exchange rate and price changes. The specific number of Volume Points assigned to a product, generally consistent across all markets, is based on a Volume Point to suggested retail price ratio for similar products in the market.

To become a sales leader, or qualify for a higher level, Members must achieve specified Volume Point thresholds of product sales or earn certain amounts of royalty overrides during specified time periods and generally must re-qualify once each year. To attain sales leader status, a Member generally must be responsible for sales of products representing an accumulation of at least 4,000 Volume Points in any consecutive twelve month period. To re-qualify, sales leaders need to accumulate 4,000 Volume Points within the 12-month re-qualification period. In February of each year, we remove from the rank of sales leader those individuals who did not satisfy the sales leader qualification requirements during the preceding twelve months. See Item 7, Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations, of this Annual Report on Form 10-K for additional information regarding sales leader retention rates.

The method for calculating distributor allowances and Marketing Plan payouts generally utilizes 90% to 95% of suggested retail price, depending on the product and market, to which we apply discounts of up to 50% for distributor allowances and payout rates of up to 15% for royalty overrides, up to 7% for production bonuses, and approximately 1% for the Mark Hughes bonus.

Members, with the exception of those in China and our preferred members, earn the right to receive royalty overrides upon attaining the level of sales leader and above, and production bonuses upon attaining the level of Global Expansion Team and above. Once a Member becomes a sales leader, he or she has the opportunity to qualify by earning specified amounts of royalty overrides for the Global Expansion Team, the Millionaire Team or the President’s Team, and thereby receives production bonuses of up to 7%. We believe that the opportunity for Members to earn royalty overrides and production bonuses contributes significantly to our ability to retain our most active and productive Members.

Our business model in China includes unique features as compared to our traditional business model in order to ensure compliance with Chinese government regulations. These include Company operated retail stores and certification procedures for sales personnel when necessary. These and other features of our business model in China have resulted in, and will continue to result in, substantial ongoing costs.

PRODUCT RETURN AND BUYBACK POLICIES

In substantially all markets, our products include a customer satisfaction guarantee. Under this guarantee, any customer or preferred member who is not satisfied with a Herbalife product for any reason may return it or any unused portion of it within 30 days from the time of receipt to the Member from whom it was purchased for a full refund or credit toward the exchange of another Herbalife product. If they return the products to us on a timely basis, the Member may obtain replacement product from us for such returned products. In addition, in substantially all jurisdictions, we maintain a buyback program pursuant to which we will repurchase products sold to a Member who has decided to leave the business. The buyback program has certain terms and conditions that may vary by market, but generally permits the return of unopened and marketable condition products or sales materials purchased within the prior twelve month period, in exchange for a refund of the net price paid for the product, including the original cost of shipment to the Member. We pay the cost to return the product to us. Together, product returns and buybacks were approximately 0.1%, 0.1%, and 0.2% of product sales for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015, and 2014, respectively.

REGULATION

General

In both our United States and foreign markets, we are affected by extensive laws, governmental regulations, administrative determinations and guidance, court decisions and similar constraints. Such laws, regulations and other constraints exist at the federal, state or local levels in the United States and at all levels of government in foreign jurisdictions, including regulations pertaining to: (1) the formulation, manufacturing, packaging, labeling, distribution, importation, sale and storage of our products; (2) product claims

12

and advertising, including direct claims and advertising by us, as well as claims and advertising by Members, for which we may be held responsible; (3) our network marketing program; (4) transfer pricing and similar regulat ions that affect the level of U.S. and foreign taxable income and customs duties; (5) taxation of our Members (which in some instances may impose an obligation on us to collect the taxes and maintain appropriate records); and (6) currency exchange and repa triation.

Products

In the United States, the formulation, manufacturing, packaging, holding, labeling, promotion, advertising, distribution and sale of our products are subject to regulation by various governmental agencies, including (1) the Food and Drug Administration, or FDA, (2) the Federal Trade Commission, or FTC, (3) the Consumer Product Safety Commission, or CPSC, (4) the United States Department of Agriculture, or USDA, (5) the Environmental Protection Agency, or EPA, (6) the United States Postal Service, (7) United States Customs and Border Patrol, and (8) the Drug Enforcement Administration. Our activities also are regulated by various agencies of the states, localities and foreign countries in which our products are manufactured, distributed or sold. The FDA, in particular, regulates the formulation, manufacture and labeling of over-the-counter, or OTC, drugs, conventional foods, dietary supplements, and cosmetics such as those distributed by us. The majority of the products marketed by us in the United States are classified as conventional foods or dietary supplements under the Federal Food, Drug and Cosmetic Act, or FFDCA. Internationally, the majority of products marketed by us are classified as foods, health supplements or food supplements.

FDA regulations govern the preparation, packaging, holding and distribution of foods, OTC drugs and dietary supplements. Among other obligations, they require us and our contract manufacturers to meet relevant current good manufacturing practice, or cGMP, regulations for the preparation, packaging, holding, and distribution of OTC drugs and dietary supplements. The FDA also requires identity testing of all incoming dietary ingredients used in dietary supplements, unless a company successfully petitions for an exemption from this testing requirement in accordance with the regulations. The cGMPs are designed to ensure that OTC drug and dietary supplement products are not adulterated with contaminants or impurities, and are labeled to accurately reflect the active ingredients and other ingredients in the products. Herbalife has regularly implemented enhancements, modifications and improvements to our manufacturing and corporate quality processes and believes we and our contract manufacturers are compliant with the FDA’s cGMP and other applicable manufacturing regulations in the United States.

The U.S. Dietary Supplement Health and Education Act of 1994, or DSHEA, revised the provisions of FFDCA concerning the composition and labeling of dietary supplements. Under DSHEA, dietary supplement labeling may display structure/function claims that the manufacturer can substantiate, which are claims that the products affect the structure or function of the body, without prior FDA approval, but with notification to the FDA. They may not bear any claim that they can prevent, treat, cure, mitigate or diagnose disease (a drug claim). In addition, the agency permits companies to use FDA-approved full and qualified health claims for products containing specific ingredients that meet stated requirements.

U.S. law also requires that all serious adverse events occurring within the United States involving dietary supplements or OTC drugs be reported. We believe that we are in full compliance with this law having implemented a worldwide procedure governing adverse event identification, investigation and reporting. As a result of reported adverse events, we may from time to time elect, or be required, to remove a product from a market, either temporarily or permanently.

Some of the products marketed by us are considered conventional foods and are currently labeled as such. Within the United States, this category of products is subject to the federal Nutrition, Labeling and Education Act, or NLEA, and regulations promulgated under the NLEA. The NLEA regulates health claims, ingredient labeling and nutrient content claims characterizing the level of a nutrient in the product. The ingredients in conventional foods must either be generally recognized as safe by experts or be approved as food additives under FDA regulations.

The federal Food Safety Modernization Act is also applicable to some of Herbalife’s business and will require the development of a food safety plan and the implementation of preventative measures to protect against food contamination. Dietary supplements manufactured in accordance with cGMPs and foods manufactured in accordance with the low acid food regulations are exempt.

In foreign markets, prior to commencing operations and prior to making or permitting sales of our products in the market, we may be required to obtain an approval, license or certification from the relevant country’s ministry of health or comparable agency. Where a formal approval, license or certification is not required, we nonetheless seek the advice of counsel regarding our compliance with applicable laws. Prior to entering a new market in which a formal approval, license or certificate is required, we work extensively with local authorities in order to obtain the requisite approvals. The approval process generally requires us to present each product and product ingredient to appropriate regulators and, in some instances, arrange for testing of products by local technicians for ingredient analysis. The approvals may be conditioned on reformulation of our products, or may be unavailable with respect to some products or some ingredients.

13

The FTC, which exercises jurisdiction over the advertising of all of our products in the United States, has in the past several years instituted enforcement actions a gainst several dietary supplement and food companies and against manufacturers of weight loss products generally for false and misleading advertising of some of their products. In addition, the FTC has increased its scrutiny of the use of testimonials, whi ch we also utilize, as well as the role of expert endorsers and product clinical studies. We cannot be sure that the FTC, or comparable foreign agencies, will not question our advertising or other operations in the future.

In Europe, where an EU Health Claim regulation is in effect, the European Food Safety Authority, or EFSA, issued opinions following its review of a number of proposed claims dossiers. ESFA’s opinions, which have been accepted by the European Commission, are having a limiting effect on the use of certain nutrition-specific claims made for our products. Herbalife has revised affected product labels to ensure regulatory compliance. Until all modified labels are in the marketplace, there is the possibility that one or more EU Member States could take enforcement action.

We are subject to a permanent injunction issued in October 1986 pursuant to the settlement of an action instituted by the California Attorney General, the State Health Director and the Santa Cruz County District Attorney. We consented to the entry of this injunction without in any way admitting the allegations of the complaint. The injunction prevents us from making specified claims in advertising of our products, but does not prevent us from continuing to make specified claims concerning our products, provided that we have a reasonable basis for making the claims. The injunction also prohibits certain recruiting-related investments from Members and mandates that payments to Members be premised on retail sales (as defined); the injunction provides that the Company may establish a system to verify or document such compliance.

Network Marketing Program

Our network marketing program is subject to a number of federal and state regulations administered by the FTC and various state agencies as well as regulations in foreign markets administered by foreign agencies. Regulations applicable to network marketing organizations generally are directed at ensuring that product sales ultimately are made to consumers and that advancement within our organization is based on sales of the organization’s products rather than investments in the organization or other non-retail sales related criteria. When required by law, we obtain regulatory approval of our network marketing program or, when this approval is not required, the favorable opinion of local counsel as to regulatory compliance.

On July 15, 2016, we reached a settlement with the FTC and entered into a proposed Stipulation to Entry of Order for Permanent Injunction and Monetary Judgment, or the Consent Order, which resolved the FTC’s multi-year investigation of us. The Consent Order became effective on July 25, 2016, or the Effective Date, upon final approval by the U.S. District Court for the Central District of California. Pursuant to the Consent Order, we agreed to implement certain new procedures and enhance certain existing procedures in the U.S., most of which we will have 10 months from the Effective Date to implement. Among other requirements, the Consent Order requires us to categorize all existing and future Members in the U.S. as either “preferred members” - who are simply consumers who only wish to purchase product for their own household use, or “distributors” - who are Members who wish to resell some products or build a sales organization. We also agreed to compensate distributors on U.S. retail sales within their downline organizations, which include purchases by preferred members, purchases by a distributor for his or her personal consumption within allowable limits and sales of product by a distributor to his or her customers. The Consent Order also requires distributors to meet certain conditions before opening Nutrition Clubs and/or entering into leases for their Herbalife business in the United States. The Consent Order also prohibits us from making expressly or by implication, any representation regarding the amount or level of income, including full-time or part-time income that a participant can reasonably expect to earn in our network marketing program, unless the representation is non-misleading and we possess competent and reliable evidence sufficient to substantiate that the representation is true.

The Consent Order also prohibits us and other persons who act in active concert with us from representing that participation in the network marketing program will result in a lavish lifestyle and from using images or descriptions to represent or imply that participation in the program is likely to result in a lavish lifestyle. In addition, the Consent Order prohibits specified misrepresentations in connection with marketing the program, including misrepresentations regarding any fact material to participation such as the cost to participate or the amount of income likely to be earned. The order also requires us to clearly and conspicuously disclose all information material to participation in the marketing program, including our refund and buyback policy.

We intend to monitor the impact of the Consent Order regularly and our Board of Directors has established the Implementation Oversight Committee in connection with the Consent Order. The committee has met and will meet regularly with management to oversee our compliance with the terms of the Consent Order. While we currently do not expect the settlement to have a long-term and materially adverse impact on our business and our Member base, our business and our Member base, particularly in the U.S., may be negatively impacted as we and they adjust to the changes.

14

Additionally, the FTC has promulgated nonbinding Guides Concerning the Use of Endorsements and Testimonials in Advertising, or Guides, that explain how th e FTC interprets Section 5 of the FTC Act’s prohibition on unfair or deceptive acts or practices. Consequently, the FTC could bring a Section 5 enforcement action based on practices that are inconsistent with the Guides. Under the Guides, advertisements th at feature a consumer and convey his or her atypical experience with a product or service are required to clearly disclose the results that consumers can generally expect. Herbalife has adapted its practices and rules regarding the practices of its Members to comply with the revised Guides and to comply with the Consent Order.

The terms of the settlement do not change our going to market through direct selling by independent distributors, and compensating those distributors based upon the product they and their sales organization sell. We were at the time of the settlement, and are now, in the process of implementing many of the new and enhanced procedures; however, the terms of the settlement and the costs to comply therewith could adversely affect our business operations, our results of operations and our financial condition. See Part I, Item 1A – Risk Factors of this Annual Report on Form 10-K for a discussion of risks related to the settlement with the FTC.

We also are subject to the risk of private party challenges to the legality of our network marketing program both in the United States and internationally. For example, in Webster v. Omnitrition International, Inc., 79 F.3d 776 (9th Cir. 1996), the network marketing program of Omnitrition International, Inc., or Omnitrition, was challenged in a class action by Omnitrition distributors who alleged that it was operating an illegal “pyramid scheme” in violation of federal and state laws. We believe that our network marketing program satisfies federal and other applicable statutes and case law.

In some countries, regulations applicable to the activities of our Members also may affect our business because in some countries we are, or regulators may assert that we are, responsible for our Members’ conduct. In these countries, regulators may request or require that we take steps to ensure that our Members comply with local regulations. The types of regulated conduct include: (1) representations concerning our products; (2) income representations made by us and/or Members; (3) public media advertisements, which in foreign markets may require prior approval by regulators; (4) sales of products in markets in which the products have not been approved, licensed or certified for sale; and (5) classification by government agencies of our Members as employees of the Company.

In some markets, it is possible that improper product claims by Members could result in our products being reviewed by regulatory authorities and, as a result, being classified or placed into another category as to which stricter regulations are applicable. In addition, we might be required to make labeling changes.

We also are subject to regulations in various foreign markets pertaining to social security assessments, employment and severance pay requirements, import/export regulations and antitrust issues. As an example, in some markets, we are substantially restricted in the amount and types of rules and termination criteria that we can impose on Members without having to pay social security assessments on behalf of the Members and without incurring severance obligations to terminated Members. In some countries, we may be subject to these obligations in any event.

It is an ongoing part of our business to monitor and respond to regulatory and legal developments, including those that may affect our network marketing program. However, the regulatory requirements concerning network marketing programs do not include bright line rules and are inherently fact-based. An adverse judicial determination with respect to our network marketing program could have a material adverse effect to our financial condition and operating results. An adverse determination could: (1) require us to make modifications to our network marketing program, (2) result in negative publicity, or (3) have a negative impact on Member morale. In addition, adverse rulings by courts in any proceedings challenging the legality of network marketing systems, even in those not involving us directly, could have a material adverse effect on our operations.

As has been reported in the national media, a hedge fund manager publicly raised allegations regarding the legality of our network marketing program. We believe, based in part upon prior guidance to the general public from the FTC, that our network marketing program is compliant with applicable law.

Transfer Pricing and Similar Regulations

In many countries, including the United States, we are subject to transfer pricing and other tax regulations designed to ensure that appropriate levels of income are reported as earned by our U.S. or local entities and are taxed accordingly. In addition, our operations are subject to regulations designed to ensure that appropriate levels of customs duties are assessed on the importation of our products.

Although we believe that we are in substantial compliance with all applicable regulations and restrictions, we are subject to the risk that governmental authorities could audit our transfer pricing and related practices and assert that additional taxes are owed. For example, we are currently subject to pending or proposed audits that are at various levels of review, assessment or appeal in a number

15

of jurisdictions involving transfer pricing issues, income taxes, duties, value added taxes, withholding taxes and related interest and penalties in material amounts. In some circumstances, additional taxes, interest and penalties have been assessed, and we will be required to appeal or litigate to reverse the assessments. We have taken advice from our tax advisors and believe that there are substantial defenses to the allegations that additional taxes are owed, and we are vigorously defending against the imposition of additional proposed taxes. The ultimate resolution of these matters may take several years, and the ou tcome is uncertain.

In the event that the audits or assessments are concluded adversely to us, we may or may not be able to offset or mitigate the consolidated effect of foreign income tax assessments through the use of U.S. foreign tax credits. Because the laws and regulations governing U.S. foreign tax credits are complex and subject to periodic legislative amendment, we cannot be sure that we would in fact be able to take advantage of any foreign tax credits in the future.

Compliance Procedures

As indicated above, Herbalife, our products and our network marketing program are subject, both directly and indirectly through Members’ conduct, to numerous federal, state and local regulations, both in the United States and foreign markets. Beginning in 1985, we began to institute formal regulatory compliance measures by developing a system to identify specific complaints against Members and to remedy any violations of Herbalife’s rules by Members through appropriate sanctions, including warnings, suspensions and, when necessary, terminations. In our manuals, seminars and other training programs and materials, we emphasize that Members are prohibited from making therapeutic claims for our products.

Our general policy regarding acceptance of Member applications from individuals who do not reside in one of our markets is to refuse to accept the individual’s Member application.

In order to comply with regulations that apply to both us and our Members, we conduct considerable research into the applicable regulatory framework prior to entering any new market to identify all necessary licenses and approvals and applicable limitations on our operations in that market. Typically, we conduct this research with the assistance of local legal counsel and other representatives. We devote substantial resources to obtaining the necessary licenses and approvals and bringing our operations into compliance with the applicable limitations. We also research laws applicable to Member operations and revise or alter our Member manuals and other training materials and programs to provide Members with guidelines for operating a business, marketing and distributing our products and similar matters, as required by applicable regulations in each market. We are, however, unable to monitor our Members effectively to ensure that they refrain from distributing our products in countries where we have not commenced operations, and we do not devote significant resources to this type of monitoring.

In addition, regulations in existing and new markets often are ambiguous and subject to considerable interpretive and enforcement discretion by the responsible regulators. Moreover, even when we believe that we and our Members are initially in compliance with all applicable regulations, new regulations regularly are being added and the interpretation of existing regulations is subject to change. Further, the content and impact of regulations to which we are subject may be influenced by public attention directed at us, our products or our network marketing program, so that extensive adverse publicity about us, our products or our network marketing program may result in increased regulatory scrutiny.

Employees

As of December 31, 2016, we had approximately 8,300 employees, of which approximately 2,400 were located in the United States. These numbers do not include our Members, who are independent contractors. In certain countries, which include China and Mexico, we have employees who are subject to labor union agreements and there have been no significant business interruptions as a result of any labor disputes.

Available Information

Our Internet website address is www.Herbalife.com. We make available free of charge on our website our Annual Reports on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, Current Reports on Form 8-K and amendments to those reports filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act, as soon as reasonably practical after we file such material with, or furnish it to, the Securities and Exchange Commission, or SEC. This information is also available in print to any shareholder who requests it, with any such requests addressed to Investor Relations, 800 West Olympic Blvd., Suite 406, Los Angeles, CA 90015. Certain of these documents may also be obtained by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. The SEC also maintains an Internet website that contains reports, and other information regarding issuers that file electronically with the SEC at www.sec.gov. We also make available free of charge on our website our Corporate Governance Guidelines, our Code of Business Conduct and Ethics, and the Charters of our Audit Committee, Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee, and Compensation Committee of our Board of Directors.

16

It em 1A. | RISK FACTORS

Risks Related to Us and Our Business

Our failure to establish and maintain Member and sales leader relationships for any reason could negatively impact sales of our products and harm our financial condition and operating results.

We distribute our products exclusively to and through independent Members, and we depend upon them directly for substantially all of our sales. Our Members, including our sales leaders, may voluntarily terminate their Member agreements with us at any time. To increase our revenue, we must increase the number of, or the productivity of, our Members. Accordingly, our success depends in significant part upon our ability to recruit, retain and motivate a large base of Members. The loss of a significant number of Members for any reason could negatively impact sales of our products and could impair our ability to attract new Members. In our efforts to attract and retain Members, we compete with other network marketing organizations, including those in the weight management, dietary and nutritional supplement and personal care and cosmetic product industries. Our operating results could be harmed if our existing and new business opportunities and products do not generate sufficient interest to retain existing Members and attract new Members.

Our Member organization has a high turnover rate, which is a common characteristic found in the direct selling industry. See Item 7, Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations, of this Annual Report on Form 10-K for additional information regarding sales leader retention rates.

Because we cannot exert the same level of influence or control over our independent Members as we could were they our own employees, our Members could fail to comply with applicable law or our Member policies and procedures, which could result in claims against us that could harm our financial condition and operating results.

Our Members are independent contractors and, accordingly, we are not in a position to directly provide the same direction, motivation and oversight as we would if Members were our own employees. As a result, there can be no assurance that our Members will participate in our marketing strategies or plans, accept our introduction of new products, or comply with our Members policies and procedures.

Extensive federal, state and local laws regulate our business, products and network marketing program. Because we have expanded into foreign countries, our policies and procedures for our independent Members differ due to the different legal requirements of each country in which we do business. While we have implemented Member policies and procedures designed to govern Member conduct and to protect the goodwill associated with Herbalife trademarks and tradenames, it can be difficult to enforce these policies and procedures because of the large number of Members and their independent status. Violations by our independent Members of applicable law or of our policies and procedures in dealing with customers could reflect negatively on our products and operations and harm our business reputation. In addition, it is possible that a court could hold us civilly or criminally accountable based on vicarious liability because of the actions of our independent Members.

Adverse publicity associated with our products, ingredients or network marketing program, or those of similar companies, could harm our financial condition and operating results.

The size of our distribution force and the results of our operations may be significantly affected by the public’s perception of the Company and similar companies. This perception is dependent upon opinions concerning:

| • | the safety and quality of our products and ingredients;

| • | the safety and quality of similar products and ingredients distributed by other companies;

| • | our Members;

| • | our network marketing program; and

| • | the direct selling business generally.

Adverse publicity concerning any actual or purported failure of our Company or our Members to comply with applicable laws and regulations regarding product claims and advertising, good manufacturing practices, the regulation of our network marketing program, the registration of our products for sale in our target markets or other aspects of our business, whether or not resulting in enforcement actions or the imposition of penalties, could have an adverse effect on the goodwill of our Company and could negatively

17

affect our ability to attract, motivate and retain Members, which wou ld negatively impact our ability to generate revenue. We cannot ensure that all of our Members will comply with applicable legal requirements relating to the advertising, labeling, licensing or distribution of our products.

In addition, our Members’ and consumers’ perception of the safety and quality of our products and ingredients as well as similar products and ingredients distributed by other companies can be significantly influenced by media attention, publicized scientific research or findings, widespread product liability claims and other publicity concerning our products or ingredients or similar products and ingredients distributed by other companies. Adverse publicity, whether or not accurate or resulting from consumers’ use or misuse of our products, that associates consumption of our products or ingredients, or any similar products or ingredients with illness or other adverse effects, questions the benefits of our or similar products or claims that any such products are ineffective, inappropriately labeled or have inaccurate instructions as to their use, could lead to lawsuits or other legal challenges and could negatively impact our reputation, the market demand for our products, or our general business.

From time to time, we receive inquiries from government agencies and third parties requesting information concerning our products. We fully cooperate with these inquiries including, when requested, by the submission of detailed technical dossiers addressing product composition, manufacturing, process control, quality assurance, and contaminant testing. Further, we periodically respond to requests from regulators for additional information regarding product-specific adverse events. We are confident in the safety of our products when used as directed. However, there can be no assurance that regulators in these or other markets will not take actions that might delay or prevent the introduction of new products, or require the reformulation or the temporary or permanent withdrawal of certain of our existing products from their markets.

Adverse publicity relating to us, our products or our operations, including our network marketing program or the attractiveness or viability of the financial opportunities provided thereby, has had, and could again have, a negative effect on our ability to attract, motivate and retain Members, and it could also affect our share price. In the mid-1980s, our products and marketing program became the subject of regulatory scrutiny in the United States, resulting in large part from claims and representations made about our products by our Members, including impermissible therapeutic claims. The resulting adverse publicity caused a rapid, substantial loss of Members in the United States and a corresponding reduction in sales beginning in 1985. In addition, in late 2012, a hedge fund manager publicly raised allegations regarding the legality of our network marketing program and announced that his fund had taken a significant short position regarding our common shares, leading to intense public scrutiny and governmental inquiries, and significant stock price volatility. We expect that negative publicity will, from time to time, continue to negatively impact our business in particular markets and may adversely affect our share price.

Our failure to appropriately respond to changing consumer preferences and demand for new products or product enhancements could significantly harm our Member and customer relationships and product sales and harm our financial condition and operating results.

Our business is subject to changing consumer trends and preferences, especially with respect to weight management products. Our continued success depends in part on our ability to anticipate and respond to these changes, and we may not respond in a timely or commercially appropriate manner to such changes. Furthermore, the nutritional supplement industry is characterized by rapid and frequent changes in demand for products and new product introductions and enhancements. Our failure to accurately predict these trends could negatively impact consumer opinion of our products, which in turn could harm our customer and Member relationships and cause the loss of sales. The success of our new product offerings and enhancements depends upon a number of factors, including our ability to:

| • | accurately anticipate customer needs;

| • | innovate and develop new products or product enhancements that meet these needs;

| • | successfully commercialize new products or product enhancements in a timely manner;

| • | price our products competitively;

| • | manufacture and deliver our products in sufficient volumes and in a timely manner; and

| • | differentiate our product offerings from those of our competitors.

If we do not introduce new products or make enhancements to meet the changing needs of our customers in a timely manner, some of our products could be rendered obsolete, which could negatively impact our revenues, financial condition and operating results.

18

Due to the high level of competition in our industry, we might fail to retain our cust omers and Members, which would harm our financial condition and operating results.

The business of marketing weight management and nutrition products is highly competitive and sensitive to the introduction of new products or weight management plans, including various prescription drugs, which may rapidly capture a significant share of the market. These market segments include numerous manufacturers, distributors, marketers, retailers and physicians that actively compete for the business of consumers both in the United States and abroad. In addition, we anticipate that we will be subject to increasing competition in the future from sellers that utilize electronic commerce. Some of these competitors have longer operating histories, significantly greater financial, technical, product development, marketing and sales resources, greater name recognition, larger established customer bases and better-developed distribution channels than we do. Our present or future competitors may be able to develop products that are comparable or superior to those we offer, adapt more quickly than we do to new technologies, evolving industry trends and standards or customer requirements, or devote greater resources to the development, promotion and sale of their products than we do. For example, if our competitors develop other diet or weight management products that prove to be more effective than our products, demand for our products could be reduced. Accordingly, we may not be able to compete effectively in our markets and competition may intensify.

We are also subject to significant competition for the recruitment of Members from other network marketing organizations, including those that market weight management products, dietary and nutritional supplements and personal care products as well as other types of products. We compete for global customers and Members with regard to weight management, nutritional supplement and personal care products. Our competitors include both direct selling companies such as NuSkin Enterprises, Nature’s Sunshine, Alticor/Amway, Melaleuca, Avon Products, Oriflame, Omnilife, Tupperware and Mary Kay, as well as retail establishments such as Weight Watchers, Jenny Craig, General Nutrition Centers, Wal-Mart and retail pharmacies.

In addition, because the industry in which we operate is not particularly capital intensive or otherwise subject to high barriers to entry, it is relatively easy for new competitors to emerge who will compete with us for our Members and customers. In addition, the fact that our Members may easily enter and exit our network marketing program contributes to the level of competition that we face. For example, a Member can enter or exit our network marketing system with relative ease at any time without facing a significant investment or loss of capital because (1) we have a low upfront financial cost to become a Herbalife Member, (2) we do not require any specific amount of time to work as a Member, (3) we do not charge Members for any training that we might require, (4) we do not prohibit a new Member from working with another company, and (5) in substantially all jurisdictions, we maintain a buyback program pursuant to which we will repurchase products sold to a Member who has decided to leave the business. Our ability to remain competitive therefore depends, in significant part, on our success in recruiting and retaining Members through an attractive compensation plan, the maintenance of an attractive product portfolio and other incentives. We cannot ensure that our programs for recruitment and retention of Members will be successful and if they are not, our financial condition and operating results would be harmed.

We are affected by extensive laws, governmental regulations, administrative determinations, court decisions and similar constraints both domestically and abroad, and our failure or our Members’ failure to comply with these constraints could lead to the imposition of significant penalties or claims, which could harm our financial condition and operating results.

In both domestic and foreign markets, the formulation, manufacturing, packaging, labeling, distribution, advertising, importation, exportation, licensing, sale and storage of our products are affected by extensive laws, governmental regulations, administrative determinations, court decisions and other similar constraints. Such laws, regulations and other constraints may exist at the federal, state or local levels in the United States and at all levels of government in foreign jurisdictions. There can be no assurance that we or our Members are in compliance with all of these regulations. Our failure or our Members’ failure to comply with these regulations or new regulations could disrupt our Members’ sale of our products, or lead to the imposition of significant penalties or claims and could negatively impact our business. In addition, the adoption of new regulations or changes in the interpretations of existing regulations, such as those relating to genetically modified foods, may result in significant compliance costs or discontinuation of product sales and may negatively impact the marketing of our products, resulting in significant loss of sales revenues.

The Consent Order prohibits us or allowing our Members to make any representation regarding the amount or level of income, including full-time or part-time income, that a participant can reasonably expect to earn in our network marketing program, unless the representation is non-misleading and we possesses competent and reliable evidence sufficient to substantiate that the representation is true. The Consent Order also prohibits us and other persons who act in active concert with us from representing that participation in the network marketing program will result in a lavish lifestyle and from using images or descriptions to represent or imply that participation in the program is likely to result in a lavish lifestyle. In addition, the Consent Order prohibits specified misrepresentations in connection with marketing the program, including misrepresentations regarding any fact material to participation such as the cost to participate or the amount of income likely to be earned. The order also requires us to clearly and conspicuously disclose all information material to participation in the marketing program, including our refund and buyback policy.

19

The FTC revised its Guides Concerning the Use of Endorsements and Testimonials in Advertising, or Guides, which became effective on December 1, 2009. Although the Guides are not binding, they explain how the FTC interprets Section 5 of the FTC Act’s prohibition on unfair or deceptive acts or practices. Consequently, the FTC could bring a Section 5 enforcement action based on practices that are inconsistent with the Guides. Under the revised Guides, advertisements that feature a consumer and convey h is or her atypical experience with a product or service are required to clearly disclose the results that consumers can generally expect. In contrast to the 1980 version of the Guides, which allowed advertisers to describe atypical results in a testimonial as long as they included a disclaimer such as “results not typical”, the revised Guides no longer contain such a safe harbor. The revised Guides also add new examples to illustrate the long-standing principle that “material connections” between advertiser s and endorsers (such as payments or free products), connections that consumers might not expect, must be disclosed. Herbalife has revised its marketing materials to be compliant with the revised Guides. However, it is possible that our use, and that of ou r Members, of testimonials in the advertising and promotion of our products, including but not limited to our weight management products and our income opportunity, will be significantly impacted and therefore might negatively impact our sales.

Governmental regulations in countries where we plan to commence or expand operations may prevent or delay entry into those markets. In addition, our ability to sustain satisfactory levels of sales in our markets is dependent in significant part on our ability to introduce additional products into such markets. However, governmental regulations in our markets, both domestic and international, can delay or prevent the introduction, or require the reformulation or withdrawal, of certain of our products. Any such regulatory action, whether or not it results in a final determination adverse to us, could create negative publicity, with detrimental effects on the motivation and recruitment of Members and, consequently, on sales.

We are subject to rules of the Food and Drug Administration, or FDA, for current good manufacturing practices, or cGMPs, for the manufacture, packing, labeling and holding of dietary supplements and over-the-counter drugs distributed in the United States. Herbalife has implemented a comprehensive quality assurance program that is designed to maintain compliance with the cGMPs products manufactured by or on behalf of Herbalife for distribution in the United States. However, if Herbalife should be found not to be in compliance with cGMPs for the products we self-manufacture, it could negatively impact our reputation and ability to sell our products even after any such situation had been rectified. Further, if contract manufacturers whose products bear Herbalife labels fail to comply with the cGMPs, this could negatively impact Herbalife’s reputation and ability to sell its products even though Herbalife is not directly liable under the cGMPs for such compliance. In complying with the dietary supplement cGMPs, we have experienced increases in production costs as a result of the necessary increase in testing of raw ingredients, work in process and finished products.

Since late 2012, a hedge fund manager has made and continues to make allegations regarding the Company and its network marketing program. We believe these allegations are without merit and are vigorously defending ourselves against such claims, including proactively reaching out to governmental authorities about what we believe is manipulative activity with respect to our securities. Because of these allegations, we and others have received and may receive additional regulatory and governmental inquiries. For example, we have previously disclosed inquiries from the FTC, SEC and other governmental authorities. In the future, these and other governmental authorities may determine to seek information from us and other persons relating to these same or other allegations. If we believe any governmental or regulatory inquiry or investigation is or becomes material, it will be disclosed individually. Consistent with our policies, we have cooperated and will continue to fully cooperate with any governmental or regulatory inquiries or investigations.

Our network marketing program could be found to be not in compliance with current or newly adopted laws or regulations in one or more markets, which could prevent us from conducting our business in these markets and harm our financial condition and operating results.

Our network marketing program is subject to a number of federal and state regulations administered by the FTC and various federal and state agencies in the United States as well as regulations on direct selling in foreign markets administered by foreign agencies. We are subject to the risk that, in one or more markets, our network marketing program could be found by federal, state or foreign regulators not to be in compliance with applicable law or regulations. As previously disclosed, we entered into the Consent Order with the FTC to settle the FTC’s multi-year investigation into our business for compliance with these regulations. Another example is the 1986 permanent injunction entered in California in proceedings initiated by the California Attorney General. There can be no assurances other federal, state attorneys general or foreign regulators will not take similar action.

Regulations applicable to network marketing organizations generally are directed at preventing fraudulent or deceptive schemes, often referred to as “pyramid” or “chain sales” schemes, by ensuring that product sales ultimately are made to consumers and that advancement within an organization is based on sales of the organization’s products rather than investments in the organization or other non-retail sales-related criteria. The regulatory requirements concerning network marketing programs do not include “bright line” rules and are inherently fact-based and, thus, we are subject to the risk that these laws or regulations or the enforcement or interpretation of these laws and regulations by governmental agencies or courts can change. While we believe we are in compliance with these regulations, including those enforced by the FTC and the permanent injunction in California, and are compliant with those

20

provisions of the Consent Order that are currently applicable and expect to fully comply with all other aspects of the Consent Order as and when they go into effect, there is no assurance any federal, state or foreign courts or agencies or the independent compliance auditor under the Consent Order would agree, including a federal court or the FTC in respect of the Consent Order or a court or the California Attorney General in respect to the permanent injunction.

The ambiguity surrounding these laws can also affect the public perception of the Company. Specifically, in late 2012, a hedge fund manager publicly raised allegations regarding the legality of our network marketing program and announced that his fund had taken a significant short position regarding our common shares, leading to intense public scrutiny and significant stock price volatility. The failure of our network marketing program to comply with current or newly adopted regulations, the Consent Order or California injunction or any allegations or charges to that effect brought by federal, state, or foreign regulators could negatively impact our business in a particular market or in general and may adversely affect our share price.

We are also subject to the risk of private party challenges to the legality of our network marketing program, whether as a result of the Consent Order or otherwise. Some network marketing programs of other companies have been successfully challenged in the past, while other challenges to network marketing programs of other companies have been defeated. Adverse judicial determinations with respect to our network marketing program, or in proceedings not involving us directly but which challenge the legality of network marketing systems, in any other market in which we operate, could negatively impact our business.

We are subject to the Consent Order with the FTC, the effects of which, or any failure to comply therewith, could harm our financial condition and operating results.

As previously disclosed, on July 15, 2016, we reached a consensual resolution with the FTC regarding its multi-year investigation of our business resulting in the entry into a Stipulation to Entry of Order for Permanent Injunction and Monetary Judgment in the U.S. District Court for the Central District of California. The Consent Order became effective on July 25, 2016 upon final approval by the Court. As part of the Consent Order, we agreed to make a payment of $200 million and to implement certain new procedures and enhance certain existing procedures in the United States. We also agreed to be subject to certain audits by an independent compliance auditor, or the ICA, for a period of seven years; requirements regarding compliance certification and record creation and maintenance; and a prohibition on misrepresentations and misleading claims regarding, among other things, income and lavish lifestyles. The FTC and ICA will also have the right to inspect Company records and request additional compliance reports for purposes of conducting audits pursuant to the Consent Order. In September 2016, we and the FTC mutually selected Affiliated Monitors, Inc. to serve as the ICA. The terms of the Consent are described in greater detail in our Current Report on Form 8-K filed on July 15, 2016.

The Consent Order includes a number of restrictions and requirements and therefore creates compliance risks, and there is no guarantee that we will be able to fully comply with the Consent Order. While we do not believe the Consent Order changes our business model as a direct selling company, compliance with the Consent Order requires us to implement new and enhanced procedures regarding, among other things, no later than May 2017, tracking retail sales and internal consumption by distributors. We have already instituted certain controls and procedures and developed technology solutions that we believe address certain of the Consent Order requirements and are in the process of designing, implementing and updating others, including tools and software to be used by distributors to, among other things, document their sales and more efficiently track and manage their customer base. However, there can be no assurances that we will be successful in implementing all of the necessary controls and procedures and technology solutions in a timely manner, and some or all of these controls and procedures and technology solutions may not operate as expected. Any failure of these systems to operate as designed could cause us to fail to maintain the records required under, or otherwise violate terms of, the Consent Order. Full compliance with the Consent Order will require the cooperation of Members and, while we are in the process of updating and will further update our training programs and policies to address the Consent Order and expect our Members to comply, we do not have the same level of influence or control over our Members as we could were they our own employees. Any failure by our Members to comply with the relevant aspects of the Consent Order could be a violation of the Consent Order and impact our ability to comply. While we may believe we are fully compliant with the Consent Order and our board of directors has established the Implementation Oversight Committee, a committee which meets regularly with management to oversee our compliance with the terms of the Consent Order, there can be no assurances that the FTC or ICA will agree. In the event we are found to be in violation of the Consent Order, the FTC could, among other things, take corrective actions such as initiating further enforcement actions, seeking an injunction or other restrictive orders and imposing civil monetary penalties against us and our officers and directors.

The Consent Order may also impact our business operations, including our net sales and profitability. For example, the Consent Order imposes certain requirements regarding the verification and receipting of sales and there can be no assurances that these or other requirements of the Consent Order, our compliance therewith and the new and enhanced business procedures implemented as a result thereof, will not cause us to lose sales. The Consent Order also imposes restrictions on distributors’ ability to open Nutrition Clubs in the United States. Additionally, the development activities described above to implement new and enhanced procedures, and any other

21

actions taken in respect of compliance w ith the Consent Order, could be costly. These extensive costs or any amounts in excess of our cost estimates could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations. Our Members may also disagree with our decision to enter into the Consent Order, whether because they disagree with certain terms thereof, they believe it will negatively impact their personal business or they would not have settled the investigation on any terms. The Consent Order also provides that if the tot al eligible U.S. retail sales on which compensation may be paid falls below 80% of the Company’s total U.S. sales for a given year, compensation payable to distributors on eligible U.S. retail sales will be capped at 10% above the current compensation leve ls. Because our business is dependent on our Members, our business operations and net sales could be adversely affected if U.S. distributor compensation is restricted or if any meaningful number of Members are dissatisfied, choose to reduce activity levels or leave our business altogether. Member dissatisfaction may also negatively impact the willingness of new Members to join Herbalife as a distributor. Further, management and the board of directors may be required to focus a substantial amount of time on compliance activities, which could divert their attention from running and growing our business. We may also be required to suspend or defer many or all of our current or anticipated business development, capital deployment and other projects unrelated to compliance with the Consent Order to allow resources to be focused on our compliance efforts, which could cause us to fall short of our guidance or analyst or investor expectations. In addition, while we believe the Consent Order will set a new standard wi thin the industry, our competitors are not required to comply with the Consent Order and may not be subject to similar actions, which could limit our ability to effectively compete for members, customers and ultimately net sales.

The Consent Order also creates additional third-party risks. Although the Consent Order resolves the FTC’s multi-year investigation into the Company, it does not prevent other third-parties from bringing actions against us, whether in the form of other state, federal or foreign regulatory investigations or proceedings, or private litigation, any of which could lead to, among other things, monetary settlements, fines, penalties or injunctions. Although we neither admitted nor denied the allegations in the FTC’s complaint in agreeing to the terms of the Consent Order (except as to the Court having jurisdiction over the matter), third-parties may use specific statements or other matters addressed in the Consent Order as the basis for their action. The Consent Order or any subsequent legal or regulatory claim may also lead to negative publicity, whether because some view it as a condemnation of the Company or our direct selling business model or because other third parties use it as justification to make unfounded and baseless assertions against us, our business model or our Members. An increase in the number, severity or scope of third-party claims, actions or public assertions may result in substantial costs and harm to our reputation. The Consent Order may also impact third parties willingness to work with us as a company.

The impact of the Consent Order on our business, including our ability to implement the necessary controls, procedures and technology solutions to comply therewith, and on our business and our member base, could be significant. If our business is adversely impacted, it is uncertain as to whether, or how quickly, we would be able to rebuild, irrespective of market conditions. Our financial condition and results of operations could be harmed if we are not able to comply with the Consent Order, if costs related to compliance exceed our estimates, if it has a negative impact on net sales, or if it leads to further legal, regulatory, or compliance claims, proceedings, or investigations or litigation.

A substantial portion of our business is conducted in foreign markets, exposing us to the risks of trade or foreign exchange restrictions, increased tariffs, foreign currency fluctuations, disruptions or conflicts with our third party importers and similar risks associated with foreign operations.

Approximately 80% of our net sales for the year ended December 31, 2016 were generated outside the United States, exposing our business to risks associated with foreign operations. For example, a foreign government may impose trade or foreign exchange restrictions or increased tariffs, or otherwise limit or restrict our ability to import products into a country, any of which could negatively impact our operations. We are also exposed to risks associated with foreign currency fluctuations. For instance, purchases from suppliers are generally made in U.S. dollars while sales to Members are generally made in local currencies. Accordingly, strengthening of the U.S. dollar versus a foreign currency could have a negative impact on us. Although we engage in transactions to protect against risks associated with foreign currency fluctuations, we cannot be certain any hedging activity will effectively reduce our exchange rate exposure. Additionally, we may be negatively impacted by conflicts with or disruptions caused or faced by our third party importers, as well as conflicts between such importers and local governments or regulating agencies. Our operations in some markets also may be adversely affected by political, economic and social instability in foreign countries. Our operations, both domestically and internationally, could also be affected by laws and regulations related to immigration. For example, current and future tightening of U.S. immigration controls may adversely affect the residence status of non-U.S. employees in our U.S. locations or our ability to hire new non-U.S. employees in such locations and may adversely affect the ability of non-U.S. Members from entering the U.S. As we continue to focus on expanding our existing international operations, these and other risks associated with international operations may increase, which could harm our financial condition and operating results.

Another risk associated with our international operations is the possibility that a foreign government may impose foreign currency remittance restrictions. Due to the possibility of government restrictions on transfers of cash out of the country and control of exchange rates, we may not be able to immediately repatriate cash at the official exchange rate. If this should occur, or if the official

22

exchange rate devalues, it may have a material adverse effect on our business, assets, financial condition, liquidity, results of operations or cash flows. For example, currency restrictions enacted by the Venezu elan government continue to be restrictive and have impacted the ability of our subsidiary in Venezuela, or Herbalife Venezuela, to obtain U.S. dollars in exchange for Venezuelan Bolivars at the official foreign exchange rate. These currency restrictions a nd current pricing restrictions continue to limit Herbalife Venezuela’s ability to import U.S. dollar denominated raw materials and finished goods which in addition to the Venezuelan Bolivar devaluations has significantly negatively impacted our Venezuelan operations. If we are unsuccessful in implementing any financially and economically viable strategies, including local manufacturing, we may be required to fundamentally change our business model or suspend or cease operations in Venezuela. Also, if the f oreign currency and pricing or other restrictions in Venezuela intensify or do not improve and, as a result, impact our ability to control our Venezuelan operations, we may be required to deconsolidate Herbalife Venezuela for U.S. GAAP purposes and would b e subject to the risk of further impairments.

Our expansion in China is subject to general, as well as industry-specific, economic, political and legal developments and risks in China and requires that we utilize a different business model from that which we use elsewhere in the world.

Our expansion of operations into China is subject to risks and uncertainties related to general economic, political and legal developments in China, among other things. The Chinese government exercises significant control over the Chinese economy, including but not limited to controlling capital investments, allocating resources, setting monetary policy, controlling foreign exchange and monitoring foreign exchange rates, implementing and overseeing tax regulations, providing preferential treatment to certain industry segments or companies and issuing necessary licenses to conduct business. Accordingly, any adverse change in the Chinese economy, the Chinese legal system or Chinese governmental, economic or other policies could have a material adverse effect on our business in China and our prospects generally.

China has published regulations governing direct selling and prohibiting pyramid promotional schemes, and a number of administrative methods and proclamations have been issued. These regulations require us to use a business model different from that which we offer in other markets. To allow us to operate under these regulations, we have created and introduced a model specifically for China. In China, we have sales representatives who are permitted by the terms of our direct selling licenses to sell away from fixed retail locations in the provinces of Jiangsu, Guangdong, Shandong, Zhejiang, Guizhou, Beijing, Fujian, Sichuan, Hubei, Shanxi, Shanghai, Jiangxi, Liaoning, Jilin, Henan, Chongqing, Hebei, Shaanxi, Tianjin, Heilongjiang, Hunan, Guangxi, Hainan, Anhui, Yunnan, Gansu, Ningxia, and Inner Mongolia. In Xinjiang province where the Company does not have a direct selling license, it has a Company-operated retail store that can directly serve customers and preferred customers. With online orderings throughout China, there has been a declining demand in Company-operated retail stores.

We also engage independent service providers who meet both the requirements to operate their own business under Chinese law as well as the conditions set forth by Herbalife to sell products and provide marketing, sales and support services to Herbalife customers. These business model features in China are not common to the business model we employ elsewhere in the world, and based on the direct selling licenses we have received and the terms of those which we hope to receive in the future to conduct a direct selling enterprise in China, our business model in China will continue to incorporate some or all of these features. The direct selling regulations require us to apply for various approvals to conduct a direct selling enterprise in China. The process for obtaining the necessary licenses to conduct a direct selling business is protracted and cumbersome and involves multiple layers of Chinese governmental authorities and numerous governmental employees at each layer. While direct selling licenses are centrally issued, such licenses are generally valid only in the jurisdictions within which related approvals have been obtained. Such approvals are generally awarded on local and provincial bases, and the approval process requires involvement with multiple ministries at each level. Our participation and conduct during the approval process is guided not only by distinct Chinese practices and customs, but is also subject to applicable laws of China and the other jurisdictions in which we operate our business, including the U.S., as well as our internal code of ethics. There is always a risk that in attempting to comply with local customs and practices in China during the application process or otherwise, we will fail to comply with requirements applicable to us in China itself or in other jurisdictions, and any such failure to comply with applicable requirements could prevent us from obtaining the direct selling licenses or related local or provincial approvals. Furthermore, we rely on certain key personnel in China to assist us during the approval process, and the loss of any such key personnel could delay or hinder our ability to obtain licenses or related approvals. For all of the above reasons, there can be no assurance that we will obtain additional direct selling licenses, or obtain related approvals to expand into any or all of the localities or provinces in China that are important to our business. Our inability to obtain, retain, or renew any or all of the licenses or related approvals that are required for us to operate in China could negatively impact our business.

Additionally, although certain regulations have been published with respect to obtaining and operating under such approvals and otherwise conducting business in China, other regulations are pending and there continues to be uncertainty regarding the interpretation and enforcement of Chinese regulations. The regulatory environment in China is evolving, and officials in the Chinese government exercise broad discretion in deciding how to interpret and apply regulations. We cannot be certain that our business model will continue to be deemed by national or local Chinese regulatory authorities to be compliant with any such regulations. The Chinese government rigorously monitors the direct selling market in China, and in the past has taken serious action against companies that the

23

government believ ed were engaging in activities they regarded to be in violation of applicable law, including shutting down their businesses and imposing substantial fines. As a result, there can be no guarantee that the Chinese government’s current or future interpretatio n and application of the existing and new regulations will not negatively impact our business in China, result in regulatory investigations or lead to fines or penalties against us or our Chinese Members.

Chinese regulations prevent persons who are not Chinese nationals from engaging in direct selling in China. We cannot guarantee that any of our Members living outside of China or any of our sales representatives or independent service providers in China have not engaged or will not engage in activities that violate our policies in this market, or that violate Chinese law or other applicable law, and therefore result in regulatory action and adverse publicity.

China has also enacted labor contract and social insurance legislation. We have reviewed our employment contracts and contractual relations with employees in China, which include certain of our employed sales personnel, and have transferred those employed sales personnel to independent service providers and have made such other changes as we believe to be necessary or appropriate to bring these contracts and contractual relations into compliance with these laws and their implementing regulations. In addition, we continue to monitor the situation to determine how these laws and regulations will be implemented in practice. There is no guarantee that these laws will not adversely impact us, cause us to change our operating plan for China or otherwise have an adverse impact on our business operations in China.

We may continue to experience rapid growth in China, and there can be no assurances that we will be able to successfully manage expansion of manufacturing operations and a growing and dynamic sales force. If we are unable to effectively scale our supply chain and manufacturing infrastructure to support future growth in China, our operations in China may be adversely impacted.

If we fail to further penetrate existing markets, then the growth in sales of our products, along with our operating results, could be negatively impacted.

The success of our business is to a large extent contingent on our ability to further penetrate existing markets which is subject to numerous factors, many of which are out of our control. Government regulations in both our domestic and international markets can delay or prevent the introduction, or require the reformulation or withdrawal, of some of our products, which could negatively impact our business, financial condition and results of operations. Also, our ability to increase market penetration in certain countries may be limited by the finite number of persons in a given country inclined to pursue a direct selling business opportunity or consumers willing to purchase Herbalife products. Moreover, our growth will depend upon improved training and other activities that enhance Member retention in our markets. While we have recently experienced significant growth in certain of our markets, we cannot assure you that such growth levels will continue in the immediate or long term future. Furthermore, our efforts to support growth in such international markets could be hampered to the extent that our infrastructure in such markets is deficient when compared to our infrastructure in our more developed markets, such as the U.S. Therefore, we cannot assure you that our general efforts to increase our market penetration and Member retention in existing markets will be successful. If we are unable to further penetrate existing markets, our operating results could suffer.

Our contractual obligation to sell our products only through our Herbalife Member network and to refrain from changing certain aspects of our Marketing Plan may limit our growth.

We are a party to an agreement with our Members that provides assurances, to the extent legally permitted, we will not sell Herbalife products worldwide through any distribution channel other than our network of independent Herbalife Members. Thus, we are contractually prohibited from expanding our business by selling Herbalife products through other distribution channels that may be available to our competitors, such as over the Internet, through wholesale sales, by establishing retail stores or through mail order systems. Since this is an open-ended commitment, there can be no assurance that we will be able to take advantage of innovative new distribution channels that are developed in the future.

In addition, this agreement with our Members provides that we will not make any material changes adverse to our Members to certain aspects of our Marketing Plan without the approval described below. For example, our agreement with our Members provides that we may increase, but not decrease, the discount percentages available to our Members for the purchase of products or the applicable royalty override percentages, and production and other bonus percentages available to our Members at various qualification levels within our Member hierarchy. We may not modify the eligibility or qualification criteria for these discounts, royalty overrides and production and other bonuses unless we do so in a manner to make eligibility and/or qualification easier than under the applicable criteria in effect as of the date of the agreement. Our agreement with our Members further provides that we may not vary the criteria for qualification for each Member tier within our Member hierarchy, unless we do so in such a way so as to make qualification easier.

Although we reserved the right to make these changes to our Marketing Plan without the consent of our Members in the event that changes are required by applicable law or are necessary in our reasonable business judgment to account for specific local market

24

or currency conditions to achieve a reasonable profit on operations, we may initiate other changes that are adverse to our Members based on an assessment of what will be best for the Company and its Members. Under the agreement with our Members, these other adverse changes would then be submitted to our Member leadership for a vote. The vote would require the approval of at least 51% of our Members then at the level of President’s Team earning at the production bonus level of 6% who vote, provided that at least 50% of those Members entitled to vote do in fact vote. Therefore, while we believe that this agreement has strengthened our relationship with our existing Members, improved o ur ability to recruit new Members and generally increased the long-term stability of our business, there can be no assurance that our agreement with our Members will not restrict our ability to adapt our Marketing Plan to the evolving requirements of the m arkets in which we operate. As a result, our growth may be limited.

We depend on the integrity and reliability of our information technology infrastructure, and any related inadequacies may result in substantial interruptions to our business.

Our ability to provide products and services to our Members depends on the performance and availability of our core transactional systems. We upgraded our back office systems globally to the Oracle Enterprise Suite which is supported by a robust hardware and network infrastructure. The Oracle Enterprise Suite is a scalable and stable solution that provides a solid foundation upon which we are building our next generation Member facing Internet toolset. While we continue to invest in our information technology infrastructure, there can be no assurance that there will not be any significant interruptions to such systems or that the systems will be adequate to meet all of our future business needs.

The most important aspect of our information technology infrastructure is the system through which we record and track Member sales, Volume Points, royalty overrides, bonuses and other incentives. We have encountered, and may encounter in the future, errors in our software or our enterprise network, or inadequacies in the software and services supplied by our vendors, although to date none of these errors or inadequacies has had a meaningful adverse impact on our business. Any such errors or inadequacies that we may encounter in the future may result in substantial interruptions to our services and may damage our relationships with, or cause us to lose, our Members if the errors or inadequacies impair our ability to track sales and pay royalty overrides, bonuses and other incentives, which would harm our financial condition and operating results. Such errors may be expensive or difficult to correct in a timely manner, and we may have little or no control over whether any inadequacies in software or services supplied to us by third parties are corrected, if at all.

Our ability to effectively manage our network of Members, and to ship products, and track royalty and bonus payments on a timely basis, depends significantly on our information systems. The failure of our information systems to operate effectively, or a breach in security of these systems, could adversely impact the promptness and accuracy of our product distribution and transaction processing. We could be required to make significant additional expenditures to remediate any such failure, problem or breach.

Anyone who is able to circumvent our security measures could misappropriate confidential or proprietary information, including that of third parties such as our Members, cause interruption in our operations, damage our computers or otherwise damage our reputation and business. We may need to expend significant resources to protect against security breaches or to address problems caused by such breaches. Any actual security breaches could damage our reputation and expose us to a risk of loss or litigation and possible liability under various laws and regulations. In addition, employee error or malfeasance or other errors in the storage, use or transmission of any such information could result in a disclosure to third parties. If this should occur we could incur significant expenses addressing such problems. Since we collect and store Member and vendor information, including credit card information, these risks are heightened.

Since we rely on independent third parties for the manufacture and supply of certain of our products, if these third parties fail to reliably supply products to us at required levels of quality and which are manufactured in compliance with applicable laws, including the dietary supplement and OTC drug cGMPs, then our financial condition and operating results would be harmed.

A significant portion of our products are manufactured at third party contract manufacturers. We cannot assure you that our outside contract manufacturers will continue to reliably supply products to us at the levels of quality, or the quantities, we require, and in compliance with applicable laws, including under the FDA’s cGMP regulations. Additionally, while we are not presently aware of any current liquidity issues with our suppliers, we cannot assure you that they will not experience financial hardship.

For the portion of our product supply that is self-manufactured, we believe we have significantly lowered the product supply risk, as the risk factors of financial health, liquidity, capacity expansion, reliability and product quality are all within our control. However, increases to the volume of products that we self-manufacture in our Winston Salem and Lake Forest Facilities and in Nanjing and Suzhou for the support of China raise the concentration risk that a significant interruption of production at any of our facilities due to, for example, natural disasters including earthquakes, hurricanes and floods, technical issues or work stoppages could impede our ability to conduct business. While our business continuity programs contemplate and plan for such events, if we were to experience such an event resulting in the temporary, partial or complete shutdown of one of these manufacturing facilities, we could

25

be required to transfer manufacturing to the surviving facility and/or third-par ty contract manufacturers if permissible. When permissible, converting or transferring manufacturing to a third-party contract manufacturer could be expensive, time-consuming, result in delays in our production or shipping, reduce our net sales, damage our relationship with Members and damage our reputation in the marketplace, any of which could harm our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Our product supply contracts generally have a three-year term. Except for force majeure events such as natural disasters and other acts of God, and non-performance by Herbalife, our manufacturers generally cannot unilaterally terminate these contracts. These contracts can generally be extended by us at the end of the relevant time period and we have exercised this right in the past. Globally, we have over 50 product suppliers, with Fine Foods (Italy) being a major supplier for meal replacements, protein powders and nutritional supplements. Additionally, we use contract manufacturers in India, Brazil, Korea, Japan, Taiwan, Germany and the Netherlands to support our global business. In the event any of our contract manufacturers were to become unable or unwilling to continue to provide us with products in required volumes and at suitable quality levels, we would be required to identify and obtain acceptable replacement manufacturing sources. There is no assurance that we would be able to obtain alternative manufacturing sources on a timely basis. An extended interruption in the supply of products would result in the loss of sales. In addition, any actual or perceived degradation of product quality as a result of reliance on contract manufacturers may have an adverse effect on sales or result in increased product returns and buybacks.

If we fail to protect our trademarks and tradenames, then our ability to compete could be negatively affected, which would harm our financial condition and operating results.

The market for our products depends to a significant extent upon the goodwill associated with our trademark and tradenames. We own, or have licenses to use, the material trademark and trade name rights used in connection with the packaging, marketing and distribution of our products in the markets where those products are sold. Therefore, trademark and trade name protection is important to our business. Although most of our trademarks are registered in the United States and in certain foreign countries in which we operate, we may not be successful in asserting trademark or trade name protection. In addition, the laws of certain foreign countries may not protect our intellectual property rights to the same extent as the laws of the United States. The loss or infringement of our trademarks or tradenames could impair the goodwill associated with our brands and harm our reputation, which would harm our financial condition and operating results.

Unlike in most of the other markets in which we operate, limited protection of intellectual property is available under Chinese law. Accordingly, we face an increased risk in China that unauthorized parties may attempt to copy or otherwise obtain or use our trademarks, copyrights, product formulations or other intellectual property. Further, because Chinese commercial law is relatively undeveloped, we may have limited legal recourse in the event we encounter significant difficulties with intellectual property theft or infringement. As a result, we cannot assure you that we will be able to adequately protect our product formulations or other intellectual property.

We permit the limited use of our trademarks by our Members to assist them in marketing our products. It is possible that doing so may increase the risk of unauthorized use or misuse of our trademarks in markets where their registration status differs from that asserted by our Members, or they may be used in association with claims or products in a manner not permitted under applicable laws and regulations. Were these to occur it is possible that this could diminish the value of these marks or otherwise impair our further use of these marks.

If our Members fail to comply with labeling laws, then our financial condition and operating results would be harmed.

Although the physical labeling of our products is not within the control of our Members, our Members must nevertheless advertise our products in compliance with the extensive regulations that exist in certain jurisdictions, such as the United States, which considers product advertising to be labeling for regulatory purposes.

Our products are sold principally as foods, dietary supplements and cosmetics and are subject to rigorous FDA and related legal regimens limiting the types of therapeutic claims that can be made for our products. The treatment or cure of disease, for example, is not a permitted claim for these products. While we train our Members and attempt to monitor our Members’ marketing materials, we cannot ensure that all such materials comply with applicable regulations, including bans on therapeutic claims. If our Members fail to comply with these restrictions, then we and our Members could be subjected to claims, financial penalties, mandatory product recalls or relabeling requirements, which could harm our financial condition and operating results. Although we expect that our responsibility for the actions of our Members in such an instance would be dependent on a determination that we either controlled or condoned a noncompliant advertising practice, there can be no assurance that we could not be held vicariously liable for the actions of our Members.

26

If our intellectual property is not adequate to provide us with a competitive advantage or to prevent competitors from replicating our products, or if we infringe the intellectual property rights of others, then our financial condition and operating results woul d be harmed.

Our future success and ability to compete depend upon our ability to timely produce innovative products and product enhancements that motivate our Members and customers, which we attempt to protect under a combination of copyright, trademark and trade secret laws, confidentiality procedures and contractual provisions. However, our products are generally not patented domestically or abroad, and the legal protections afforded by common law and contractual proprietary rights in our products provide only limited protection and may be time-consuming and expensive to enforce and/or maintain. Further, despite our efforts, we may be unable to prevent third parties from infringing upon or misappropriating our proprietary rights or from independently developing non-infringing products that are competitive with, equivalent to and/or superior to our products.

Monitoring infringement and/or misappropriation of intellectual property can be difficult and expensive, and we may not be able to detect every infringement or misappropriation of our proprietary rights. Even if we do detect infringement or misappropriation of our proprietary rights, litigation to enforce these rights could cause us to divert financial and other resources away from our business operations. Further, the laws of some foreign countries do not protect our proprietary rights to the same extent as do the laws of the United States.

Additionally, third parties may claim that products or marks that we have independently developed or which bear certain of our trademarks infringe upon their intellectual property rights and there can be no assurance that one or more of our products or marks will not be found to infringe upon third party intellectual property rights in the future.

Since one of our products constitutes a significant portion of our net sales, significant decreases in consumer demand for this product or our failure to produce a suitable replacement should we cease offering it would harm our financial condition and operating results.

For 2016, 2015 and 2014, our Formula 1 Healthy Meal, our best-selling product line, approximated 30% of our net sales. If consumer demand for this product decreases significantly or we cease offering this product without a suitable replacement, then our financial condition and operating results would be harmed.

If we lose the services of members of our senior management team, then our financial condition and operating results could be harmed.

We have depended, and will continue to depend, on the continued services of our senior management team as it works closely with the senior Member leadership to create an environment of inspiration, motivation and entrepreneurial business success. In November 2016, we announced that, effective June 1, 2017, Richard P. Goudis, our current Chief Operating Officer, will become the Chief Executive Officer of the Company and Michael O. Johnson, our current Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, will serve as Executive Chairman of the Company, consistent with a succession strategy plan previously approved by our board of directors. Any significant leadership change or senior management transition involves inherent risk and any failure to ensure a smooth transition could hinder our strategic planning, execution and future performance. While we strive to mitigate the negative impact associated with changes to our senior management team, there may be uncertainty among investors, employees, Members and others concerning our future direction and performance. Any disruption in our operations or uncertainty could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.

Additionally, although we have entered into employment agreements with certain members of our senior management team, and do not believe that any of them are planning to leave or retire in the near term, we cannot assure you that our senior managers will remain with us. The loss or departure of any member of our senior management team could adversely impact our Member relations and operating results. If any of these executives do not remain with us, our business could suffer. Also, the loss of key personnel, including our regional and country managers, could negatively impact our ability to implement our business strategy, and our continued success will also be dependent on our ability to retain existing, and attract additional, qualified personnel to meet our needs. We currently do not maintain “key person” life insurance with respect to our senior management team.

Our international operations are subject to the laws and regulations of the United States and many foreign countries, including the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, the U.K. Bribery Act, and other similar laws in a number of countries.

We are subject to a variety of laws regarding our international operations, including the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, or the FCPA, the U.K. Bribery Act of 2010, or the UK Bribery Act, and regulations issued by U.S. Customs and Border Protection, U.S. Treasury Department’s Office of Foreign Assets Control, or OFAC, and various foreign governmental agencies. The FCPA, the UK Bribery Act and similar anti-bribery laws in other jurisdictions generally prohibit companies and their intermediaries from making

27

improper payments for the purpose of obtain ing or retaining business as well as requiring companies to maintain accurate books and records. In recent years there has been a substantial increase in anti-bribery law enforcement activity with more frequent and aggressive investigations and enforcement proceedings by both the Department of Justice and the SEC, increased enforcement activity by non-U.S. regulators and increases in criminal and civil proceedings brought against companies and individuals. Our policies mandate compliance with these anti-bri bery laws, including the requirements to maintain accurate information and internal controls. We operate in many parts of the world that have experienced governmental corruption to some degree and in certain circumstances, strict compliance with anti-bribe ry laws may conflict with local customs and practices. Notwithstanding our compliance programs, which include annual training and certification requirements, there is no assurance that our internal control policies and procedures will protect us from acts committed by our employees or agents. Additionally, we cannot predict the nature, scope or effect of future regulatory requirements to which our international operations might be subject or the manner in which existing or new laws might be administered or interpreted. Alleged or actual violations of any such existing or future laws (either due to our own acts or our inadvertence, or due to the acts or inadvertence of others) may result in criminal or civil sanctions, including contract cancellations or deba rment, and loss of reputation, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

The United Kingdom’s vote to exit from the European Union could adversely impact us.

On June 23, 2016, in a referendum vote commonly referred to as “Brexit,” a majority of British voters voted to exit the European Union. Following the referendum, it is expected that the British government will initiate negotiations with the European Union to determine the terms of the U.K.’s exit. A withdrawal could potentially disrupt the free movement of goods, services and people between the U.K. and the European Union, undermine bilateral cooperation in key geographic areas and significantly disrupt trade between the U.K. and the European Union or other nations as the U.K. pursues independent trade relations. In addition, Brexit could lead to legal uncertainty and potentially divergent national laws and regulations as the U.K. determines which European Union laws to replace or replicate. The effects of Brexit will depend on any agreements the U.K. makes to retain access to European Union or other markets either during a transitional period or more permanently. It is unclear what long-term economic, financial, trade and legal implications the withdrawal of the U.K. from the European Union would have and how such withdrawal would affect our business globally and in the region. In addition, Brexit may lead other European Union member countries to consider referendums regarding their European Union membership. Any of these events, along with any political, economic and regulatory changes that may occur, could cause political and economic uncertainty in Europe and internationally and harm our business and financial results.

The covenants in our existing indebtedness limit our discretion with respect to certain business matters, which could limit our ability to pursue certain strategic objectives and in turn harm our financial condition and operating results.

Our credit facility contains financial and operating covenants that restrict our and our subsidiaries’ ability to, among other things:

| • | pay dividends, redeem share capital or capital stock and make other restricted payments and investments;

| • | incur or guarantee additional debt;

| • | impose dividend or other distribution restrictions on our subsidiaries; and

| • | create liens on our and our subsidiaries’ assets.

In addition, our credit facility requires us to meet certain financial ratios and financial conditions. Our ability to comply with these covenants may be affected by events beyond our control, including prevailing economic, financial and industry conditions. Failure to comply with these covenants could result in a default causing all amounts to become due and payable under our credit facility, which is secured by substantially all of our domestic assets, against which the lenders thereunder could proceed to foreclose.

We may use from time to time a certain amount of cash in order to satisfy the obligations relating to our convertible notes. The maturity or conversion of any of our convertible notes may adversely affect our financial condition and operating results, which could adversely affect the amount or timing of future potential share repurchases or the payment of dividends to our shareholders.

In February 2014, we issued convertible senior notes due on August 15, 2019, or the Convertible Notes, in the aggregate principal amount of $1.15 billion. At maturity, we will have to pay the holders of the Convertible Notes the full aggregate principal amount of the Convertible Notes then outstanding.

Holders of our Convertible Notes may convert their notes at their option under the following circumstances: (i) during any calendar quarter commencing after the calendar quarter ending March 31, 2014, if the last reported sale price of our common shares

28

for at least 20 trading days (whether or not consecutive) in a period of 30 consecutive trading days ending on, and including, the last trading day of the immediately preceding calendar quarter excee ds 130% of the conversion price for the Convertible Notes on each applicable trading day; (ii) during the five business-day period immediately after any five consecutive trading day period, or the measurement period, in which the trading price per $1,000 p rincipal amount of Convertible Notes for each trading day of that measurement period was less than 98% of the product of the last reported sale price of our common shares and the conversion rate for the Convertible Notes for each such day; or (iii) upon th e occurrence of specified corporate events. On and after May 15, 2019, holders may convert their Convertible Notes at any time, regardless of the foregoing circumstances. The Convertible Notes are net-share settled. If one or more holders elect to convert their Convertible Notes when conversion is permitted, we could be required to make cash payments equal to the par amount of each Convertible Note, which could adversely affect our liquidity. In addition, even if holders do not elect to convert their Conver tible Notes, because our Convertible Notes are net-share settled, we could be required under applicable accounting rules to reclassify all or a portion of the outstanding principal of our Convertible Notes as a current rather than long-term liability, whic h could result in a material reduction of our net working capital. The requirement to pay cash upon conversion of the Convertible Notes or any adverse accounting treatment of the Convertible Notes may adversely affect our financial condition and operating results, each of which could in turn adversely impact the amount or timing of future potential share repurchases or the payment of dividends to our shareholders.

The conversion of any of the Convertible Notes into common shares could have a dilutive effect that could cause our share price to go down.

The Convertible Notes, until May 15, 2019, are convertible into common shares only if specified conditions are met and thereafter convertible at any time, at the option of the holder. We have reserved common shares for issuance upon conversion of the Convertible Notes. Upon conversion, the principal amount is due in cash, and to the extent that the conversion value exceeds the principal amount, the difference is due in common shares. While we have entered into capped call transactions to effectively increase the conversion of the Convertible Notes and lessen the risk of dilution to shareholders upon conversion, if the market price of our common shares, as measured under the terms of the capped call transactions, exceeds the cap price of the capped call transactions, the number of our common shares we receive upon exercise of the capped call transactions will be capped. In that case, there would be dilution in respect of our common shares, because the number of our common shares or amounts of cash that we would owe upon conversion of the Convertible Notes in excess of the principal amount of converted Convertible Notes would exceed the number of common shares that we would be entitled to receive upon exercise of the capped call transactions, which would cause a dilutive effect that could cause our share price to go down. If any or all of the Convertible Notes are converted into common shares, our existing shareholders will experience immediate dilution of voting rights and our common share price may decline. Furthermore, the perception that such dilution could occur may cause the market price of our common shares to decline.

The conversion rate for the Convertible Notes as of February 7, 2014, the date of issuance thereof, was 11.5908 common shares per $1,000 principal amount or a conversion price of approximately $86.28 per common share. Because the conversion rate of the Convertible Notes adjusts upward upon the occurrence of certain events, such as a dividend payment, our existing shareholders may experience more dilution if any or all of the Convertible Notes are converted into common shares after the adjusted conversion rates became effective.

If we do not comply with transfer pricing, customs duties, VAT, and similar regulations, then we may be subjected to additional taxes, duties, interest and penalties in material amounts, which could harm our financial condition and operating results.

As a multinational corporation, operating in many countries including the United States, we are subject to transfer pricing and other tax regulations designed to ensure that our intercompany transactions are consummated at prices that have not been manipulated to produce a desired tax result, that appropriate levels of income are reported as earned by our United States or local entities, and that we are taxed appropriately on such transactions. In addition, our operations are subject to regulations designed to ensure that appropriate levels of customs duties are assessed on the importation of our products. We are currently subject to pending or proposed audits that are at various levels of review, assessment or appeal in a number of jurisdictions involving transfer pricing issues, income taxes, customs duties, value added taxes, withholding taxes, sales and use and other taxes and related interest and penalties in material amounts. In some circumstances, additional taxes, interest and penalties have been assessed and we will be required to pay the assessments or post surety, in order to challenge the assessments.

The imposition of new taxes, even pass-through taxes such as VAT, could have an impact on our perceived product pricing and will likely require that we increase prices in certain jurisdictions and therefore could have a potential negative impact on our business and results of operations. We have reserved in the consolidated financial statements an amount that we believe represents the most likely outcome of the resolution of these disputes, but if we are incorrect in our assessment we may have to pay the full amount asserted which could potentially be material. Ultimate resolution of these matters may take several years, and the outcome is uncertain. If the United States Internal Revenue Service or the taxing authorities of any other jurisdiction were to successfully challenge our transfer pricing practices or our positions regarding the payment of income taxes, customs duties, value added taxes,

29

withholding taxes, sales and use, and other taxes, we could become subject to higher taxes, we may determine it is necessary to raise prices in certain jurisdictions accordingly and our revenue and earnings and our results of operations could be adversely affected.

See Note 7, Contingencies, to the Consolidated Financial Statements included in Item 15 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K for further information on contingencies relating to VAT and other related matters.

We could become a “controlled foreign corporation” for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

We believe that we are currently not a “controlled foreign corporation” for U.S. federal income tax purposes. However, this conclusion depends upon whether United States persons or entities who own 10% or more of the total combined voting power (10% shareholders”) own in the aggregate more than 50% of (i) the total combined voting power, or (ii) the total value of all our stock. In determining voting power, in addition to voting stock any special voting rights to appoint directors, whether by law, agreement or other arrangement, may also be taken into account. For purposes of applying the voting and value tests, certain constructive ownership rules apply, which attribute ownership among certain family members and certain entities and their owners. These rules may also attribute ownership of our stock to a person or entity that is entitled to acquire our stock pursuant to an option, such as the holders of our Convertible Notes. These constructive ownership rules are very complex and their application to specific circumstances is subject to uncertainty.

If we were to be or become a “controlled foreign corporation,” our 10% shareholders would be subject to special tax treatment. Any shareholders who contemplate owning 10% or more of our outstanding shares (taking into account the impact of any share repurchases we may undertake pursuant to share repurchase programs) are urged to consult with their tax advisors with respect to the special rules applicable to 10% shareholders of controlled foreign corporations.

Changes in tax laws, treaties or regulations, or their interpretation could adversely affect us.

A change in applicable tax laws, treaties or regulations or their interpretation could result in a higher effective tax rate on our worldwide earnings and such change could be significant to our financial results. The Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development has released guidance covering various international tax standards as part of its “base erosion and profit shifting” or “BEPS” initiative. The implementation of BEPS by jurisdictions in which we operate could result in changes to tax laws and regulations, including with respect to transfer pricing, that could materially increase our effective tax rate. Additionally, tax legislative proposals intending to eliminate some perceived tax advantages of companies that have legal domiciles outside the U.S. but have certain U.S. connections have repeatedly been introduced in the U.S. Congress. If these proposals are enacted, the result would increase our effective tax rate and could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial condition and results of operations.

We may be held responsible for certain taxes or assessments relating to the activities of our Members, which could harm our financial condition and operating results.

Our Members are subject to taxation, and in some instances, legislation or governmental agencies impose an obligation on us to collect taxes, such as value added taxes and social contributions, and to maintain appropriate records. In addition, we are subject to the risk in some jurisdictions of being responsible for social security, withholding or other taxes with respect to payments to our Members. In addition, in the event that local laws and regulations or the interpretation of local laws and regulations change to require us to treat our Members as employees, or that our Members are deemed by local regulatory authorities in one or more of the jurisdictions in which we operate to be our employees rather than independent contractors under existing laws and interpretations, we may be held responsible for social contributions, withholding and related taxes in those jurisdictions, plus any related assessments and penalties, which could harm our financial condition and operating results. See Note 7, Contingencies, to the Consolidated Financial Statements included in Item 15 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K for a more specific discussion of contingencies related to the activities of our Members.

We may incur material product liability claims, which could increase our costs and harm our financial condition and operating results.

Our ingestible products include vitamins, minerals and botanicals and other ingredients and are classified as foods or dietary supplements and are not subject to pre-market regulatory approval in the United States. Our products could contain contaminated substances, and some of our products contain some ingredients that do not have long histories of human consumption. We rely upon published and unpublished safety information including clinical studies on ingredients used in our products and conduct limited clinical studies on some key products but not all products. Previously unknown adverse reactions resulting from human consumption of these ingredients could occur. As a marketer of dietary and nutritional supplements and other products that are ingested by consumers or applied to their bodies, we have been, and may again be, subjected to various product liability claims, including that the products contain contaminants, the products include inadequate instructions as to their uses, or the products include inadequate

30

warnings concerning side effects and interactions with other substances. It is possible that widespread product liability claims could increase our costs, and adversely affect ou r revenues and operating income. Moreover, liability claims arising from a serious adverse event may increase our costs through higher insurance premiums and deductibles, and may make it more difficult to secure adequate insurance coverage in the future. I n addition, our product liability insurance may fail to cover future product liability claims, thereby requiring us to pay substantial monetary damages and adversely affecting our business. Finally, given the higher level of self-insured retentions that we have accepted under our current product liability insurance policies, which are as high as approximately $15 million, in certain cases we may be subject to the full amount of liability associated with any injuries, which could be substantial.

On February 6, 2004, the FDA banned the sale and use of dietary supplements containing botanical sources of ephedrine alkaloids. A number of jurisdictions have imposed similar bans or restrictions. Until late 2002, we had sold Thermojetics® original green herbal tablets, Thermojetics® green herbal tablets and Thermojetics® gold herbal tablets, all of which contained ephedrine alkaloids. Accordingly, we run the risk of product liability claims related to the ingestion of ephedrine alkaloids contained in those products. We have been in the past, and may be in the future, named as a defendant in product liability lawsuits seeking to link the ingestion of certain of the aforementioned products to subsequent alleged medical problems suffered by plaintiffs. There can be no assurance that we will prevail if we are named as a defendant in the future to product liability lawsuits related to the ingestion of ephedrine alkaloids contained in those products.

Holders of our common shares may face difficulties in protecting their interests because we are incorporated under Cayman Islands law.

Our corporate affairs are governed by our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association, by the Companies Law (2016 Revision), or the Companies Law, and the common law of the Cayman Islands. The rights of our shareholders and the fiduciary responsibilities of our directors under Cayman Islands law are not as clearly established as under statutes or judicial precedent in existence in jurisdictions in the United States. Therefore, shareholders may have more difficulty in protecting their interests in the face of actions by our management or board of directors than would shareholders of a corporation incorporated in a jurisdiction in the United States due to the comparatively less developed nature of Cayman Islands law in this area.

Shareholders of Cayman Islands exempted companies such as Herbalife have no general rights under Cayman Islands law to inspect corporate records and accounts or to obtain copies of lists of our shareholders. Our directors have discretion under our articles of association to determine whether or not, and under what conditions, our corporate records may be inspected by our shareholders, but are not obliged to make them available to our shareholders. This may make it more difficult for you to obtain the information needed to establish any facts necessary for a shareholder motion or to solicit proxies from other shareholders in connection with a proxy contest.

A shareholder can bring a suit personally where its individual rights have been, or are about to be, infringed. Our Cayman Islands counsel, Maples and Calder, is not aware of any reported class action having been brought in a Cayman Islands court. Derivative actions have been brought in the Cayman Islands courts, and the Cayman Islands courts have confirmed the availability of such actions. In most cases, we would be the proper plaintiff where an action is brought to redress any loss or damage suffered by us, or based on a breach of duty owed to us, and a claim against, for example, our officers or directors usually may not be brought by a shareholder. However, based on English authorities, which would in all likelihood be of persuasive authority and be applied by a court in the Cayman Islands, exceptions to the foregoing principle may apply and a shareholder may be permitted to bring a claim derivatively on a company's behalf, where:

| • | a company is acting or proposing to act illegally or outside the scope of its corporate authority;

| • | the act complained of, although not acting outside the scope of its corporate authority, could be effected only if authorized by more than a simple majority vote; or

| • | those who control the company are perpetrating a “fraud on the minority”.

Provisions of our articles of association and Cayman Islands corporate law may impede a takeover or make it more difficult for shareholders to change the direction or management of the Company, which could reduce shareholders’ opportunity to influence management of the Company.

Our articles of association permit our board of directors to issue preference shares from time to time, with such rights and preferences as they consider appropriate. Our board of directors could authorize the issuance of preference shares with terms and conditions and under circumstances that could have an effect of discouraging a takeover or other transaction.

In addition, our articles of association contain certain other provisions which could have an effect of discouraging a takeover or other transaction or preventing or making it more difficult for shareholders to change the direction or management of our Company,

31

including the inability of shareholders to act by written consent, a limitation on the ability of shareholders to call special meetings of shareholders and adva nce notice provisions. As a result, our shareholders may have less input into the management of our Company than they might otherwise have if these provisions were not included in our articles of association.

The Cayman Islands have provisions under the Companies Law to facilitate mergers and consolidations between Cayman Islands companies and non-Cayman Islands companies. These provisions, contained within Part XVI of the Companies Law, are broadly similar to the merger provisions as provided for under Delaware Law.

There are however a number of important differences that could impede a takeover. First, the threshold for approval of the merger plan by shareholders is higher. The threshold is a special resolution of the shareholders (being 66 2/3% of those present in person or by proxy and voting) together with such other authorization, if any, as may be specified in the articles of association.

Additionally, the consent of each holder of a fixed or floating security interest (in essence a documented security interest as opposed to one arising by operation of law) is required to be obtained unless the Grand Court of the Cayman Islands waives such requirement.

The merger provisions contained within Part XVI of the Companies Law do contain shareholder appraisal rights similar to those provided for under Delaware law. Such rights are limited to a merger under Part XVI and do not apply to schemes of arrangement as discussed below.

The Companies Law also contains separate statutory provisions that provide for the merger, reconstruction and amalgamation of companies. These are commonly referred to in the Cayman Islands as “schemes of arrangement.”

The procedural and legal requirements necessary to consummate these transactions are more rigorous and take longer to complete than the procedures typically required to consummate a merger in the United States. Under Cayman Islands law and practice, a scheme of arrangement in relation to a solvent Cayman Islands company must be approved at a shareholders’ meeting by a majority of each class of the company’s shareholders who are present and voting (either in person or by proxy) at such meeting. The shares voted in favor of the scheme of arrangement must also represent at least 75% of the value of each relevant class of the company’s shareholders present and voting at the meeting. The convening of these meetings and the terms of the amalgamation must also be sanctioned by the Grand Court of the Cayman Islands. Although there is no requirement to seek the consent of the creditors of the parties involved in the scheme of arrangement, the Grand Court typically seeks to ensure that the creditors have consented to the transfer of their liabilities to the surviving entity or that the scheme of arrangement does not otherwise materially adversely affect creditors’ interests. Furthermore, the court will only approve a scheme of arrangement if it is satisfied that:

| • | the statutory provisions as to majority vote have been complied with;

| • | the shareholders who voted at the meeting in question fairly represent the relevant class of shareholders to which they belong;

| • | the scheme of arrangement is such as a businessman would reasonably approve; and

| • | the scheme of arrangement is not one that would more properly be sanctioned under some other provision of the Companies Law.

If the scheme of arrangement is approved, the dissenting shareholder would have no rights comparable to appraisal rights, which would otherwise ordinarily be available to dissenting shareholders of U.S. corporations, providing rights to receive payment in cash for the judicially determined value of the shares.

In addition, if an offer by a third party to purchase shares in us has been approved by the holders of at least 90% of our outstanding shares (not including such a third party) pursuant to an offer within a four-month period of making such an offer, the purchaser may, during the two months following expiration of the four-month period, require the holders of the remaining shares to transfer their shares on the same terms on which the purchaser acquired the first 90% of our outstanding shares. An objection can be made to the Grand Court of the Cayman Islands, but this is unlikely to succeed unless there is evidence of fraud, bad faith, collusion or inequitable treatment of the shareholders.

32

There is uncertainty as to shareholders’ ability to enforce certain foreign civil liabilities in the Cayman Islands.

We are incorporated as an exempted company with limited liability under the laws of the Cayman Islands. A material portion of our assets are located outside of the United States. As a result, it may be difficult for our shareholders to enforce judgments against us or judgments obtained in U.S. courts predicated upon the civil liability provisions of the federal securities laws of the United States or any state of the United States.

We have been advised by our Cayman Islands counsel, Maples and Calder, that although there is no statutory enforcement in the Cayman Islands of judgments obtained in the United States, the courts of the Cayman Islands will — based on the principle that a judgment by a competent foreign court imposes upon the judgment debtor an obligation to pay the sum for which judgment has been given — recognize and enforce a foreign judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction if such judgment is final, for a liquidated sum, not in respect of taxes or a fine or penalty, is not inconsistent with a Cayman Islands judgment in respect of the same matters, and was not obtained in a manner, and is not of a kind, the enforcement of which is contrary to natural justice or the public policy of the Cayman Islands. There is doubt, however, as to whether the Grand Court of the Cayman Islands will (1) recognize or enforce judgments of U.S. courts predicated upon the civil liability provisions of the federal securities laws of the United States or any state of the United States, or (2) in original actions brought in the Cayman Islands, impose liabilities predicated upon the civil liability provisions of the federal securities laws of the United States or any state of the United States, on the grounds that such provisions are penal in nature.

The Grand Court of the Cayman Islands may stay proceedings if concurrent proceedings are being brought elsewhere.

Our stock price may be adversely affected by third parties who raise allegations about our Company.

Short sellers and others who raise allegations regarding the legality of our business activities, some of whom are positioned to profit if our stock declines, can negatively affect our stock price. In late 2012, a hedge fund manager publicly raised allegations regarding the legality of our network marketing program and announced that his fund had taken a significant short position regarding our common shares, leading to intense public scrutiny and significant stock price volatility. Following this public announcement in December 2012, our stock price dropped significantly. This hedge fund manager continues to make allegations regarding the legality of our network marketing program, our product safety, our accounting practices and other matters. Additionally, from time to time the Company is subject to governmental and regulatory inquiries and inquiries from legislators that may adversely affect our stock price. Our stock price has continued to exhibit heightened volatility and the short interest in our common shares continues to remain high. Short sellers expect to make a profit if our common shares decline in value, and their actions and their public statements may cause further volatility in our share price. While a number of traders have publicly announced that they have taken long positions contrary to the hedge fund shorting our shares, the existence of such a significant short interest position and the related publicity may lead to continued volatility. The volatility of our stock may cause the value of a shareholder’s investment to decline rapidly.

Item 1B. | UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS

None.

Item 2. | PROPERTIES

As of December 31, 2016, we leased the majority of our physical properties. We currently lease approximately 128,000 square feet in downtown Los Angeles, California, including our corporate executive offices located in the LA Live complex, with terms expiring in 2018 and 2019. We also lease approximately 190,000 square feet, with the lease term expiring in 2021, and own approximately 110,000 square feet of general office space in Torrance, California, for our North America and South America regional headquarters, including some of our corporate support functions. Additionally, we lease distribution center facilities in Los Angeles, California and Memphis, Tennessee of approximately 255,000 square feet and 259,000 square feet, respectively. The Los Angeles and Memphis lease agreements have terms through July 2021 and January 2023, respectively. In Lake Forest, California, we also lease warehouse, manufacturing plant and office space of approximately 123,000 square feet under leases expiring in 2019 and 2020. In Venray, Netherlands, we lease our European centralized warehouse of approximately 257,000 square feet under an arrangement expiring in June 2020 for which we have a renewal option. In Guadalajara, Mexico, we lease approximately 140,000 square feet of office space with the term of the lease expiring in January 2018. In Changsha, Hunan, China we are leasing our botanical extraction facility of approximately 178,000 square feet with the term expected to expire in December 2022. In Suzhou, China we are leasing our manufacturing facilities and warehouse facilities of approximately 81,000 square feet and 60,000 square feet, respectively, under leases expiring in September 2017 and October 2019, respectively. In Nanjing, China, we are leasing an additional manufacturing facility of approximately 372,000 square feet under a lease expiring in June 2025.

33

We own a manufacturing facility in Winston-Salem, North Carolina. The manufacturing facility contains approxim ately 800,000 square feet of manufacturing and office space. See Item 1 — Business for further discussion of the manufacturing facility purchased in Winston-Salem, North Carolina.

In addition to the properties noted above, we also lease other warehouse, manufacturing and office buildings in a majority of our other geographic areas of operation. We believe that our existing facilities are adequate to meet our current requirements and that comparable space is readily available at each of these locations.

It em 3. | LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

The information set forth under Note 7, Contingencies, to the Consolidated Financial Statements included in Item 15 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K, is incorporated herein by reference.

Item 4. | MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURE

Not applicable.

34

PART II

Item 5. | MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES

Information with Respect to our Common Shares

Our common shares are listed on the New York Stock Exchange, or NYSE, and trade under the symbol “HLF.” The following table sets forth the range of the high and low sales prices for our common shares in each of the fiscal quarters presented, based upon quotations on the NYSE consolidated transaction reporting system.

Quarter Ended |  | High |  |  | Low |
March 31, 2016 |  | $ | 63.59 |  |  | $ | 42.26 |
June 30, 2016 |  | $ | 66.26 |  |  | $ | 54.00 |
September 30, 2016 |  | $ | 72.22 |  |  | $ | 57.05 |
December 31, 2016 |  | $ | 64.38 |  |  | $ | 47.62 |

Quarter Ended |  | High |  |  | Low |
March 31, 2015 |  | $ | 48.55 |  |  | $ | 27.60 |
June 30, 2015 |  | $ | 55.86 |  |  | $ | 39.51 |
September 30, 2015 |  | $ | 61.95 |  |  | $ | 47.17 |
December 31, 2015 |  | $ | 59.50 |  |  | $ | 51.77 |

The market price of our common shares is subject to fluctuations in response to variations in our quarterly operating results, general trends in the market for our products and product candidates, economic and currency exchange issues in the foreign markets in which we operate as well as other factors, many of which are not within our control. In addition, broad market fluctuations, as well as general economic, business and political conditions may adversely affect the market for our common shares, regardless of our actual or projected performance.

35

The closing price of our common shares on February 16, 2017, was $61.06. The approximate number of holders of record of our common shares as of February 16, 2017 was 618. This number of holders of record does not represent the actual number of beneficial o wners of our common shares because shares are frequently held in “street name” by securities dealers and others for the benefit of individual owners who have the right to vote their shares.

Performance Graph

Set forth below is information comparing the cumulative total shareholder return and share price appreciation plus dividends on our common shares with the cumulative total return of the S&P 500 Index and a market weighted index of publicly traded peers over the five year period ended December 31, 2016. The graph assumes that $100 is invested in each of our common shares, the S&P 500 Index and the index of publicly traded peers on December 31, 2011 and that all dividends were reinvested. The publicly traded companies in the peer group are Avon Products, Inc., Nature’s Sunshine Products, Inc., Tupperware Corporation, Nu Skin Enterprises Inc., USANA Health Sciences Inc., Weight Watchers International, Inc. and Mannatech, Inc.

| 12/31/11 |  | 12/31/12 |  | 12/31/13 |  | 12/31/14 |  | 12/31/15 |  | 12/31/16 |
Herbalife Ltd. | $ | 100.00 |  | $ | 65.28 |  | $ | 159.69 |  | $ | 76.84 |  | $ | 109.29 |  | $ | 98.12 |
S&P 500 Index | $ | 100.00 |  | $ | 116.00 |  | $ | 153.57 |  | $ | 174.60 |  | $ | 177.01 |  | $ | 198.18 |
Peer Index | $ | 100.00 |  | $ | 93.02 |  | $ | 146.31 |  | $ | 82.01 |  | $ | 65.05 |  | $ | 67.50 |

Information with Respect to Dividends

During the second quarter of 2007, our board of directors adopted a regular quarterly cash dividend program. Our board of directors authorized a $0.10 per common share dividend each quarter from the adoption of the program through the second quarter of 2010. On August 2, 2010, our board of directors approved an increase in the quarterly cash dividend to $0.13 per common share, an increase of $0.03 per common share from prior quarters. On May 2, 2011, we announced that our board of directors approved an increase in the quarterly cash dividend to $0.20 per common share, an increase of $0.07 per common share from prior quarters. On February 21, 2012, we announced that our board of directors approved an increase in the quarterly cash dividend to $0.30 per common share, an increase of $0.10 per common share from prior quarters. On April 28, 2014, we announced that our board of directors approved terminating our quarterly cash dividend and instead utilizing the cash to repurchase additional common shares. There were no dividends paid and declared during fiscal year 2016 and 2015. The aggregate amount of dividends paid and declared during fiscal year 2014 was approximately $30.4 million.

The declaration of future dividends is subject to the discretion of our board of directors and will depend upon various factors, including our earnings, financial condition, Herbalife Ltd.’s available distributable reserves under Cayman Islands law, restrictions imposed by our credit facility entered into on March 9, 2011, as amended, or the Credit Facility and the terms of any other indebtedness that may be outstanding, cash requirements, future prospects and other factors deemed relevant by our board of directors. The Credit Facility permits payments of dividends up to a specified cap and as long as no default or event of default exists and the consolidated leverage ratio specified in the Credit Facility is not exceeded. See Note 4, Long-Term Debt, to the Consolidated Financial Statements for a further discussion on dividend restrictions.

36

Information with Respect to Securities Authorized for Issuance Under Equity Compensation Plans

The following table sets forth as of December 31, 2016, information with respect to (a) number of securities to be issued upon exercise of outstanding options, warrants and rights, (b) the weighted-average exercise price of outstanding options, warrants and rights and (c) the number of securities remaining available for future issuance under equity compensation plans.

|  | Number of Securities to be Issued Upon Exercise of Outstanding Options, Warrants and Rights (3) |  |  | Weighted Average Exercise Price of Outstanding Options, Warrants and Rights |  |  | Number of Securities Remaining Available for Future Issuance Under Equity Compensation Plans (Excluding Securities in Column (a))(2) |
|  | (a) |  |  | (b) |  |  | (c) |
Equity compensation plans approved by security holders(1) |  |  | 3,263,284 |  |  |  | $41.52 |  |  |  | 7,214,591 |
Equity compensation plans not approved by security holders |  |  | — |  |  |  | — |  |  |  | — |
Total |  |  | 3,263,284 |  |  |  | $41.52 |  |  |  | 7,214,591 |

(1) | Consists of four plans: The Amended and Restated Herbalife Ltd. 2005 Stock Incentive Plan, the Amended and Restated Herbalife Ltd. 2014 Stock Incentive Plan, the Amended and Restated Herbalife Ltd. Independent Directors Deferred Compensation and Stock Unit Plan, and the Amended and Restated Non-Management Directors Compensation Plan. In February 2008, a shareholder approved Employee Stock Purchase Plan was implemented. The terms of these plans are summarized in Note 9, Share-Based Compensation, to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

(2) | Includes 1.7 million common shares available for future issuance under the shareholder approved Employee Stock Purchase Plan which was implemented in February 2008.

(3) | Number of securities to be issued upon exercise of stock appreciation rights was calculated using the market price at December 31, 2016.

Information with Respect to Purchases of Equity Securities by the Issuer

On July 30, 2012, we announced that our board of directors authorized a new $1 billion share repurchase program that will expire on June 30, 2017. On February 3, 2014, we announced that our board of directors authorized an increase in the existing share repurchase authorization to an available balance of $1.5 billion. This repurchase program allows us to repurchase our common shares, at such times and prices as determined by our management as market conditions warrant, and to the extent Herbalife Ltd.’s distributable reserves are available under Cayman Islands law. As of December 31, 2016, the Credit Facility permits us to repurchase our common shares up to a specified cap and as long as no default or event of default exists and the consolidated leverage ratio specified in the Credit Facility is not exceeded. See Note 4, Long-Term Debt, to the Consolidated Financial Statements for a further discussion on share repurchase restrictions and Note 15, Subsequent Events, to the Consolidated Financial Statements for further information on our new senior secured credit facility and our new share repurchase program.

We did not repurchase any common shares in the open market during the year ended December 31, 2016. As of December 31, 2016, the remaining authorized capacity under our share repurchase program was approximately $232.9 million.

37

Item 6. | SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

The following table sets forth certain of our historical financial data. We have derived the selected historical consolidated financial data for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015, 2014, 2013, and 2012 from our consolidated financial statements and the related notes. Not all periods shown below are discussed in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. The selected consolidated historical financial data set forth below are not necessarily indicative of the results of future operations and should be read in conjunction with the discussion under Item 7 — Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations, and the historical consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

|  | Year Ended December 31, |
|  | 2016 |  |  | 2015 |  |  | 2014 |  |  | 2013 |  |  | 2012 |
|  | (In millions except per share data) |
Income Statement Data: |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |
Net sales |  | $ | 4,488.4 |  |  | $ | 4,469.0 |  |  | $ | 4,958.6 |  |  | $ | 4,825.3 |  |  | $ | 4,072.3 |
Cost of sales |  |  | 854.6 |  |  |  | 856.0 |  |  |  | 982.9 |  |  |  | 963.4 |  |  |  | 812.6 |
Gross profit |  |  | 3,633.8 |  |  |  | 3,613.0 |  |  |  | 3,975.7 |  |  |  | 3,861.9 |  |  |  | 3,259.7 |
Royalty overrides |  |  | 1,272.6 |  |  |  | 1,251.4 |  |  |  | 1,471.1 |  |  |  | 1,497.5 |  |  |  | 1,338.6 |
Selling, general and administrative expenses |  |  | 1,966.9 |  |  |  | 1,784.5 |  |  |  | 1,991.1 |  |  |  | 1,629.1 |  |  |  | 1,259.7 |
Other operating income |  |  | (63.8 | ) |  |  | (6.5 | ) |  |  | — |  |  |  | — |  |  |  | — |
Operating income |  |  | 458.1 |  |  |  | 583.6 |  |  |  | 513.5 |  |  |  | 735.3 |  |  |  | 661.4 |
Interest expense, net |  |  | 93.4 |  |  |  | 94.9 |  |  |  | 79.2 |  |  |  | 18.6 |  |  |  | 10.5 |
Other expense, net |  |  | — |  |  |  | 2.3 |  |  |  | 13.0 |  |  |  | — |  |  |  | — |
Income before income taxes |  |  | 364.7 |  |  |  | 486.4 |  |  |  | 421.3 |  |  |  | 716.7 |  |  |  | 650.9 |
Income taxes |  |  | 104.7 |  |  |  | 147.3 |  |  |  | 112.6 |  |  |  | 189.2 |  |  |  | 186.9 |
Net income |  | $ | 260.0 |  |  | $ | 339.1 |  |  | $ | 308.7 |  |  | $ | 527.5 |  |  | $ | 464.0 |
Earnings per share |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |
Basic |  | $ | 3.13 |  |  | $ | 4.11 |  |  | $ | 3.58 |  |  | $ | 5.14 |  |  | $ | 4.13 |
Diluted |  | $ | 3.02 |  |  | $ | 3.97 |  |  | $ | 3.40 |  |  | $ | 4.91 |  |  | $ | 3.94 |
Weighted average shares outstanding |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |
Basic |  |  | 83.0 |  |  |  | 82.6 |  |  |  | 86.3 |  |  |  | 102.6 |  |  |  | 112.4 |
Diluted |  |  | 86.1 |  |  |  | 85.3 |  |  |  | 90.8 |  |  |  | 107.4 |  |  |  | 117.9 |
Other Financial Data: |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |
Retail sales(1) |  | $ | 7,119.8 |  |  | $ | 6,994.4 |  |  | $ | 7,843.0 |  |  | $ | 7,514.0 |  |  | $ | 6,404.3 |
Net cash provided by (used in): |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |
Operating activities |  |  | 367.3 |  |  |  | 628.7 |  |  |  | 511.4 |  |  |  | 772.9 |  |  |  | 567.8 |
Investing activities |  |  | (141.3 | ) |  |  | (73.4 | ) |  |  | (201.3 | ) |  |  | (150.8 | ) |  |  | (125.0 | )
Financing activities |  |  | (252.3 | ) |  |  | (250.0 | ) |  |  | (389.5 | ) |  |  | 30.7 |  |  |  | (371.2 | )
Depreciation and amortization |  |  | 98.3 |  |  |  | 98.0 |  |  |  | 93.2 |  |  |  | 84.7 |  |  |  | 74.4 |
Capital expenditures(2) |  |  | 144.3 |  |  |  | 79.1 |  |  |  | 156.7 |  |  |  | 162.5 |  |  |  | 122.8 |
Balance Sheet Data: |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |
Cash and cash equivalents |  | $ | 844.0 |  |  | $ | 889.8 |  |  | $ | 645.4 |  |  | $ | 973.0 |  |  | $ | 333.5 |
Receivables, net |  |  | 70.3 |  |  |  | 69.9 |  |  |  | 83.6 |  |  |  | 100.3 |  |  |  | 116.1 |
Inventories |  |  | 371.3 |  |  |  | 332.0 |  |  |  | 377.7 |  |  |  | 351.2 |  |  |  | 339.4 |
Total working capital |  |  | 671.0 |  |  |  | 541.9 |  |  |  | 518.6 |  |  |  | 720.8 |  |  |  | 221.7 |
Total assets |  |  | 2,565.4 |  |  |  | 2,477.9 |  |  |  | 2,355.0 |  |  |  | 2,471.3 |  |  |  | 1,720.3 |
Total debt |  |  | 1,447.9 |  |  |  | 1,622.0 |  |  |  | 1,791.8 |  |  |  | 928.9 |  |  |  | 483.8 |
Shareholders’ equity (deficit)(3) |  |  | 196.3 |  |  |  | (53.5 | ) |  |  | (334.4 | ) |  |  | 551.4 |  |  |  | 395.5 |
Cash dividends per common share |  |  | — |  |  |  | — |  |  |  | 0.30 |  |  |  | 1.20 |  |  |  | 1.20 |

(1) | Retail sales represent the gross sales amount reflected on our invoices to our Members and are based on suggested retail prices. Retail sales is not a measure in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP) and may not be comparable to similarly-titled measures used by other companies. We do not receive the full retail sales amount. “Product sales” represent the actual product purchase price paid to us by our Members, after giving effect to all discounts provided to our Members referred to as “distributor allowances.” “Net sales” represents product sales and shipping & handling revenues.

38

Retail sales data as a Non-GAAP measure is discussed in greater detail in Item 7 — Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations. We discuss retail sales because of its fundamental role in our systems, internal contr ols and operations, and its correlation to Member discounts and Royalty Overrides. In addition, retail sales is a component of the financial reports we use to analyze our financial results.

The following represents the reconciliation of retail sales to net sales for each of the periods set forth above:

|  | Year Ended December 31, |
|  | 2016 |  |  | 2015 |  |  | 2014 |  |  | 2013 |  |  | 2012 |
|  | (In millions) |
Retail sales |  | $ | 7,119.8 |  |  | $ | 6,994.4 |  |  | $ | 7,843.0 |  |  | $ | 7,514.0 |  |  | $ | 6,404.3 |
Distributor allowance |  |  | (2,875.6 | ) |  |  | (2,807.9 | ) |  |  | (3,275.8 | ) |  |  | (3,313.3 | ) |  |  | (2,927.4 | )
Product sales |  |  | 4,244.2 |  |  |  | 4,186.5 |  |  |  | 4,567.2 |  |  |  | 4,200.7 |  |  |  | 3,476.9 |
Shipping & handling revenues |  |  | 244.2 |  |  |  | 282.5 |  |  |  | 391.4 |  |  |  | 624.6 |  |  |  | 595.4 |
Net sales |  | $ | 4,488.4 |  |  | $ | 4,469.0 |  |  | $ | 4,958.6 |  |  | $ | 4,825.3 |  |  | $ | 4,072.3 |

(2) | Includes accrued capital expenditures. See the Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows for capital expenditures paid in cash during the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015, and 2014.

(3) | We did not pay any dividends or repurchase any of our common shares through open market purchases during the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015. During the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013, and 2012, we paid an aggregate $30.4 million, $123.1 million, and $135.1 million in dividends, respectively, and repurchased $1,267.1 million, $297.4 million, and $527.8 million of our common shares, respectively, through open market purchases, the Repurchase Agreement, and the Forward Transactions. The Repurchase Agreement and the Forward Transactions are discussed in greater detail in Item 7 — Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.

39

Item 7. | MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations should be read in conjunction with Item 6 — Selected Financial Data and our consolidated financial statements and related notes, each included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

We are a global nutrition company that sells weight management, targeted nutrition, energy, sports & fitness, and outer nutrition products to and through independent members, or Members. In China, we sell our products to and through independent service providers, sales representatives, and sales officers to customers and preferred customers, as well as through Company-operated retail stores when necessary. We refer to Members that distribute our products and achieve certain qualification requirements as “sales leaders.”

We pursue our mission of “changing people’s lives” by providing high quality, science-based products to Members and their customers who seek a healthy lifestyle and we also offer a business opportunity to those Members who seek additional income. We believe the global obesity epidemic has made our quality products more relevant and the effectiveness of our distribution network, coupled with geographic expansion, have been the primary reasons for our success throughout our 37-year operating history.

Our products are grouped in four principal categories: weight management; targeted nutrition; energy, sports & fitness; and outer nutrition, along with literature and promotional items. Our products are often sold through a series of related products and literature designed to simplify weight management and nutrition for consumers and maximize our Members’ cross-selling opportunities.

Industry-wide factors that affect us and our competitors include the global obesity epidemic, the aging of the worldwide population and rising public health care costs, which are driving demand for weight management, nutrition and wellness-related products along with the global increase in under employment and unemployment which can affect the recruitment and retention of Members seeking additional income opportunities.

While we continue to monitor the current global financial environment, we remain focused on the opportunities and challenges in retailing of our products, recruiting and retaining Members, improving Member productivity, further penetrating existing markets, opening new markets, globalizing successful Distributor Methods of Operation, or DMOs, such as Nutrition Clubs and Weight Loss Challenges, introducing new products and globalizing existing products, developing niche market segments and further investing in our infrastructure. Management also continues to monitor the Venezuelan market and especially the limited ability to repatriate cash.

We report revenue from our six regions:

| • | North America;

| • | Mexico;

| • | South and Central America;

| • | EMEA, which consists of Europe, the Middle East and Africa;

| • | Asia Pacific (excluding China); and

| • | China.

On July 15, 2016, we reached a settlement with the FTC and entered into a proposed Stipulation to Entry of Order for Permanent Injunction and Monetary Judgment, or the Consent Order, which resolved the FTC’s multi-year investigation of the Company. The Consent Order became effective on July 25, 2016, or the Effective Date, upon final approval by the U.S. District Court for the Central District of California. Pursuant to the Consent Order, we agreed to implement certain new procedures and enhance certain existing procedures in the U.S., most of which we will have 10 months from the Effective Date to implement. Among other requirements, the Consent Order requires us to categorize all existing and future Members in the U.S. as either “preferred members” - who are simply consumers who only wish to purchase product for their own household use, or “distributors” - who are Members who wish to resell some products or build a sales organization. Although not required until May 2017, in October 2016 we initiated the process of allowing existing Members in the U.S. to affirmatively elect to be classified as either preferred members or as independent distributors. We also agreed to compensate distributors on U.S. retail sales within their downline organizations, which include purchases by preferred members, purchases by a distributor for his or her personal consumption within allowable limits and sales of product by a distributor to his or her customers. The Consent Order also requires distributors to meet certain conditions before opening Nutrition Clubs and/or entering into leases for their Herbalife business in the United States. The Consent Order also prohibits the Company from making expressly or by implication, any representation regarding the amount or level of income, including full-time or part-time income, that a

40

participant can reasonably expect to earn in the Company’s network marketing program, unless the representation is non-misleading and the Company possesses competent and reliable evidence s ufficient to substantiate that the representation is true.

We intend to monitor the impact of the Consent Order regularly and our Board of Directors has established the Implementation Oversight Committee in connection with the Consent Order. The committee has met and will meet regularly with management to oversee our compliance with the terms of the Consent Order. While we currently do not expect the settlement to have a long-term and materially adverse impact on our business and our Member base, our business and our Member base, particularly in the U.S., may be negatively impacted as we and they adjust to the changes. The terms of the settlement do not change our going to market through direct selling by independent distributors, and compensating those distributors based upon the product they and their sales organization sell. We were at the time of the settlement, and are now, in the process of implementing many of the new and enhanced procedures; however, the terms of the settlement and the costs to comply therewith could adversely affect our business operations, our results of operations and our financial condition. See Item 1A – Risk Factors of this Annual Report on Form 10-K for a discussion of risks related to the settlement with the FTC.

Volume Points by Geographic Region

A key non-financial measure we focus on is Volume Points on a Royalty Basis, or Volume Points, which is essentially our weighted-average measure of product sales volume. Volume Points, which are unaffected by exchange rates or price changes, are used by management as a proxy for sales trends because in general, excluding the impact of price changes, an increase in Volume Points in a particular geographic region or country indicates an increase in our local currency net sales while a decrease in Volume Points in a particular geographic region or country indicates a decrease in our local currency net sales.

We assign a Volume Point value to a product when it is first introduced into a market and the value is unaffected by subsequent exchange rate and price changes. The specific number of Volume Points assigned to a product, and generally consistent across all markets, is based on a Volume Point to suggested retail price ratio for similar products. If a product is available in different quantities, the various sizes will have different Volume Point values. In general, once assigned, a Volume Point value is consistent in each region and country and does not change from year to year. The reason Volume Points are used in the manner described above is that we use Volume Points for Member qualification and recognition purposes and therefore we attempt to keep Volume Points for a similar or like product consistent on a global basis. However, because Volume Points are a function of value rather than product type or size, they are not a reliable measure for product mix. As an example, an increase in Volume Points in a specific country or region could mean a significant increase in sales of less expensive products or a marginal increase in sales of more expensive products.

|  | For the Year Ended December 31, |
|  | 2016 |  |  | 2015 |  |  | % Change |  |  | 2015 |  |  | 2014 |  |  | % Change |
|  | (Volume Points in millions) |
North America |  |  | 1,248.6 |  |  |  | 1,156.0 |  |  |  | 8.0 | % |  |  | 1,156.0 |  |  |  | 1,244.0 |  |  |  | (7.1 | )%
Mexico |  |  | 919.8 |  |  |  | 842.9 |  |  |  | 9.1 | % |  |  | 842.9 |  |  |  | 875.2 |  |  |  | (3.7 | )%
South & Central America |  |  | 663.0 |  |  |  | 768.4 |  |  |  | (13.7 | )% |  |  | 768.4 |  |  |  | 850.1 |  |  |  | (9.6 | )%
EMEA |  |  | 1,049.6 |  |  |  | 922.3 |  |  |  | 13.8 | % |  |  | 922.3 |  |  |  | 835.4 |  |  |  | 10.4 | %
Asia Pacific (excluding China) |  |  | 1,076.4 |  |  |  | 1,064.5 |  |  |  | 1.1 | % |  |  | 1,064.5 |  |  |  | 1,189.8 |  |  |  | (10.5 | )%
China |  |  | 624.7 |  |  |  | 581.6 |  |  |  | 7.4 | % |  |  | 581.6 |  |  |  | 448.5 |  |  |  | 29.7 | %
Worldwide |  |  | 5,582.1 |  |  |  | 5,335.7 |  |  |  | 4.6 | % |  |  | 5,335.7 |  |  |  | 5,443.0 |  |  |  | (2.0 | )%

Volume Points increased 4.6% for 2016 after having decreased 2.0% for 2015. We believe the increase for 2016 reflects the success of our competitive strengths and business strategies discussed in greater detail in Item 1 — Business to this Annual Report on Form 10-K in achieving our objective of sustainable sales growth through retailing, recruiting and retention. We believe the 2016 Volume Point increases for the North America, Mexico, and Asia Pacific (excluding China) regions additionally reflect Members adjusting to certain revisions to our operations and Marketing Plan designed to improve the training and retention of sales leaders. The increase for the Asia Pacific (excluding China) region came despite a significant decrease in the South Korea market. The South & Central America region saw a decline in Volume Points for 2016 for certain country-specific reasons within the region. For the China region, we believe the lower rate of sales volume increase compared with recent years is attributable to factors such as Members testing new business methods that did not prove to be as sustainable as traditional methods. Certain of the Marketing Plan revisions and their impact on our results are discussed further below in the applicable sections of Sales by Geographic Region.

Number of Sales Leaders and Retention Rates by Geographic Region as of Re-qualification Period

Our compensation system requires each sales leader to re-qualify for such status each year, prior to February, in order to maintain their 50% discount on products and be eligible to receive royalty payments. In February of each year, we demote from the

41

rank of sales leader those Members who did not satisfy the re-qualification requirements during the preceding twelve months. The re-qualification req uirement does not apply to new sales leaders (i.e. those who became sales leaders subsequent to the January re-qualification of the prior year).

For the latest twelve month re-qualification period ending January 2017, approximately 60.9% of our sales leaders, excluding China and Venezuela, re-qualified. This figure excludes sales leaders in the United States who have converted to preferred member, as those individuals were not eligible for requalification; had these individuals been included in the calculation the figure would have been 59.3%. Venezuela is excluded from retention figures for the year ended January 2017 due to revised requalification criteria that are not comparable to prior periods or to other markets, excluded from 2016 and 2014 as sales leaders in the market were not required to requalify for those years due to product supply limitations, and excluded from 2015 for comparative purposes. Argentina is excluded from the retention figure for the year ended January 2015, as sales leaders in the market were not required to requalify for that year due to product supply limitations, and excluded from 2016 for comparative purposes.

Sales Leaders Statistics (Excluding China) |  | 2016 |  |  | 2015 |  |  | 2014 |
|  | (In thousands) |
January 1 total sales leaders |  |  | 603.3 |  |  |  | 650.1 |  |  |  | 625.8 |
January & February new sales leaders |  |  | 27.7 |  |  |  | 31.6 |  |  |  | 33.0 |
Demoted sales leaders (did not re-qualify)(1) |  |  | (207.6 | ) |  |  | (205.2 | ) |  |  | (201.2 | )
Other sales leaders (resigned, etc.) |  |  | (3.9 | ) |  |  | (6.8 | ) |  |  | (1.5 | )
End of February total sales leaders |  |  | 419.5 |  |  |  | 469.7 |  |  |  | 456.1 |

The Member statistics below further highlight the calculation for retention.

Sales Leaders Retention (Excluding China) |  | 2016 |  |  | 2015 |  |  | 2014 |
|  | (In thousands) |
Sales leaders needed to re-qualify |  |  | 450.2 |  |  |  | 426.5 |  |  |  | 417.7 |
Demoted sales leaders (did not re-qualify)(1) |  |  | (206.4 | ) |  |  | (195.2 | ) |  |  | (201.2 | )
Total re-qualified |  |  | 243.8 |  |  |  | 231.3 |  |  |  | 216.5 |
Retention rate |  |  | 54.2 | % |  |  | 54.2 | % |  |  | 51.8 | %

(1) | Although sales leaders in Argentina and Venezuela were required to re-qualify for the twelve-month periods ended January 2016 and 2015, respectively, as described above, Argentina and Venezuela sales leaders are excluded from the Sales Leader Retention table calculations for those re-qualification periods for comparative purposes. Argentina and Venezuela sales leaders figures are included in the Sales Leaders Statistics table for 2016 and 2015, respectively.

The table below reflects the number of sales leaders as of the end of February of the year indicated (subsequent to the annual re-qualification date) and sales leader retention rate by year and by region.

|  | Number of Sales Leaders |  |  | Sales Leaders Retention Rate |
|  | 2016 |  |  | 2015 |  |  | 2014 |  |  | 2016 |  |  | 2015 |  |  | 2014 |
North America |  |  | 79,305 |  |  |  | 88,866 |  |  |  | 86,129 |  |  |  | 58.3 | % |  |  | 58.4 | % |  |  | 55.1 | %
Mexico |  |  | 67,294 |  |  |  | 83,137 |  |  |  | 78,818 |  |  |  | 57.1 | % |  |  | 56.7 | % |  |  | 54.2 | %
South & Central America |  |  | 77,523 |  |  |  | 88,392 |  |  |  | 102,152 |  |  |  | 53.0 | % |  |  | 52.0 | % |  |  | 54.9 | %
EMEA |  |  | 87,500 |  |  |  | 82,025 |  |  |  | 62,723 |  |  |  | 63.6 | % |  |  | 68.4 | % |  |  | 67.7 | %
Asia Pacific (excluding China) |  |  | 107,871 |  |  |  | 127,252 |  |  |  | 126,229 |  |  |  | 43.8 | % |  |  | 43.9 | % |  |  | 39.9 | %
Total Sales leaders |  |  | 419,493 |  |  |  | 469,672 |  |  |  | 456,051 |  |  |  | 54.2 | % |  |  | 54.2 | % |  |  | 51.8 | %
China |  |  | 41,890 |  |  |  | 32,222 |  |  |  | 30,037 |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |
Worldwide Total Sales Leaders |  |  | 461,383 |  |  |  | 501,894 |  |  |  | 486,088 |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |

Sales leaders generally purchase our products for resale to other Members and retail consumers. The number of sales leaders by geographic region as of the quarterly reporting dates will normally be higher than the number of sales leaders by geographic region as of the re-qualification period because sales leaders who do not re-qualify during the relevant twelve-month period will be removed from the rank of sales leader the following February. Comparisons of sales leader totals on a year-to-year basis are indicators of our recruitment and retention efforts in different geographic regions.

Retention Rate for the requalification period ended January 2017 was significantly improved compared to prior year periods. We believe this performance is the result of efforts we have made to improve the sustainability of sales leaders’ businesses.

42

Presentation

“Retail sales” represent the suggested retail price of products we sell to our Members and is the gross sales amount reflected on our invoices. Retail sales is a Non-GAAP measure which may not be comparable to similarly-titled measures used by other companies. This is not the price paid to us by our Members. Our Members purchase product from us at a discount from the suggested retail price. We refer to these discounts as “distributor allowance”, and we refer to retail sales less distributor allowances as “product sales”.

Total distributor allowances for 2016, 2015, and 2014 were 40.4%, 40.1%, and 41.8% of retail sales, respectively. Distributor allowances and Marketing Plan payouts generally utilize 90% to 95% of suggested retail price, depending on the product and market, to which we apply discounts of up to 50% for distributor allowances and payout rates of up to 15% for royalty overrides, up to 7% for production bonuses, and approximately 1% for the Mark Hughes bonus. Distributor allowances as a percentage of retail sales may vary by country depending upon regulatory restrictions that limit or otherwise restrict distributor allowances. We also offer reduced distributor allowances with respect to certain products worldwide. Each Member’s level of discount is determined by qualification based on volume of purchases. In cases where a Member has qualified for less than the maximum discount, the remaining discount, which we also refer to as a wholesale commission, is received by their sponsoring Members. Therefore, product sales are recognized net of product returns and distributor allowances.

“Net sales” equal product sales plus “shipping and handling revenues”, and generally represents what we collect.

We do not have visibility into all of the sales from our Members to their customers, but such a figure would differ from our reported “retail sales” by factors including (a) the amount of product purchased by our Members for their own personal consumption and (b) prices charged by our Members to their customers other than our suggested retail prices. We discuss retail sales because of its fundamental role in our systems, internal controls and operations, and its correlation to Member discounts and Royalty Overrides. In addition, retail sales is a component of the financial reports we use to analyze our financial results. However, such a measure is not in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, or U.S. GAAP. Retail sales should not be considered in isolation from, nor as a substitute for, net sales and other consolidated income or cash flow statement data prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP, or as a measure of profitability or liquidity. A reconciliation of retail sales to net sales is presented below under Results of Operations.

Our international operations have provided and will continue to provide a significant portion of our total net sales. As a result, total net sales will continue to be affected by fluctuations in the U.S. dollar against foreign currencies. In order to provide a framework for assessing how our underlying businesses performed excluding the effect of foreign currency fluctuations, in addition to comparing the percent change in net sales from one period to another in U.S. dollars, we also compare the percent change in net sales from one period to another period using “net sales in local currency”. Net sales in local currency is not a U.S. GAAP financial measure. Net sales in local currency removes from net sales in U.S. dollars the impact of changes in exchange rates between the U.S. dollar and the local currencies of our foreign subsidiaries, by translating the current period net sales into U.S. dollars using the same foreign currency exchange rates that were used to translate the net sales for the previous comparable period. We believe presenting net sales in local currency is useful to investors because it allows a meaningful comparison of net sales of our foreign operations from period to period. However, net sales in local currency measures should not be considered in isolation or as an alternative to net sales in U.S. dollar measures that reflect current period exchange rates, or to other financial measures calculated and presented in accordance with U.S. GAAP.

Our “gross profit” consists of net sales less “cost of sales,” which represents our manufacturing costs, the price we pay to our raw material suppliers and manufacturers of our products as well as shipping and handling costs including duties, tariffs, and similar expenses.

While Members, excluding our Members in China and our preferred members, can potentially profit from their activities by reselling our products for amounts greater than the prices they pay us, Members that develop, retain, and manage other Members can earn additional compensation for those activities, which we refer to as “Royalty overrides.” Royalty overrides are our most significant operating expense and consist of:

| • | royalty overrides and production bonuses;

| • | the Mark Hughes bonus payable to some of our most senior Members; and

| • | other discretionary incentive cash bonuses to qualifying Members.

Royalty overrides are compensation to Members for the development, retention and improved productivity of their sales organizations and are paid to several levels of Members on each sale. Royalty overrides are compensation for services rendered to us and as such are recorded as an operating expense.

43

Due to restrictions on direct selling in China, our independent service providers in China are compensated for marketi ng, sales, and support services with fees reflecting the quality of their service, sales contributions and other factors instead of the distributor allowances and royalty overrides utilized in our traditional marketing program. Compensation to China indepe ndent service providers is included in selling, general and administrative expenses.

Because of local country regulatory constraints, we may be required to modify our Member incentive plans as described above. We also pay reduced royalty overrides with respect to certain products worldwide. Consequently, the total royalty override percentage may vary over time and from the percentages noted above.

Our “contribution margins” consist of net sales less cost of sales and royalty overrides.

“Selling, general and administrative expenses” represent our operating expenses, which include labor and benefits, service fees to China service providers, sales events, professional fees, travel and entertainment, Member promotions, occupancy costs, communication costs, bank fees, depreciation and amortization, foreign exchange gains and losses and other miscellaneous operating expenses.

Our “other operating income” consists of government grant income related to China and the arbitration award in connection with the re-audit of the Company’s 2010 to 2012 financial statements after the resignation of KPMG as the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm.

Our “other expense, net” consists of non-operating expenses such as impairments of available-for-sale investments.

Most of our sales to Members outside the United States are made in the respective local currencies. In preparing our financial statements, we translate revenues into U.S. dollars using average exchange rates. Additionally, the majority of our purchases from our suppliers generally are made in U.S. dollars. Consequently, a strengthening of the U.S. dollar versus a foreign currency can have a negative impact on our reported sales and contribution margins and can generate foreign currency losses on intercompany transactions. Foreign currency exchange rates can fluctuate significantly. From time to time, we enter into foreign currency derivatives to partially mitigate our foreign currency exchange risk as discussed in further detail in Item 7A — Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk.

44

Results of Operations

Our results of operations for the periods below are not necessarily indicative of results of operations for future periods, which depend upon numerous factors, including our ability to recruit new Members and retain sales leaders, further penetrate existing markets, introduce new products and programs that will help our Members increase their retail efforts and develop niche market segments.

The following table sets forth selected results of our operations expressed as a percentage of net sales for the periods indicated:

|  | Year Ended December 31, 2016 |  |  | Year Ended December 31, 2015 |  |  | Year Ended December 31, 2014 |
Operations: |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |
Net sales |  |  | 100.0 | % |  |  | 100.0 | % |  |  | 100.0 | %
Cost of sales |  |  | 19.0 |  |  |  | 19.1 |  |  |  | 19.8 |
Gross profit |  |  | 81.0 |  |  |  | 80.9 |  |  |  | 80.2 |
Royalty overrides(1) |  |  | 28.4 |  |  |  | 28.0 |  |  |  | 29.7 |
Selling, general and administrative expenses(1) |  |  | 43.8 |  |  |  | 39.9 |  |  |  | 40.2 |
Other operating income |  |  | (1.4 | ) |  |  | (0.1 | ) |  |  | — |
Operating income |  |  | 10.2 |  |  |  | 13.1 |  |  |  | 10.3 |
Interest expense |  |  | 2.2 |  |  |  | 2.2 |  |  |  | 1.8 |
Interest income |  |  | 0.1 |  |  |  | 0.1 |  |  |  | 0.3 |
Other expense, net |  |  | — |  |  |  | 0.1 |  |  |  | 0.3 |
Income before income taxes |  |  | 8.1 |  |  |  | 10.9 |  |  |  | 8.5 |
Income taxes |  |  | 2.3 |  |  |  | 3.3 |  |  |  | 2.3 |
Net income |  |  | 5.8 | % |  |  | 7.6 | % |  |  | 6.2 | %

(1) | Service fees to our independent service providers in China are included in selling, general and administrative expenses while Member compensation for all other countries is included in royalty overrides.

Changes in net sales are directly associated with the retailing of our products, recruitment of Members, and retention of sales leaders. Our strategies include providing quality products, improved DMOs, including daily consumption approaches such as Nutrition Clubs, easier access to product, systemized training of Members on our products and methods, and continued promotion and branding of Herbalife products.

Management’s role, both in-country and at the region and corporate level, is to provide Members with a competitive and broad product line, encourage strong teamwork and Member leadership and offer leading edge business tools and technology services to make doing business with Herbalife simple. Management uses the Member marketing program coupled with educational and motivational tools and promotions to encourage Members to increase retailing, retention, and recruiting, which in turn affect net sales. Such tools include Company sponsored sales events such as Extravaganzas, Leadership Development Weekends and World Team Schools where large groups of Members gather, thus allowing them to network with other Members, learn retailing, retention, and recruiting techniques from our leading Members and become more familiar with how to market and sell our products and business opportunities. Accordingly, management believes that these development and motivation programs increase the productivity of the sales leader network. The expenses for such programs are included in selling, general and administrative expenses. We also use event and non-event product promotions to motivate Members to increase retailing, retention, and recruiting activities. These promotions have prizes ranging from qualifying for events to product prizes and vacations. A promotion that we have seen success with and begun to use on a broad basis is the customer acquisition promotion, generally under which new Members, who order a modest number of volume points in each of their first three months, earn a prize and hence are incentivized to begin acquiring retail customers. The costs of these promotions are included in selling, general and administrative expenses.

45

DMOs are being generated in many of our markets and are globalized where applicable through the combined efforts of Members and country, regional and corporate management. While we support a number of different DMOs, one of the most popular DMOs is the daily consumption DMO. Under our traditional DMO, a Member typically sells to its customers on a somewhat infrequent basis (e.g., monthly) w hich provides fewer opportunities for interaction with their customers. Under a daily consumption DMO, a Member interacts with its customers on a more frequent basis which enables the Member to better educate and advise customers about nutrition and the pr oper use of the products and helps promote daily usage as well, thereby helping the Member grow his or her business. Specific examples of DMOs include the Club concept in Mexico, Premium Herbalife Opportunity Meetings in Korea, the Healthy Breakfast concep t in Russia, and the Internet/Sampling and Weight Loss Challenge in the U.S. Management’s strategy is to review the applicability of expanding successful country initiatives throughout a region, and where appropriate, financially support the globalization of these initiatives.

The factors described above have helped Members increase their business, which in turn helps drive Volume Point growth in our business, and thus, net sales growth. The discussion below of net sales details some of the specific drivers of growth of our business and causes of sales fluctuations during the year ended December 31, 2016 as compared to the same period in 2015 and during the year ended December 31, 2015 as compared to the same period in 2014, as well as the unique growth or contraction factors specific to certain geographic regions or significant countries within a region during these periods. Net sales fluctuations, both Company-wide and within a particular geographic region or country, are primarily the result of changes in volume, changes in prices, and/or changes in foreign currency translation rates. The discussion of changes in net sales quantifies the impact of those drivers that are quantifiable such as changes in foreign currency translation rates, and cites the estimated impact of any significant price changes. The remaining drivers, which management believes are the primary drivers of changes in volume, are typically qualitative factors whose impact cannot be quantified. The Company measures sales volume using Volume Points.

We believe Volume Point increases for the year ended December 31, 2016, as compared to the same period in 2015, reflect, among other qualitative factors, many but not all of our markets having come through a transition period as Members adjust to certain revisions to our Marketing Plan designed to improve the training and retention of sales leaders.

While most Members are not sales leaders, those wishing to become sales leaders have three qualification methods to do so. Prior to global rollout in 2009, there was only the one-month sales leader qualification method or the two-month sales leader qualification method. However, in 2009 we revised our Marketing Plan to enable Members to also qualify for sales leader status over a 12-month period. Since implementation in 2009, sales leaders who utilized the 12-month qualification method have typically performed better in terms of activity and retention rates. To further promote the 12-month sales leader qualification method, during 2014 we announced the implementation, effective globally in February 2015, of a first-order limit for new Members and in November 2014 we reduced the number of Volume Points required to be accumulated over the 12-month period from 5,000 to 4,000. See Item 1, “Business — Our Strategies — Improve the Sustainability of Members’ Businesses” for additional information.

We believe that the changes, while good for our business in the long-term, take time to incorporate into Members’ individual business practices, and in the near term have created distractions which can impact, and in certain markets have slowed, net sales. We believe these Marketing Plan changes can negatively impact net sales in the short term for several reasons. Sponsoring sales leaders must take the time to guide downline Members through the adjustment and acclimation process, diverting them from other sales efforts. Additionally, the changes can lead to a temporary slowdown in sales because some sales that previously would have taken place over a shorter one to two month period are deferred up to twelve months as a Member works towards possible sales leader qualification. Members within different regions and countries are adopting these changes to varying degrees and on varying timelines with such variances leading to differences in how the Marketing Plan changes impact our business in different regions or countries. To the extent we discuss a region or country is still adapting to the changes below, we believe net sales within that region or country are being negatively impacted by the factors described above. Additionally, each region and many countries are also impacted by individual internal and external factors beyond the Marketing Plan changes that impact net sales trends, such as the economic and regulatory environment, changes in product offering, strength and engagement of Member leadership, and level of brand awareness.

Financial Results for the year ended December 31, 2016 compared to the year ended December 31, 2015

Net sales for the year ended December 31, 2016 were relatively flat at $4,488.4 million compared to $4,469.0 million in 2015. In local currency, net sales for the year ended December 31, 2016 increased 6.3% as compared to the same period in 2015. The slight increase in net sales for the year ended December 31, 2016 was primarily the result of an increase in sales volume, as measured by an increase in Volume Points, and the impact of price increases which increased net sales by approximately 4.6% and 2.2%, respectively. These increases were partially offset by the effect of the strong U.S. dollar and the resulting fluctuation in foreign currency rates which reduced net sales by approximately 5.8%.

46

Net income for the year ended December 31, 2016 decreased 23.3% to $260.0 million, or $3.02 per diluted share, compared to $339.1 million, or $3.97 per diluted share, for the same period in 2015. The decrease for the year ended December 31, 2016 was primarily due to the $203.0 million regulatory settlements; partially offset by the net sales growth as discussed a bove; $27.7 million in higher government grant income in China; $29.7 million arbitration award related to the re-audit; $23.3 million in lower foreign exchange losses primarily related to the remeasurement of our Venezuela Bolivar-denominated assets and l iabilities described below; and lower income taxes.

Net income for the year ended December 31, 2016 included a $203.0 million pre-tax unfavorable impact ($133.0 million post-tax) related to regulatory settlements; a $34.2 million pre-tax favorable impact ($24.3 million post-tax) of government grant income in China; a $29.7 million pre-tax favorable impact ($25.8 million post-tax) related to the arbitration award in connection with the re-audit; a $45.1 million unfavorable impact of non-cash interest expense related to the Convertible Notes and the Forward Transactions (See Note 4, Long-Term Debt, to the Consolidated Financial Statements); a $16.3 million pre-tax unfavorable impact ($10.8 million post-tax) from expenses related to regulatory inquiries; a $12.1 million pre-tax unfavorable impact ($9.0 million post-tax) related to legal, advisory services and other expenses for our response to allegations and other negative information put forward in the marketplace by a hedge fund manager which started in late 2012 (See Selling, General and Administrative Expenses below for further discussion); a $3.6 million pre-tax unfavorable impact ($2.6 million post-tax) related to expenses incurred for the recovery of costs associated with the re-audit of our 2010 to 2012 financial statements after the resignation of KPMG as our independent registered public accounting firm; and a $10.7 million pre-tax unfavorable impact ($7.1 million post-tax) related to the implementation of the FTC Consent Order, comprised of $9.0 million of legal, advisory, and other expenses and $1.7 million of product discounts related to preferred member conversions.

Net income for the year ended December 31, 2015 included a $36.9 million pre-tax unfavorable impact ($23.9 million post-tax), comprised of $32.9 million foreign exchange losses related to the remeasurement of Venezuela Bolivar-denominated assets and liabilities at the SICAD II and SIMADI rates, $1.7 million of Venezuela inventory write downs, and a $2.3 million impairment loss on Venezuela bonds (See Other Expense, net below for further discussion of Venezuela bonds); $5.6 million pre-tax unfavorable impact ($3.8 million post-tax) of financing costs from transactions to convert Bolivars to U.S. dollars in 2015; $7.5 million pre-tax favorable impact from foreign exchange gain ($8.3 million post-tax) resulting from Euro/U.S. dollar exposure primarily related to intercompany balances; a $18.7 million pre-tax unfavorable impact ($13.8 million post-tax) related to legal, advisory services and other expenses for our response to allegations and other negative information put forward in the marketplace by a hedge fund manager which started in late 2012 (See Selling, General and Administrative Expenses below for further discussion); a $21.4 million pre-tax unfavorable impact ($14.2 million post-tax) from expenses related to regulatory inquiries; a $1.9 million pre-tax favorable impact ($1.2 million post-tax) related to a reduction in the legal reserve for the Bostick case (See Note 7, Contingencies, to the Consolidated Financial Statements for further discussion); a $3.1 million pre-tax favorable impact ($2.0 million post-tax) related to the recovery of a previously impaired defective manufacturing equipment from the vendor; a $42.2 million unfavorable impact of non-cash interest expense related to the Convertible Notes and the Forward Transactions (See Note 4, Long-Term Debt, to the Consolidated Financial Statements and Liquidity and Capital Resources — Share Repurchases below for further discussion); and a $2.0 million pre-tax unfavorable impact ($1.3 million post-tax) related to expenses incurred for the recovery of costs associated with the re-audit of our 2010 to 2012 financial statements after the resignation of KPMG as our independent registered public accounting firm.

Reporting Segment Results

We aggregate our operating segments, excluding China, into one reporting segment, or the Primary Reporting Segment. The Primary Reporting Segment includes the North America, Mexico, South & Central America, EMEA, and Asia Pacific regions. China has been identified as a separate reporting segment as it does not meet the criteria for aggregation. See Note 10, Segment Information, to the Consolidated Financial Statements for further discussion of our reporting segments. See below for discussions of net sales and contribution margin by our reporting segments.

Net Sales by Reporting Segment

The Primary Reporting Segment reported net sales of $3,619.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2016. Net sales for the Primary Reporting Segment decreased $3.2 million, or 0.1%, for the year ended December 31, 2016, as compared to the same period in 2015. In local currency, net sales increased 5.7% for the year ended December 31, 2016 as compared to the same period in 2015 for the Primary Reporting Segment. The slight decrease in net sales for the year ended December 31, 2016 was primarily the result of the strong U.S. dollar and the resulting impact of fluctuations in foreign currency rates and an unfavorable change in country sales mix resulting from a lower percentage of our sales volume coming from markets with higher prices which reduced net sales by approximately 5.8% and 1.1%, respectively, partially offset by an increase in sales volume, as measured by an increase in Volume Points and price increases which increased net sales by approximately 4.3% and 2.7%, respectively.

47

China reported net sales of $868.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2016. Net sales for China increased $22.6 million, or 2.7%, for the yea r ended December 31, 2016, as compared to the same period in 2015. In local currency, net sales increased 8.5% for the year ended December 31, 2016 as compared to the same period in 2015 for China. The 2.7% increase in China net sales for the year ended De cember 31, 2016 was primarily due to an increase in sales volume, as measured by an increase in Volume Points, and product mix which increased net sales by approximately 7.4% and 1.0%, respectively, partially offset by the unfavorable impact of fluctuation s in foreign currency rates, which reduced net sales by approximately 5.8%.

See the discussion of net sales by geographic region below of the applicable region(s) comprising each segment for the underlying explanations of the changes in net sales for each reporting segment for the year ended December 31, 2016, as compared to the same period in 2015.

Contribution Margin by Reporting Segment

As discussed above under “Presentation,” contribution margin consists of net sales less cost of sales and royalty overrides. The Primary Reporting Segment reported contribution margin of $1,571.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2016. Contribution margin for the Primary Reporting Segment decreased $26.9 million, or 1.7%, for the year ended December 31, 2016, as compared to the same period in 2015. The 1.7% decrease for the year ended December 31, 2016 was primarily the result of fluctuations in the foreign currency rates which reduced contribution margin by approximately 10.1%, partially offset by an increase in volume, as measured by an increase in Volume Points, and the favorable impact of price increases, which increased contribution margin by approximately 4.9% and 4.2%, respectively.

China reported contribution margin of $789.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2016. Contribution margin for China increased $26.5 million, or 3.5%, for the year ended December 31, 2016, as compared to the same period in 2015. The increase for the year ended December 31, 2016 was primarily the result of a volume increase, as measured by an increase in Volume Points, and product mix which increased contribution margin by approximately 7.3% and 1.1%, respectively, partially offset by the unfavorable impact of fluctuations in foreign currency rates, which reduced net sales by approximately 5.5%.

Sales by Geographic Region

The following chart reconciles retail sales to net sales:

Sales by Geographic Region

|  | Year Ended December 31, |  |  |  |  |
|  | 2016 |  |  | 2015 |  |  |  |  |
|  | Retail Sales(1) |  |  | Distributor Allowance |  |  | Product Sales |  |  | Shipping & Handling Revenues |  |  | Net Sales |  |  | Retail Sales(1) |  |  | Distributor Allowance |  |  | Product Sales |  |  | Shipping & Handling Revenues |  |  | Net Sales |  |  | Change in Net Sales |
|  | (Dollars in millions) |
North America |  | $ | 1,587.0 |  |  | $ | (721.3 | ) |  | $ | 865.7 |  |  | $ | 90.0 |  |  | $ | 955.7 |  |  | $ | 1,455.0 |  |  | $ | (658.2 | ) |  | $ | 796.8 |  |  | $ | 82.7 |  |  | $ | 879.5 |  |  |  | 8.7 | %
Mexico |  |  | 767.2 |  |  |  | (347.6 | ) |  |  | 419.6 |  |  |  | 27.0 |  |  |  | 446.6 |  |  |  | 822.5 |  |  |  | (370.6 | ) |  |  | 451.9 |  |  |  | 28.0 |  |  |  | 479.9 |  |  |  | (6.9 | )%
South & Central America |  |  | 848.2 |  |  |  | (393.5 | ) |  |  | 454.7 |  |  |  | 34.0 |  |  |  | 488.7 |  |  |  | 954.4 |  |  |  | (438.2 | ) |  |  | 516.2 |  |  |  | 53.5 |  |  |  | 569.7 |  |  |  | (14.2 | )%
EMEA |  |  | 1,398.9 |  |  |  | (633.9 | ) |  |  | 765.0 |  |  |  | 50.6 |  |  |  | 815.6 |  |  |  | 1,296.6 |  |  |  | (588.3 | ) |  |  | 708.3 |  |  |  | 46.8 |  |  |  | 755.1 |  |  |  | 8.0 | %
Asia Pacific |  |  | 1,531.9 |  |  |  | (656.9 | ) |  |  | 875.0 |  |  |  | 38.0 |  |  |  | 913.0 |  |  |  | 1,508.3 |  |  |  | (637.0 | ) |  |  | 871.3 |  |  |  | 67.3 |  |  |  | 938.6 |  |  |  | (2.7 | )%
China |  |  | 986.6 |  |  |  | (122.4 | ) |  |  | 864.2 |  |  |  | 4.6 |  |  |  | 868.8 |  |  |  | 957.6 |  |  |  | (115.6 | ) |  |  | 842.0 |  |  |  | 4.2 |  |  |  | 846.2 |  |  |  | 2.7 | %
Worldwide |  | $ | 7,119.8 |  |  | $ | (2,875.6 | ) |  | $ | 4,244.2 |  |  | $ | 244.2 |  |  | $ | 4,488.4 |  |  | $ | 6,994.4 |  |  | $ | (2,807.9 | ) |  | $ | 4,186.5 |  |  | $ | 282.5 |  |  | $ | 4,469.0 |  |  |  | 0.4 | %

(1) | Retail sales is a Non-GAAP measure which may not be comparable to similarly-titled measures used by other companies.

North America

The North America region reported net sales of $955.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2016. Net sales increased $76.2 million, or 8.7%, for the year ended December 31, 2016, as compared to the same period in 2015. In local currency, net sales increased by the same 8.7% for the year ended December 31, 2016, as compared to the same period in 2015. The increase in net sales for the year ended December 31, 2016, as compared to the same period in 2015, was a result of a net sales increase in the U.S. of $75.0 million or 8.7%. The 8.7% increase in net sales for the North America region for the year ended December 31, 2016 was primarily the result of an increase in sales volume, as measured by an increase in Volume Points, which increased net sales by approximately 8.0%, as well as price increases which contributed approximately 0.8% to net sales.

48

We believe North America’s Volume Point increase for 2016, versus decreases for the prior several years, reflects the positive results of Members having adjusted to the revisions in our Marketing Plan described above. The revisions are intended to enhance and reward a customer-cent ric business focus where we encourage Members to achieve product results and gain experience in the Herbalife business prior to attempting to qualify for sales leader. We are also seeing a positive impact from customer acquisition promotions for new Member s.

As discussed above, in July 2016 we reached a settlement with the FTC. As part of the settlement, we agreed to implement certain new procedures and enhance certain existing procedures in the United States, most of which we will have ten months from the Effective Date to implement. While we do not expect the settlement to have a long-term material adverse impact on our net sales in the North America region or on our Member base, we believe net sales for the region could be negatively impacted during 2017 as we and our Members implement and adjust to the changes.

Mexico

The Mexico region reported net sales of $446.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2016. Net sales for the year ended December 31, 2016 decreased $33.3 million, or 6.9%, as compared to the same period in 2015. In local currency, net sales for the year ended December 31, 2016 increased 9.6%, as compared to the same period in 2015. The 6.9% decrease in net sales for the year ended December 31, 2016 was primarily the result of the effect of the strong U.S. dollar and the resulting impact of fluctuations in foreign currency rates, which reduced net sales by approximately 16.5%. This reduction to net sales was partially offset by an increase in sales volume, as measured by an increase in Volume Points, and price increases which contributed approximately 9.1% and 0.5%, respectively to net sales.

We believe Mexico’s Volume Point increase for 2016 versus a decrease for the prior year, reflects the positive results of Members having adjusted to the revisions in our Marketing Plan described above, which include rules that require Members attempting to qualify for sales leader status to purchase directly from Herbalife rather than from their sponsor Member (these transactions with the sponsor Member are known as “field sales”). Also significantly, Mexico has instituted customer acquisition promotions for new Members. The Mexico market has also improved service to Members by expanding the number of locations at which Members can pay for and pick up orders.

South and Central America

The South and Central America region reported net sales of $488.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2016. Net sales decreased $81.0 million, or 14.2%, for the year ended December 31, 2016, as compared to the same period in 2015. In local currency, net sales decreased 2.8% for the year ended December 31, 2016, as compared to the same period in 2015. The 14.2% decrease in net sales for the year ended December 31, 2016 was the result of a decline in sales volume, as measured by a decrease in Volume Points, and fluctuations in foreign currency rates, which reduced net sales by approximately 13.7% and 11.4%, respectively. These reductions to net sales were partially offset by price increases which increased net sales by approximately 11.8%.

We believe the decline in Volume Points for the region for 2016, continuing a trend of declines for prior years, was a result of certain country-specific challenges in the markets making up the region discussed below.

In Brazil, the region’s largest market, net sales were $189.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2016. Net sales decreased $66.9 million, or 26.1%, for the year ended December 31, 2016, as compared to the same period in 2015. In local currency, net sales decreased 20.5% for the year ended December 31, 2016, as compared to the same period in 2015. The fluctuation of foreign currency rates had an unfavorable impact of $14.2 million on net sales in Brazil for the year ended December 31, 2016. Changes in ICMS tax legislation, effective for 2016, reduced net sales by approximately $14 million. Brazil’s net sales decrease for the year ended December 31, 2016 was also attributable to adverse economic and political conditions in the market and foreign currency fluctuations. We believe this challenging business environment has contributed to Members in Brazil transitioning more slowly through the Marketing Plan changes implemented as described above compared with other major markets. We have introduced programs in Brazil that have been successful in other regions to improve member activity and productivity. We are also increasing the number of product access points, expanding our product offering to promote more frequent consumption moments, and exploring product affordability approaches for the market.

Net sales in Peru were $64.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2016. Net sales increased $0.8 million, or 1.3%, for the year ended December 31, 2016 as compared to the same period in 2015. In local currency, net sales increased 7.6% for the year ended December 31, 2016, as compared to the same period in 2015. The fluctuation of foreign currency rates had an unfavorable impact of $4.0 million on net sales for the year ended December 31, 2016. The market has seen success with strategies such as Nutrition Clubs and customer acquisition promotions for new Members.

49

Net sales in Venezuela were $11.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2016. Net sales decreased $5.8 million, or 33.9%, for the year ended December 31, 2016, as compared t o the same period in 2015. Significant Bolivar-to-dollar exchange rate deterioration and sales volume declines were partially offset by the impact of significant price increases in the market due to an inflationary environment. Venezuela net sales represen t less than 1% of our consolidated net sales.

EMEA

The EMEA region reported net sales of $815.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2016. Net sales increased $60.5 million, or 8.0%, for the year ended December 31, 2016, as compared to the same period in 2015. In local currency, net sales increased 14.2% for the year ended December 31, 2016, as compared to the same period in 2015. The 8.0% increase in net sales for the year ended December 31, 2016 was primarily the result of an increase in sales volume, as measured by an increase in Volume Points, and price increases which increased net sales by approximately 13.8% and 2.1%, respectively. This increase in net sales was partially offset by the effect of the strong U.S. dollar and the resulting impact of fluctuations in foreign currency rates, which reduced net sales by approximately 6.1%. The EMEA region has had several years of strong growth in sales volume, as measured by an increase in Volume Points. Though the region is made up of a large number of markets with different characteristics and levels of success, generally we believe volume growth for the region for 2016 is correlated with programs that have enhanced the quality and activity of sales leaders as they continue to focus on customer-oriented initiatives.

Net sales in Italy were $137.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2016. Net sales increased $10.8 million, or 8.5%, for the year ended December 31, 2016, as compared to the same period in 2015. In local currency, net sales increased 8.7% for the year ended December 31, 2016, as compared to the same period in 2015. The fluctuation of foreign currency rates had an unfavorable impact of $0.3 million on net sales in Italy for the year ended December 31, 2016. Italy continues to benefit from an organized training approach, events such as city-by-city tours, and efforts to increase brand awareness.

Net sales in Spain were $98.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2016. Net sales increased $12.1 million, or 13.9%, for the year ended December 31, 2016, as compared to the same period in 2015. In local currency, net sales in Spain increased 14.1% for the year ended December 31, 2016, as compared to the same period in 2015. The fluctuation of foreign currency rates had an unfavorable impact of $0.2 million on net sales in Spain for the year ended December 31, 2016. Spain has seen continued to increase the number of Member locations such as Nutrition Clubs, and utilized local marketing strategies to increase brand awareness.

Net sales in Russia were $105.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2016. Net sales increased $5.5 million, or 5.5%, for the year ended December 31, 2016, as compared to the same period in 2015. In local currency, net sales increased 15.9% for the year ended December 31, 2016, as compared to the same period in 2015. The fluctuation of foreign currency rates had an unfavorable impact of $10.5 million on net sales in Russia for the year ended December 31, 2016. Product prices in Russia were increased 5% in March 2016 and 14% in March 2015. Russia continues to emphasize the strategy of building a sustainable business through customer focused activities including customer acquisition promotions for new Members.

Net sales in the United Kingdom were $44.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2016. Net sales decreased $9.9 million, or 18.1%, for the year ended December 31, 2016, as compared to the same period in 2015. In local currency, net sales in the United Kingdom decreased 8.3% for the year ended December 31, 2016, as compared to the same period in 2015. The fluctuation of foreign currency rates had an unfavorable impact of $5.4 million on net sales in the United Kingdom for the year ended December 31, 2016. We are taking steps to improve Member leadership engagement.

Asia Pacific

The Asia Pacific region, which excludes China, reported net sales of $913.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2016. Net sales decreased $25.6 million, or 2.7%, for the year ended December 31, 2016, as compared to the same period in 2015. In local currency, net sales decreased 0.6% for the year ended December 31, 2016, as compared to the same period in 2015. The 2.7% decrease in net sales for the year ended December 31, 2016 was primarily due to an unfavorable change in country sales mix resulting from a lower percentage of our sales volume coming from markets with higher prices and the impact of fluctuations in foreign currency rates, which reduced net sales by approximately 2.4% and 2.1%, respectively. This reduction to net sales was partially offset by an increase in sales volume, as measured by an increase in Volume Points, and price increases which contributed approximately 1.1% and 0.6%, respectively, to net sales. We believe the increases in Volume Points for the region for 2016, despite a significant decline for the South Korea market, was driven by country-specific factors including those discussed below.

Net sales in South Korea were $177.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2016. Net sales decreased $89.2 million, or 33.4%, for the year ended December 31, 2016, as compared to the same period in 2015. In local currency, net sales decreased 31.3% for the year ended December 31, 2016, as compared to the same period in 2015. The fluctuation of foreign currency rates had an unfavorable impact of $5.5 million on net sales for the year ended December 31, 2016. South Korea has been negatively impacted by

50

a number of changes in the Marketing Plan, some of which are unique to South Korea. In addition to the shift in emphasis toward the longer-term sales leader qualification method described above, we also changed the product discount structure in South Korea and began charging a fee for the Member kit this year. Previously, the Member kit in South Korea was free. While we believe these changes will benefit the market in the long term, they have resulted in sales declines as sales leaders continue to adapt to these new methods of operation.

Net sales in India were $167.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2016. Net sales decreased $1.5 million, or 0.9%, for the year ended December 31, 2016, as compared to the same period in 2015. In local currency, net sales increased 3.7% for the year ended December 31, 2016, as compared to the same period in 2015. The fluctuation of foreign currency rates had an unfavorable impact of $7.7 million on net sales for the year ended December 31, 2016. In May 2016, we introduced a customer acquisition promotion which we believe has contributed to higher sales leader activity and productivity compared to the same period last year. India has continued to expand its product line.

Net sales in Taiwan were $127.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2016. Net sales increased $1.3 million, or 1.0%, for the year ended December 31, 2016, as compared to the same period in 2015. In local currency, net sales increased 2.8% for the year ended December 31, 2016, as compared to the same period in 2015. The fluctuation of foreign currency rates had an unfavorable impact of $2.2 million on net sales for the year ended December 31, 2016. Taiwan had a price increase of 2.8% in June 2016.

Net sales in Indonesia were $113.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2016. Net sales increased $27.8 million, or 32.2%, for the year ended December 31, 2016, as compared to the same period in 2015. In local currency, net sales increased 31.3% for the year ended December 31, 2016, as compared to the same period in 2015. The fluctuation of foreign currency rates had a favorable impact of $0.8 million on net sales for the year ended December 31, 2016. Indonesia had price increases of 3% in September 2016 and 6% in October 2015. The Indonesia market has continued to make progress by focusing on a customer-based business and daily consumption through Nutrition Clubs, training activities, and new products. We have increased the number of product access points for the market as well.

China

Net sales in China were $868.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2016. Net sales increased $22.6 million, or 2.7%, for the year ended December 31, 2016, as compared to the same period in 2015. In local currency, net sales increased 8.5% for the year ended December 31, 2016, as compared to the same period in 2015. The net sales increase for the year was primarily the result of an increase in sales volume, as measured by an increase in Volume Points, of approximately 7.4%, partially offset by the unfavorable impact of fluctuations in foreign currency rates, which reduced net sales by approximately 5.8%.

We have seen continued adoption and acculturation of daily consumption DMOs in the China market, including Nutrition Clubs, aided by a Preferred Customer program, a Healthy Active Lifestyle program and supported by ongoing investments in advertising, corporate social responsibility and brand awareness. We continue to enhance service provider support and product access in China through online and mobile platforms. We believe the lower rate of sales volume increase for the year compared with recent years, including a volume decline for the fourth quarter of 2016, as measured by a decrease in Volume Points, are attributable to factors such as Members testing new business methods that did not prove to be as sustainable as traditional methods. Members are now re-focusing on their proven business methods, and we have introduced customer acquisition promotions for new Members.

51

Sales by Product Category

|  | Year Ended December 31, |  |  |  |  |
|  | 2016 |  |  | 2015 |  |  |  |  |
|  | Retail Sales(2) |  |  | Distributor Allowance |  |  | Product Sales |  |  | Shipping & Handling Revenues |  |  | Net Sales |  |  | Retail Sales(2) |  |  | Distributor Allowance |  |  | Product Sales |  |  | Shipping & Handling Revenues |  |  | Net Sales |  |  | % Change in Net Sales |
|  | (Dollars in millions) |
Weight Management |  | $ | 4,621.5 |  |  | $ | (1,915.5 | ) |  | $ | 2,706.0 |  |  | $ | 158.5 |  |  | $ | 2,864.5 |  |  | $ | 4,567.1 |  |  | $ | (1,888.7 | ) |  | $ | 2,678.4 |  |  | $ | 184.4 |  |  | $ | 2,862.8 |  |  |  | 0.1 | %
Targeted Nutrition |  |  | 1,714.7 |  |  |  | (710.7 | ) |  |  | 1,004.0 |  |  |  | 58.8 |  |  |  | 1,062.8 |  |  |  | 1,620.0 |  |  |  | (670.0 | ) |  |  | 950.0 |  |  |  | 65.4 |  |  |  | 1,015.4 |  |  |  | 4.7 | %
Energy, Sports and Fitness |  |  | 432.9 |  |  |  | (179.4 | ) |  |  | 253.5 |  |  |  | 14.9 |  |  |  | 268.4 |  |  |  | 400.2 |  |  |  | (165.5 | ) |  |  | 234.7 |  |  |  | 16.2 |  |  |  | 250.9 |  |  |  | 7.0 | %
Outer Nutrition |  |  | 178.2 |  |  |  | (73.9 | ) |  |  | 104.3 |  |  |  | 6.1 |  |  |  | 110.4 |  |  |  | 212.1 |  |  |  | (87.7 | ) |  |  | 124.4 |  |  |  | 8.6 |  |  |  | 133.0 |  |  |  | (17.0 | )%
Literature, Promotional and Other(1) |  |  | 172.5 |  |  |  | 3.9 |  |  |  | 176.4 |  |  |  | 5.9 |  |  |  | 182.3 |  |  |  | 195.0 |  |  |  | 4.0 |  |  |  | 199.0 |  |  |  | 7.9 |  |  |  | 206.9 |  |  |  | (11.9 | )%
Total |  | $ | 7,119.8 |  |  | $ | (2,875.6 | ) |  | $ | 4,244.2 |  |  | $ | 244.2 |  |  | $ | 4,488.4 |  |  | $ | 6,994.4 |  |  | $ | (2,807.9 | ) |  | $ | 4,186.5 |  |  | $ | 282.5 |  |  | $ | 4,469.0 |  |  |  | 0.4 | %

(1) | Product buybacks and returns in all product categories are included in the literature, promotional and other category.

(2) | Retail sales is a Non-GAAP measure which may not be comparable to similarly-titled measures used by other companies.

Net sales for the Weight Management, Targeted Nutrition, and Energy, Sports and Fitness product categories increased for the year ended December 31, 2016 as compared to the same period in 2015. Net sales for the Outer Nutrition and Literature, Promotional, and Other product categories decreased for the year ended December 31, 2016 as compared to the same period in 2015. The trend and business factors described in the above discussions of the individual geographic regions apply generally to all product categories.

Gross Profit

Gross profit was $3,633.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2016, as compared to $3,613.0 million for the same period in 2015. As a percentage of net sales, gross profit for the year ended December 31, 2016 was 81.0% as compared to 80.9% for the same period in 2015, or a favorable net increase of 10 basis points. The gross profit rate for the year ended December 31, 2016 included the favorable impact of cost savings through strategic sourcing and self-manufacturing of 80 basis points, retail price increases of 40 basis points, lower inventory write-downs of 23 basis points, and country mix of 18 basis points, partially offset by the unfavorable impact of foreign currency fluctuations of 140 basis points and other cost changes of 11 basis points. Generally, gross profit as a percentage of net sales may vary from period to period due to the impact of foreign currency fluctuations, changes in country mix as volume changes among countries with varying margins, retail price increases, cost savings through strategic sourcing and self-manufacturing, and inventory write-downs.

Royalty Overrides

Royalty Overrides were $1,272.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2016, as compared to $1,251.4 million for the same period in 2015. Royalty Overrides as a percentage of net sales were 28.4% for the year ended December 31, 2016 as compared to 28.0% for the same period in 2015. The changes in royalty overrides as a percentage of net sales were primarily due to the sales in our China business relative to that of our worldwide business. Compensation to our independent service providers in China is included in selling, general and administrative expenses as opposed to royalty overrides where it is included for all other Members. Generally, royalty overrides as a percentage of net sales may vary from period to period due to changes in the mix of products and countries because full royalty overrides are not paid on certain products and in certain countries.

Selling, General and Administrative Expenses

Selling, general and administrative expenses were $1,966.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2016, as compared to $1,784.5 million for the same period in 2015. Selling, general and administrative expenses as a percentage of net sales were 43.8% for the year ended December 31, 2016, as compared to 39.9% for the same period in 2015.

The increase in selling, general and administrative expenses for the year ended December 31, 2016 was primarily due to the $203.0 million regulatory settlements; partially offset by $23.3 million in lower net foreign exchange losses, which included $28.5 million lower net foreign exchange losses from the remeasurement of our Bolivar-denominated monetary assets and liabilities.

In late 2012, a hedge fund manager publicly raised allegations regarding the legality of our network marketing program and announced that the hedge fund manager had taken a significant short position regarding our common shares, leading to intense public scrutiny and significant stock price volatility. We have engaged legal and advisory services firms to assist with responding to the

52

allegations and to perform other related services in connection to these events. For the year ended December 31, 2016, we recorded approximately $12.1 million of expenses related to t his matter, of which approximately $9.5 million was related to legal, advisory and other professional service fees. For the year ended December 31, 2015, we recorded approximately $18.7 million of expenses related to this matter, of which approximately $16.8 million was related to legal, advisory and other professional service fees. We expect to continue to incur expenses related to this matter over the next several periods and the expenses are expected to vary from period to period.

Other Operating Income

Other operating income was $63.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2016, as compared to $6.5 million for the same period in 2015. The increase in other operating income was due to an increase in government grant income related to China and the arbitration award received in 2016 in connection with the re-audit of our 2010 to 2012 financial statements after the resignation of KPMG as our independent registered public accounting firm (See Note 2, Basis of Presentation, to the Consolidated Financial Statements for further discussion).

Net Interest Expense

Net interest expense is as follows:

Net Interest Expense |  | Year Ended December 31, 2016 |  |  | Year Ended December 31, 2015 |
|  | (Dollars in millions) |
Interest expense |  | $ | 99.3 |  |  | $ | 100.5 |
Interest income |  |  | (5.9 | ) |  |  | (5.6 | )
Net Interest Expense |  | $ | 93.4 |  |  | $ | 94.9 |

The decrease in net interest expense for the year ended December 31, 2016, as compared to the same period in 2015, was primarily due to the payoff of our Term Loan in March 2016. This decrease was partially offset by an increase in interest expense from our revolving credit facility as a result of increased interest rates.

Other Expense, net

There was no other expense, net for the year ended December 31, 2016 as compared to $2.3 million for the same period in 2015. The decrease in other expense, net, for the year ended December 31, 2016, as compared to the same period in 2015, was due to no other-than-temporary impairment losses recognized during the year ended December 31, 2016 as compared to the same period in 2015 in which losses were incurred in connection with our investments in Bolivar-denominated bonds.

Income Taxes

Income taxes were $104.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2016, as compared to $147.3 million for the same period in 2015. As a percentage of pre-tax income, the effective income tax rate was 28.7% for the year ended December 31, 2016, as compared to 30.3% for the same period in 2015. The decrease to the effective tax rate for the year ended December 31, 2016, as compared to the same period in 2015, is primarily due to the increase in net benefits in the geographic mix of the Company’s income. See Note 12, Income Taxes, to the Consolidated Financial Statements for additional discussion.

Financial Results for the year ended December 31, 2015 compared to the year ended December 31, 2014

Net sales for the year ended December 31, 2015 decreased 9.9% to $4,469.0 million as compared to $4,958.6 million in 2014. In local currency, including the remeasurement impact of Venezuela’s Bolivar denominated net sales, net sales for the year ended December 31, 2015 increased 4.7% as compared to the same period in 2014. The decrease in net sales of 9.9% for the year ended December 31, 2015 was primarily the result of the effect of the strong U.S. dollar and the resulting fluctuation in foreign currency rates and a decline in sales volume, as measured by a decrease in Volume Points, which reduced net sales by approximately 14.6% and 2.0%, respectively. These reductions were partially offset by the impact of price increases and a favorable change in country sales mix resulting from a greater percentage of our sales volume coming from markets with higher prices, which contributed approximately 5.2% and 2.0% to net sales growth, respectively.

53

Net income for the year ended December 31, 2015 increased 9.8% to $339.1 million, or $3.97 per diluted share, compared to $308.7 million, or $3.40 per diluted share, for the same period in 2014. The increase for the year ended December 31, 2015 was primarily due to the lower selling, general and administrative expenses (excluding China service fees), which includes lower foreign exchange losses related to the remeasurement of our Venezuela Bolivar-denominated assets and liabilities, and lower impairment loss on Venezuela bonds described below; partially offset by lower contribution margin driven by lower sales discussed above, higher service fees to China service providers due to sales growth in China, and higher income taxes.

Net income for the year ended December 31, 2015 included a $36.9 million pre-tax unfavorable impact ($23.9 million post-tax), comprised of $32.9 million foreign exchange losses related to the remeasurement of Venezuela Bolivar-denominated assets and liabilities at the SICAD II and SIMADI rates, $1.7 million of inventory write downs, and a $2.3 million impairment loss on Venezuela bonds (See Other Expense, net below for further discussion of Venezuela bonds); $5.6 million pre-tax unfavorable impact ($3.8 million post-tax) of financing costs from transactions to convert Bolivars to U.S. dollars in 2015; $7.5 million pre-tax favorable impact from foreign exchange gain ($8.3 million post-tax) resulting from Euro/U.S. dollar exposure primarily related to intercompany balances; a $18.7 million pre-tax unfavorable impact ($13.8 million post-tax) related to legal, advisory services and other expenses for our response to allegations and other negative information put forward in the marketplace by a hedge fund manager which started in late 2012 (See Selling, General and Administrative Expenses below for further discussion); a $21.4 million pre-tax unfavorable impact ($14.2 million post-tax) from expenses related to regulatory inquiries; a $1.9 million pre-tax favorable impact ($1.2 million post-tax) related to a reduction in the legal reserve for the Bostick case; a $3.1 million pre-tax favorable impact ($2.0 million post-tax) related to the recovery of a previously impaired defective manufacturing equipment from the vendor; a $42.2 million unfavorable impact of non-cash interest expense related to the Convertible Notes and the Forward Transactions (See Note 4, Long-Term Debt, to the Consolidated Financial Statements and Liquidity and Capital Resources — Share Repurchases below for further discussion); and a $2.0 million pre-tax unfavorable impact ($1.3 million post-tax) related to expenses incurred for the recovery of costs associated with the re-audit of our 2010 to 2012 financial statements after the resignation of KPMG as our independent registered public accounting firm.

Net income for the year ended December 31, 2014 included a $229.0 million pre-tax unfavorable impact ($152.4 million post-tax), comprised of a $103.4 million and a $98.0 million foreign exchange losses related to the remeasurement of Venezuela Bolivar-denominated assets and liabilities at the SICAD I and SICAD II rates, respectively, $7.6 million of inventory write downs, a $7.0 million impairment loss on long lived assets, and a $13.0 million impairment loss on Venezuela bonds (See Other Expense, net below for further discussion of Venezuela bonds); a $25.1 million pre-tax unfavorable impact ($16.6 million post-tax) related to legal, advisory services and other expenses for our response to allegations and other negative information put forward in the marketplace by a hedge fund manager which started in late 2012 (See Selling, General and Administrative Expenses below for further discussion); a $15.0 million pre-tax unfavorable impact ($9.4 million post-tax) from expenses related to regulatory inquiries; a $17.5 million pre-tax unfavorable impact ($10.9 million post-tax) related to a reduction in the legal reserve for the Bostick case; a $2.6 million pre-tax unfavorable impact ($1.6 million post-tax) related to impairment of newly acquired defective manufacturing equipment; a $36.7 million unfavorable impact of non-cash interest expense related to the Convertible Notes and the Forward Transactions (See Note 4, Long-Term Debt, to the Consolidated Financial Statements and Liquidity and Capital Resources — Share Repurchases below for further discussion); and a $0.6 million pre-tax unfavorable impact ($0.4 million post-tax) related to expenses incurred for the recovery of costs associated with the re-audit of our 2010 to 2012 financial statements after the resignation of KPMG as our independent registered public accounting firm.

Reporting Segment Results

We aggregate our operating segments, excluding China, into one reporting segment, or the Primary Reporting Segment. The Primary Reporting Segment includes the North America, Mexico, South & Central America, EMEA, and Asia Pacific regions. China has been identified as a separate reporting segment as it does not meet the criteria for aggregation. See Note 10, Segment Information, to the Consolidated Financial Statements for further discussion of our reporting segments. See below for discussions of net sales and contribution margin by our reporting segments.

54

Net Sales by Reporting Segment

The Primary Reporting Segment reported net sales of $3,622.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2015. Net sales for the Primary Reporting Segment decreased $671.5 million, or 15.6%, for the year ended December 31, 2015, as compared to the same period in 2014. In local currency, including the impact of Venezuela’s Bolivar denominated net sales, net sales increased 0.8% for the year ended December 31, 2015 as compared to the same period in 2014 for the Primary Reporting Segment; excluding the impact of Venezuela’s Bolivar denominated net sales, local currency net sales decreased 1.3% for the year ended December 31, 2015 as compared to the same period in 2014 for the Primary Reporting Segment. The 15.6% decrease in net sales for the year ended December 31, 2015 was primarily the result of the effect of the strong U.S. dollar and the resulting impact of fluctuations in foreign currency rates and a decline in sales volume, as measured by a decrease in Volume Points, which reduced net sales by approximately 16.5% and 4.8%, respectively. These reductions to net sales were partially offset by price increases which contributed approximately 6.0% to net sales.

China reported net sales of $846.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2015. Net sales for China increased $181.9 million, or 27.4%, for the year ended December 31, 2015, as compared to the same period in 2014. In local currency, net sales increased 29.8% for the year ended December 31, 2015 as compared to the same period in 2014 for China. The 27.4% increase in China net sales for the year ended December 31, 2015 was primarily due to an increase in sales volume, as measured by an increase in Volume Points, which increased net sales by approximately 29.7%, partially offset by the unfavorable impact of fluctuations in foreign currency rates, which reduced net sales by approximately 2.4%.

See the discussion of net sales by geographic region below of the applicable region(s) comprising each segment for the underlying explanations of the changes in net sales for each reporting segment for the year ended December 31, 2015, as compared to the same period in 2014.

Contribution Margin by Reporting Segment

As discussed above under “Presentation,” contribution margin consists of net sales less cost of sales and royalty overrides. The Primary Reporting Segment reported contribution margin of $1,598.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2015. Contribution margin for the Primary Reporting Segment decreased $309.2 million, or 16.2%, for the year ended December 31, 2015, as compared to the same period in 2014. The 16.2% decrease for the year ended December 31, 2015 was primarily the result of fluctuations in the foreign currency rates and declines in volume, as measured by a decrease in Volume Points, which reduced contribution margin by approximately 21.2% and 4.7%, respectively, partially offset by the favorable impact of price increases, which increased contribution margin by approximately 9.3%.

China reported contribution margin of $762.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2015. Contribution margin for China increased $166.2 million, or 27.9%, for the year ended December 31, 2015, as compared to the same period in 2014. The increase for the year ended December 31, 2015 was primarily the result of a volume increase, as measured by an increase in Volume Points, which increased contribution margin by approximately 29.7%, partially offset by the unfavorable impact of fluctuations in foreign currency rates, which reduced net sales by approximately 2.0%.

55

Sales by Geographic Region

The following chart reconciles retail sales to net sales:

Sales by Geographic Region

|  | Year Ended December 31, |  |  |  |  |
|  | 2015 |  |  | 2014 |  |  |  |  |
|  | Retail Sales(1) |  |  | Distributor Allowance |  |  | Product Sales |  |  | Shipping & Handling Revenues |  |  | Net Sales |  |  | Retail Sales(1) |  |  | Distributor Allowance |  |  | Product Sales |  |  | Shipping & Handling Revenues |  |  | Net Sales |  |  | Change in Net Sales |
|  | (Dollars in millions) |
North America |  | $ | 1,455.0 |  |  | $ | (658.2 | ) |  | $ | 796.8 |  |  | $ | 82.7 |  |  | $ | 879.5 |  |  | $ | 1,541.0 |  |  | $ | (701.6 | ) |  | $ | 839.4 |  |  | $ | 87.4 |  |  | $ | 926.8 |  |  |  | (5.1 | )%
Mexico |  |  | 822.5 |  |  |  | (370.6 | ) |  |  | 451.9 |  |  |  | 28.0 |  |  |  | 479.9 |  |  |  | 979.9 |  |  |  | (446.9 | ) |  |  | 533.0 |  |  |  | 34.9 |  |  |  | 567.9 |  |  |  | (15.5 | )%
South & Central America |  |  | 954.4 |  |  |  | (438.2 | ) |  |  | 516.2 |  |  |  | 53.5 |  |  |  | 569.7 |  |  |  | 1,329.4 |  |  |  | (616.9 | ) |  |  | 712.5 |  |  |  | 113.9 |  |  |  | 826.4 |  |  |  | (31.1 | )%
EMEA |  |  | 1,296.6 |  |  |  | (588.3 | ) |  |  | 708.3 |  |  |  | 46.8 |  |  |  | 755.1 |  |  |  | 1,450.8 |  |  |  | (657.3 | ) |  |  | 793.5 |  |  |  | 49.6 |  |  |  | 843.1 |  |  |  | (10.4 | )%
Asia Pacific |  |  | 1,508.3 |  |  |  | (637.0 | ) |  |  | 871.3 |  |  |  | 67.3 |  |  |  | 938.6 |  |  |  | 1,785.8 |  |  |  | (758.7 | ) |  |  | 1,027.1 |  |  |  | 103.0 |  |  |  | 1,130.1 |  |  |  | (16.9 | )%
China |  |  | 957.6 |  |  |  | (115.6 | ) |  |  | 842.0 |  |  |  | 4.2 |  |  |  | 846.2 |  |  |  | 756.1 |  |  |  | (94.4 | ) |  |  | 661.7 |  |  |  | 2.6 |  |  |  | 664.3 |  |  |  | 27.4 | %
Worldwide |  | $ | 6,994.4 |  |  | $ | (2,807.9 | ) |  | $ | 4,186.5 |  |  | $ | 282.5 |  |  | $ | 4,469.0 |  |  | $ | 7,843.0 |  |  | $ | (3,275.8 | ) |  | $ | 4,567.2 |  |  | $ | 391.4 |  |  | $ | 4,958.6 |  |  |  | (9.9 | )%

(1) | Retail sales is a Non-GAAP measure which may not be comparable to similarly-titled measures used by other companies.

North America

The North America region reported net sales of $879.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2015. Net sales decreased $47.3 million, or 5.1%, for the year ended December 31, 2015, as compared to the same period in 2014. In local currency, net sales decreased 4.8% for the year ended December 31, 2015, as compared to the same period in 2014. The decrease in net sales for the year ended December 31, 2015, as compared to the same period in 2014, was a result of a net sales decrease in the U.S. of $45.1 million or 5.0%. The 5.1% decrease in net sales for the North America region for the year ended December 31, 2015 was primarily the result of a decline in sales volume, as measured by a decrease in Volume Points, which reduced net sales by approximately 7.1%, partially offset by price increases which contributed approximately 1.8% to net sales.

We believe the net sales decline for 2015, after decreasing rates of net sales increase for recent years, is a result of Members adapting to certain revisions to our operations and Marketing Plan, described above, designed to improve the training and retention of sales leaders. Net sales for the fourth quarter of 2015 showed a reduced year-over-year rate of decline compared to the other quarters of 2015 reflecting, we believe, Member adaption to the changes.

Mexico

The Mexico region reported net sales of $479.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2015. Net sales for the year ended December 31, 2015 decreased $88.0 million, or 15.5%, as compared to the same period in 2014. In local currency, net sales for the year ended December 31, 2015 increased 0.6%, as compared to the same period in 2014. The 15.5% decrease in net sales for the year ended December 31, 2015 was primarily the result of the effect of the strong U.S. dollar and the resulting impact of fluctuations in foreign currency rates and a decline in sales volume, as measured by a decrease in Volume Points, which reduced net sales by approximately 16.1% and 3.7%, respectively. These reductions to net sales were partially offset by price increases which contributed approximately 3.5% to net sales.

Mexico net sales have decreased, after lowering rates of increase over the prior several years, reflecting volume declines and unfavorable foreign exchange impact that more than offset the impact of price increases. Volumes declined primarily as a result of Members adjusting to certain revisions to our operations and Marketing Plan designed to improve the training and retention of sales leaders, such as a shift in emphasis to the longer-term qualification method described above, which was also implemented in Mexico in 2009, and which we believe has had a similar effect on the long-term net sales trend in Mexico. We also implemented rules in February 2015 that require Members attempting to qualify for sales leader status to purchase directly from Herbalife rather than from their sponsor Member (these transactions with the sponsor Member are known as “field sales”). With our investment in product access points in Mexico over the past few years, field sales are no longer necessary for geographic reach within the region. Field sales were particularly common in Mexico and this change has had a significant and adverse impact on sales in Mexico as Members revise their operations and purchasing habits accordingly.

The Government of Mexico issued a decree on March 26, 2015 that confirmed the imposition of value added tax (VAT) on the sale of nutritional supplements. Thereafter, certain Herbalife products were restricted from importation under their current customs

56

cl assification code which did not subject them to VAT at the border. Since it is important that we have an ample supply of these products available for sale in Mexico, we have reformulated most of these products to fit into a different customs code that will subject them to VAT and thereby facilitate their importation into Mexico. We believe our net sales for 2015 were negatively impacted due to recent importation delays and the imposition of VAT on these products commencing during the third quarter of the ye ar.

South and Central America

The South and Central America region reported net sales of $569.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2015. Net sales decreased $256.7 million, or 31.1%, for the year ended December 31, 2015, as compared to the same period in 2014. In local currency, including the re-measurement impact of Venezuela’s Bolivar denominated net sales, net sales increased 11.3% for the year ended December 31, 2015, as compared to the same period in 2014. The 31.1% decrease in net sales for the year ended December 31, 2015 was primarily the result of fluctuations in foreign currency rates, inclusive of Venezuela foreign exchange devaluations, and a decline in sales volume, as measured by a decrease in Volume Points, which reduced net sales by approximately 42.4% and 9.6%, respectively. These reductions to net sales were partially offset by price increases, most significantly in Venezuela which contributed approximately 22.3% to net sales.

Although the region has continued to see the adoption and expansion of daily consumption DMOs, we believe the decline in net sales for 2015, continuing a trend of declines begun in 2014 after growth in prior years, was a result of Members adjusting to certain revisions to our operations and Marketing Plan designed to improve the training and retention of sales leaders, such as the shift in focus to our longer-term sales leader qualification method described above, which was also implemented in the South and Central American region in 2009, and which we believe has had a similar effect on the long-term net sales trend in the region. Results for the region were also significantly impacted by conditions in Venezuela, as described below.

In Brazil, the region’s largest market, net sales were $256.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2015. Net sales decreased $102.1 million, or 28.5%, for the year ended December 31, 2015, as compared to the same period in 2014. In local currency, net sales decreased 0.2% for the year ended December 31, 2015, as compared to the same period in 2014. The fluctuation of foreign currency rates had an unfavorable impact of $101.5 million on net sales in Brazil for the year ended December 31, 2015. Brazil had a 5% price increase in March 2014 and price increases of 6% and 4% in March and October 2015, respectively. Brazil’s net sales decrease was attributable largely to the foreign currency erosion, as well as sales volume decreases, as measured by a decrease in Volume Points, as sales leaders continue to adapt to Marketing Plan changes to encourage Members to take advantage of the longer-term sales leader qualification methods. This volume decrease was largely offset by the price increases mentioned above.

Net sales in Venezuela were $17.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2015. Net sales decreased $123.1 million, or 87.7%, for the year ended December 31, 2015, as compared to the same period in 2014. Significant Bolivar-to-dollar exchange rate deterioration and significant sales volume declines, as measured by a decrease in Volume Points, were partially offset by the impact of price increases in the market. In July 2014, Herbalife Venezuela increased its prices on certain products in response to an announcement by the Venezuelan government with respect to the calculation of Bolivar-denominated duties on U.S. dollar shipments using a default SICAD II rate if shipments are not settled using the SICAD I or CENCOEX exchange rates. These price increases, other subsequent price increases on certain products over the remainder of 2014, 100% price increases in each of March and April 2015, and approximately 40% cumulative price increases in the second half of 2015 were implemented to better align product prices with the economic conditions of the market. During the second and third quarters of 2014, we remeasured our net sales in Venezuela using the SICAD I rate instead of the previous CADIVI rate of 6.3 Venezuelan Bolivars per U.S. dollar. During the fourth quarter of 2014, we remeasured our net sales in Venezuela using the SICAD II rate. During February 2015, we began remeasuring our net sales in Venezuela using the SIMADI rate. The economic environment in Venezuela has been difficult. We have reduced the product offering portfolio.

EMEA

The EMEA region reported net sales of $755.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2015. Net sales decreased $88.0 million, or 10.4%, for the year ended December 31, 2015, as compared to the same period in 2014. In local currency, net sales increased 12.2% for the year ended December 31, 2015, as compared to the same period in 2014. The 10.4% decrease in net sales for the year ended December 31, 2015 was primarily the result of the effect of the strong U.S. dollar and the resulting impact of fluctuations in foreign currency rates, which reduced net sales by approximately 22.7%. This reduction to net sales was partially offset by an increase in sales volume, as measured by an increase in Volume Points, and price increases which contributed approximately 10.4% and 3.1%, respectively, to net sales. The decrease in net sales for 2015, after increases for the prior several years, was greatest in Russia, the United Kingdom, and Italy but was also widespread across countries in the region due to the adverse impact of foreign currency fluctuations. Local currency sales growth was achieved in a number of countries across the region.

57

Net sales in Russia were $100.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2015. Net sales decreased $38.3 million, or 27.6%, for the year ended December 31, 2015, as compared to the same period in 2014. In local currency, net sales increased 15.8% for the year ended December 31, 2015, as compared to the same period in 2014. The fluctuation of foreign currency rates had an unfavorable impact of $60.2 million on net sales in Russia for the year end ed December 31, 2015. Product prices in Russia were increased 14% in March 2015 and 7% in June 2014; sales volume, as measured by changes in Volume Points, increased only slightly for the year. Russia’s success in recent years was primarily a result of the early adoption of many of the concepts captured in our recent Marketing Plan changes; mainly the more gradual development of certain new members to sales leader. We also invested in infrastructure and branding to help develop the market including the open ing of sales pick-up centers and athletic sponsorships and endorsements. Growth slowed for 2015 as the country saw a weakening of the economy.

Net sales in Italy were $127.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2015. Net sales decreased $12.4 million, or 8.9%, for the year ended December 31, 2015, as compared to the same period in 2014. In local currency, net sales increased 9.1% for the year ended December 31, 2015, as compared to the same period in 2014. The fluctuation of foreign currency rates had an unfavorable impact of $25.1 million on net sales in Italy for the year ended December 31, 2015. We believe Italy’s local currency net sales growth reflects the effectiveness of longer-term sales leader qualification methods augmented with the use of a regular organized training approach and events such as city-by-city tours.

Net sales in Spain were $86.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2015. Net sales decreased $2.0 million, or 2.3%, for the year ended December 31, 2015, as compared to the same period in 2014. In local currency, net sales in Spain increased 16.8% for the year ended December 31, 2015, as compared to the same period in 2014. The fluctuation of foreign currency rates had an unfavorable impact of $17.0 million on net sales in Spain for the year ended December 31, 2015. Spain has continued to increase the number of access points as well as focus on strategies including the daily consumption DMO and regionalization.

Net sales in the United Kingdom were $54.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2015. Net sales decreased $15.2 million, or 21.8%, for the year ended December 31, 2015, as compared to the same period in 2014. In local currency, net sales in the United Kingdom decreased 15.7% for the year ended December 31, 2015, as compared to the same period in 2014. The fluctuation of foreign currency rates had an unfavorable impact of $4.3 million on net sales in the United Kingdom for the year ended December 31, 2015. Following significant growth the United Kingdom market in 2013 and 2014, we have seen a decline in 2015. This decline is attributed to the impact of recent changes to the Marketing Plan, including the shift in focus to our longer-term sales leader qualification method to which Members continue to adapt. Volume Points increased during the fourth quarter of 2015 as compared to the prior year period.

Asia Pacific

The Asia Pacific region, which excludes China, reported net sales of $938.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2015. Net sales decreased $191.5 million, or 16.9%, for the year ended December 31, 2015, as compared to the same period in 2014. In local currency, net sales decreased 10.6% for the year ended December 31, 2015, as compared to the same period in 2014. The 16.9% decrease in net sales for the year ended December 31, 2015 was primarily the result of a decline in sales volume, as measured by a decrease in Volume Points, and the impact of fluctuations in foreign currency rates, which reduced net sales by approximately 10.5% and 6.4%, respectively. The decrease in net sales for the year 2015 as compared to 2014, continuing a declining net sales growth trend of several years, was led by a decline in South Korea. We believe sales declines in South Korea and elsewhere were the result of Members adjusting to certain revisions to our operations and Marketing Plan designed to improve the training and retention of sales leaders, such as the shift in focus to our longer-term sales leader qualification method described above, which was also implemented in the Asia Pacific region in 2009, and which we believe has had a similar effect on the long-term net sales trend in the region.

Net sales in South Korea were $266.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2015. Net sales decreased $149.1 million, or 35.8%, for the year ended December 31, 2015, as compared to the same period in 2014. In local currency, net sales decreased 31.1% for the year ended December 31, 2015, as compared to the same period in 2014. The fluctuation of foreign currency rates had an unfavorable impact of $19.5 million on net sales for the year ended December 31, 2015. Since the second half of 2014 South Korea has been negatively impacted by the shift in focus to our longer-term sales leader qualification method, as well as sales leader acclimation to other South Korea-specific Marketing Plan enhancements.

Net sales in India were $169.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2015. Net sales increased $12.6 million, or 8.0%, for the year ended December 31, 2015, as compared to the same period in 2014. In local currency, net sales increased 13.6% for the year ended December 31, 2015, as compared to the same period in 2014. The fluctuation of foreign currency rates had an unfavorable impact of $8.6 million on net sales for the year ended December 31, 2015. India had a price increase of 12% in October 2015; Member purchases ahead of the price increase strengthened sales for the fourth quarter.

Net sales in Taiwan were $126.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2015. Net sales decreased $10.1 million, or 7.4%, for the year ended December 31, 2015, as compared to the same period in 2014. In local currency, net sales decreased 3.0% for the year

58

ended December 31, 2015, as compared to the same period in 2014. The fluctuation of foreign currency rates had an unfavo rable impact of $5.9 million on net sales for the year ended December 31, 2015. Taiwan was negatively impacted by the shift in focus to our longer-term sales leader qualification method.

Net sales in Indonesia were $86.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2015. Net sales decreased $21.7 million, or 20.1%, for the year ended December 31, 2015, as compared to the same period in 2014. In local currency, net sales decreased 10.1% for the year ended December 31, 2015, as compared to the same period in 2014. The fluctuation of foreign currency rates had an unfavorable impact of $10.8 million on net sales for the year ended December 31, 2015. Indonesia has been negatively impacted by the shift in focus to our longer-term sales leader qualification method. Indonesia had a price increase of 6% in October 2015; Member purchases ahead of the price increase contributed to sales for the fourth quarter.

Net sales in Malaysia were $41.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2015. Net sales decreased $20.8 million, or 33.5%, for the year ended December 31, 2015, as compared to the same period in 2014. In local currency, net sales decreased 21.5% for the year ended December 31, 2015, as compared to the same period in 2014. The fluctuation of foreign currency rates had an unfavorable impact of $7.5 million on net sales for the year ended December 31, 2015. Malaysia was negatively impacted by first order limitations implemented during 2015. The market has also seen consumer spending dampened by the implementation of a goods and services tax during 2015.

China

Net sales in China were $846.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2015. Net sales increased $181.9 million, or 27.4%, for the year ended December 31, 2015, as compared to the same period in 2014. In local currency, net sales increased 29.8% for the year ended December 31, 2015, as compared to the same period in 2014. The net sales increases for the year ended December 31, 2015 was primarily the result of an increases in sales volume, as measured by an increase in Volume Points, of approximately 29.7%, partially offset by the unfavorable impact of fluctuations in foreign currency rates, which reduced net sales by approximately 2.4%.

We have seen continued adoption and acculturation of daily consumption DMOs in the China market, including Nutrition Clubs, aided by a Customer Loyalty program, a Healthy Active Lifestyle program and supported by ongoing investments in advertising, corporate social responsibility and brand awareness.

Sales by Product Category

|  | Year Ended December 31, |  |  |  |  |
|  | 2015 |  |  | 2014 |  |  |  |  |
|  | Retail Sales(2) |  |  | Distributor Allowance |  |  | Product Sales |  |  | Shipping & Handling Revenues |  |  | Net Sales |  |  | Retail Sales(2) |  |  | Distributor Allowance |  |  | Product Sales |  |  | Shipping & Handling Revenues |  |  | Net Sales |  |  | % Change in Net Sales |
|  | (Dollars in millions) |
Weight Management |  | $ | 4,567.1 |  |  | $ | (1,888.7 | ) |  | $ | 2,678.4 |  |  | $ | 184.4 |  |  | $ | 2,862.8 |  |  | $ | 5,128.1 |  |  | $ | (2,207.0 | ) |  | $ | 2,921.1 |  |  | $ | 255.9 |  |  | $ | 3,177.0 |  |  |  | (9.9 | )%
Targeted Nutrition |  |  | 1,620.0 |  |  |  | (670.0 | ) |  |  | 950.0 |  |  |  | 65.4 |  |  |  | 1,015.4 |  |  |  | 1,789.2 |  |  |  | (770.0 | ) |  |  | 1,019.2 |  |  |  | 89.3 |  |  |  | 1,108.5 |  |  |  | (8.4 | )%
Energy, Sports and Fitness |  |  | 400.2 |  |  |  | (165.5 | ) |  |  | 234.7 |  |  |  | 16.2 |  |  |  | 250.9 |  |  |  | 420.6 |  |  |  | (181.0 | ) |  |  | 239.6 |  |  |  | 21.0 |  |  |  | 260.6 |  |  |  | (3.7 | )%
Outer Nutrition |  |  | 212.1 |  |  |  | (87.7 | ) |  |  | 124.4 |  |  |  | 8.6 |  |  |  | 133.0 |  |  |  | 288.7 |  |  |  | (124.2 | ) |  |  | 164.5 |  |  |  | 14.4 |  |  |  | 178.9 |  |  |  | (25.7 | )%
Literature, Promotional and Other(1) |  |  | 195.0 |  |  |  | 4.0 |  |  |  | 199.0 |  |  |  | 7.9 |  |  |  | 206.9 |  |  |  | 216.4 |  |  |  | 6.4 |  |  |  | 222.8 |  |  |  | 10.8 |  |  |  | 233.6 |  |  |  | (11.4 | )%
Total |  | $ | 6,994.4 |  |  | $ | (2,807.9 | ) |  | $ | 4,186.5 |  |  | $ | 282.5 |  |  | $ | 4,469.0 |  |  | $ | 7,843.0 |  |  | $ | (3,275.8 | ) |  | $ | 4,567.2 |  |  | $ | 391.4 |  |  | $ | 4,958.6 |  |  |  | (9.9 | )%

(1) | Product buybacks and returns in all product categories are included in the literature, promotional and other category.

(2) | Retail sales is a Non-GAAP measure which may not be comparable to similarly-titled measures used by other companies.

Net sales for all product categories decreased for the year ended December 31, 2015 as compared to the same period in 2014. The trend and business factors described in the above discussions of the individual geographic regions apply generally to all product categories.

Gross Profit

Gross profit was $3,613.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2015, as compared to $3,975.7 million for the same period in 2014. As a percentage of net sales, gross profit for the year ended December 31, 2015 was 80.9% as compared to 80.2% for the same period in 2014, or a favorable net increase of 70 basis points. The 70 basis point net increase for the year ended December 31, 2015 included the favorable impact of retail price increases of 100 basis points primarily related to Venezuela, country mix of 28 basis

59

points, cost savings through sourcing optimization and self-manufacturing of 24 basis points, favorable impact of lower inventory write-downs of 9 basis points, and other cost changes of 4 basis points, partially offset by the unfavorable impact of foreign currency fluctuations of 95 basis points primarily related to the currency devaluation in Venezuela. Generally, the gross profit as percentage of net sales may vary from period to period due to the impact from foreign cur rency fluctuations, changes in country mix as volume changes among countries with varying margins, retail price increases, cost savings through sourcing optimization and self-manufacturing, and inventory write-downs.

Royalty Overrides

Royalty Overrides were $1,251.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2015, as compared to $1,471.1 million for the same period in 2014. Royalty Overrides as a percentage of net sales were 28.0% for the year ended December 31, 2015 as compared to 29.7% for the same period in 2014. The decrease of royalty overrides as a percentage of net sales was primarily due to the higher growth of our China business relative to that of our worldwide business. Compensation to our independent service providers in China is included in selling, general and administrative expenses as opposed to royalty overrides where it is included for all other Members. Generally, royalty overrides as a percentage of net sales may vary from period to period due to changes in the mix of products and countries because full royalty overrides are not paid on certain products and in certain countries.

Selling, General and Administrative Expenses

Selling, general and administrative expenses were $1,784.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2015, as compared to $1,991.1 million for the same period in 2014. Selling, general and administrative expenses as a percentage of net sales were 39.9% for the year ended December 31, 2015, as compared to 40.2% for the same period in 2014.

The decrease in selling, general and administrative expenses for the year ended December 31, 2015 was primarily due to $184.3 million in lower net foreign exchange losses which included $168.5 million from the remeasurement of our Venezuelan Bolivar-denominated monetary assets and liabilities and $10.2 million from Euro/U.S. dollar exposure primarily related to intercompany balances; lower variable expenses including $23.6 million from Member promotion and event costs, $7.7 million from bank fees, and $7.3 million from non-income tax expenses; $7.0 million in impairment losses related to Herbalife Venezuela’s long-lived assets in 2014; $17.5 million legal reserve for the Bostick case in 2014; and $17.4 million in lower professional fees and $14.9 million in lower travel expenses due to cost control initiatives; partially offset by $90.8 million in higher service fees to China independent service providers related to sales growth in China; and $22.8 million in higher salaries, bonuses and benefits.

In late 2012, a hedge fund manager publicly raised allegations regarding the legality of our network marketing program and announced that the hedge fund manager had taken a significant short position regarding our common shares, leading to intense public scrutiny and significant stock price volatility. We have engaged legal and advisory services firms to assist with responding to the allegations and to perform other related services in connection to these events. For the year ended December 31, 2015, we recorded approximately $18.7 million of expenses related to this matter, of which approximately $16.8 million was related to legal, advisory and other professional service fees. For the year ended December 31, 2014, we recorded approximately $25.1 million of expenses related to this matter, of which approximately $20.4 million was related to legal, advisory and other professional service fees.

Net Interest Expense

Net interest expense is as follows:

Net Interest Expense |  | Year Ended December 31, 2015 |  |  | Year Ended December 31, 2014 |
|  | (Dollars in millions) |
Interest expense |  | $ | 100.5 |  |  | $ | 91.7 |
Interest income |  |  | (5.6 | ) |  |  | (12.5 | )
Net Interest Expense |  | $ | 94.9 |  |  | $ | 79.2 |

The increase in net interest expense for the year ended December 31, 2015, as compared to the same period in 2014, was primarily due to the issuance of our $1.15 billion Convertible Notes in February 2014, including both cash and non-cash interest expense, discussed in Liquidity and Capital Resources below, as well as transactions to convert our Bolivars to U.S. dollars in 2015 that were financing in nature, in addition to lower interest income by using unfavorable official exchange rates to remeasure Herbalife Venezuela’s financial statements. These increases were partially offset by lower interest expense on our Credit Facility due to a lower principal balance in 2015 as compared to prior year.

60

Other Expense, net

The $10.7 million decrease in the other expense, net, for the year ended December 31, 2015, as compared to the same period in 2014, was due to lower other-than-temporary impairment losses recognized on our investments in Bolivar-denominated bonds during the year ended December 31, 2015 as compared to the same period in 2014.

Income Taxes

Income taxes were $147.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2015, as compared to $112.6 million for the same period in 2014. As a percentage of pre-tax income, the effective income tax rate was 30.3% for the year ended December 31, 2015, as compared to 26.7% for the same period in 2014. The increase to the effective tax rate for the year ended December 31, 2015, as compared to the same period in 2014, is primarily due to the decrease in net benefits in the geographic mix of our income, and related to the decrease in Herbalife Venezuela’s foreign exchange losses, partially offset by an increase in net benefits from discrete events. See Note 12, Income Taxes, to the Consolidated Financial Statements for additional discussion.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

We have historically met our working capital and capital expenditure requirements, including funding for expansion of operations, through net cash flows provided by operating activities. Variations in sales of our products directly affect the availability of funds. There are no material contractual restrictions on our ability to transfer and remit funds among our international affiliated companies. However, there are foreign currency restrictions in certain countries, such as Venezuela as discussed below, which could reduce our ability to timely obtain U.S. dollars. Even with these restrictions, we believe we will have sufficient resources, including cash flow from operating activities and access to capital markets, to meet debt service obligations in a timely manner and be able to continue to meet our objectives.

Our existing debt has not resulted from the need to fund our normal operations, but instead has resulted primarily from our share repurchase program. Since inception in 2007, total share repurchases amounted to approximately $3.1 billion. While a significant net sales decline could potentially affect the availability of funds, many of our largest expenses are variable in nature, which we believe protects our funding in all but a dramatic net sales downturn. Our $844.0 million cash and cash equivalents and our senior secured credit facility, in addition to cash flow from operations, can be used to support general corporate purposes, including, any future share repurchases, dividends, and strategic investment opportunities.

We have a cash pooling arrangement with a financial institution for cash management purposes. This cash pooling arrangement allows certain of our participating subsidiaries to withdraw cash from this financial institution based upon our aggregate cash deposits held by subsidiaries who participate in the cash pooling arrangement. We did not owe any amounts to this financial institution under the pooling arrangement as of December 31, 2016 and 2015.

For the year ended December 31, 2016, we generated $367.3 million of operating cash flow, as compared to $628.7 million for the same period in 2015. The decrease in our operating cash flow was the result of lower net income, lower non-cash items, and net unfavorable changes in operating assets and liabilities. The decrease in net income was primarily the result of the $203.0 million regulatory settlements, partially offset by lower income taxes, higher other operating income related to the government grants in China, and the arbitration award related to the re-audit. The change in operating assets and liabilities was primarily the result of changes in inventories; changes in prepaid expenses and other current assets primarily related to lower prepaid non-income taxes; changes in accrued expenses and accrued compensation primarily related to higher employee bonus payments; and changes in income taxes. The lower non-cash items were primarily the result of the decrease in foreign exchange losses related to Venezuela.

For the year ended December 31, 2015, we generated $628.7 million of operating cash flow, as compared to $511.4 million for the same period in 2014. The increase in cash generated from operations was due to changes in operating assets and liabilities and higher net income, partially offset by lower non-cash items, which includes foreign exchange losses and other asset write-downs related to Venezuela. The change in operating assets and liabilities was primarily the result of changes in inventory; changes in prepaid expenses and other current assets and other assets which included lower prepayments resulting from financing an annual system support contract, lower payments to renew an annual insurance policy, lower prepaid non-income taxes; and changes in accrued expenses and accrued compensation which primarily related to timing differences of payments and higher employee bonus accrual.

Capital expenditures, including accrued capital expenditures, for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015, and 2014 were $144.3 million, $79.1 million, and $156.7 million, respectively. The majority of these expenditures represented investments in manufacturing facilities domestically and internationally, specifically the build-out of our Nanjing manufacturing facility which commenced operations in July 2016, management information systems including the upgrade of our Oracle enterprise wide systems

61

which is expected to go live in the summer of 2017, initiatives to develop web-based Member tools, the expansion of our warehouse and sales centers, and the purchase of one of our office buildings in Torrance, California. We expect to incur total capital expenditu res of approximately $125 million to $155 million for the full year of 2017.

Senior Secured Credit Facility

As of December 31, 2016, we have a senior secured credit facility, or the Credit Facility, with a syndicate of financial institutions as lenders which consists of a revolving credit facility. The Credit Facility previously included a term loan, or the Term Loan, which matured and was repaid in full in March 2016. In May 2015, we amended our Credit Facility and our $700 million borrowing capacity on our revolving credit facility was reduced by approximately $235.9 million, and was further reduced by approximately $39.1 million on September 30, 2015, bringing the total available borrowing capacity on our revolving credit facility to $425.0 million as of December 31, 2016. Our revolving credit facility matures on March 9, 2017. During May 2015, pursuant to the amendment and upon execution, we made prepayments of approximately $20.3 million and $50.9 million on the Term Loan and revolving credit facility, respectively. The Credit Facility requires us to comply with a leverage ratio and a coverage ratio. In addition, the Credit Facility contains customary covenants, including covenants that limit or restrict our ability to incur liens, incur indebtedness, make investments, dispose of assets, make certain restricted payments, pay dividends, repurchase our common shares, merge or consolidate and enter into certain transactions with affiliates. The Credit Facility also restricts our ability to pay dividends or repurchase our common shares to a maximum of $233.0 million until maturity and for every one dollar of share repurchase or dividend paid, the revolving credit facility’s borrowing capacity is permanently decreased by two dollars. The Credit Facility also provides for the grant of security interest on certain additional assets of the Company and its subsidiaries. We are also required to maintain a minimum balance of $200.0 million of consolidated cash and cash equivalents. As of December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, we were compliant with our debt covenants under the Credit Facility.

During the year ended December 31, 2016, we borrowed an aggregate amount of $200.0 million and paid a total amount of $429.7 million under the Credit Facility. During the year ended December 31, 2015, the Company did not make any borrowings and paid a total amount of $210.3 million under the Credit Facility. During the year ended December 31, 2014, we borrowed an aggregate amount of $50.0 million and paid a total amount of $131.3 million under the Credit Facility. Our cash and cash equivalents provided by our borrowings provide us with greater flexibility to execute strategic initiatives and to be opportunistically responsive to future events. As of December 31, 2016, the U.S. dollar amount outstanding under the revolving credit facility was $410.0 million. As of December 31, 2015, the U.S. dollar amount outstanding under the Credit Facility was $639.7 million, which consisted of $229.7 million outstanding on the Term Loan and $410.0 million outstanding on the revolving credit facility. There were no outstanding foreign currency borrowings as of December 31, 2016 and 2015 under the Credit Facility. On December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, the weighted-average interest rate for borrowings under the Credit Facility was 4.29% and 2.78%, respectively.

See Note 4, Long-Term Debt, to the Consolidated Financial Statements for a further discussion on our Credit Facility and Note 15, Subsequent Events, to the Consolidated Financial Statements for further information on our new senior secured credit facility.

Convertible Senior Notes

During February 2014, we issued $1.15 billion aggregate principal amount of convertible senior notes, or the Convertible Notes. The Convertible Notes are senior unsecured obligations which rank effectively subordinate to any of our existing and future secured indebtedness, including amounts outstanding under the Credit Facility, to the extent of the value of the assets securing such indebtedness. The Convertible Notes pay interest at a rate of 2.00% per annum payable semiannually in arrears on February 15 and August 15 of each year, beginning on August 15, 2014. The Convertible Notes mature on August 15, 2019, unless earlier repurchased or converted. The primary purpose of the issuance of the Convertible Notes was to raise funds for share repurchase purposes. See Note 4, Long-Term Debt, to the Consolidated Financial Statements for a further discussion on our Convertible Notes.

62

Contractual Obligations

The following summarizes our contractual obligations including interest at December 31, 2016, and the effect such obligations are expected to have on our liquidity and cash flows in future periods:

|  | Payments Due by Period |
|  | Total |  |  | 2017 |  |  | 2018 - 2019 |  |  | 2020 - 2021 |  |  | 2022 & Thereafter |
|  | (Dollars in millions) |
Convertible senior notes |  | $ | 1,219.0 |  |  | $ | 23.0 |  |  | $ | 1,196.0 |  |  | $ | — |  |  | $ | — |
Borrowings under the senior secured credit facility(1) |  |  | 413.8 |  |  |  | 413.8 |  |  |  | — |  |  |  | — |  |  |  | — |
Operating leases |  |  | 141.8 |  |  |  | 48.1 |  |  |  | 62.7 |  |  |  | 23.6 |  |  |  | 7.4 |
Purchase obligations and other commitments |  |  | 159.5 |  |  |  | 112.6 |  |  |  | 33.3 |  |  |  | 9.2 |  |  |  | 4.4 |
Total(2) |  | $ | 1,934.1 |  |  | $ | 597.5 |  |  | $ | 1,292.0 |  |  | $ | 32.8 |  |  | $ | 11.8 |

(1) | The estimated interest payments on our Credit Facility are based on interest rates effective at December 31, 2016.

(2) | Our consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2016 included $56.3 million in unrecognized tax benefits. The future payments related to these unrecognized tax benefits have not been presented in the table above due to the uncertainty of the amounts and potential timing of cash settlements with the tax authorities, and whether any settlement would occur.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

At December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, the total amount of our foreign subsidiary cash and cash equivalents was $316.2 million and $310.5 million, respectively, of which $28.2 million and $19.1 million was invested in U.S. dollars as of December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, respectively. At December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, the total amount of cash and cash equivalents held by our parent and its U.S. entities, inclusive of U.S. territories, was $527.8 million and $579.3 million, respectively. For earnings not considered to be indefinitely reinvested, deferred taxes have been provided. For earnings considered to be indefinitely reinvested, deferred taxes have not been provided. Should we make a determination to remit the cash and cash equivalents from our foreign subsidiaries that are considered indefinitely reinvested to our U.S. consolidated group for the purpose of repatriation of undistributed earnings, we would need to accrue and pay taxes. As of December 31, 2016, our U.S. consolidated group had approximately $131.9 million of permanently reinvested unremitted earnings from certain foreign subsidiaries, and if these monies were ever needed to be remitted, the impact of any tax consequences on our overall liquidity position would not be material. As of December 31, 2016, our parent had $2.5 billion of permanently reinvested unremitted earnings relating to its operating subsidiaries. We do not have any plans to repatriate these unremitted earnings to our parent; therefore, we do not have any liquidity concerns relating to these unremitted earnings and related cash and cash equivalents. See Note 12, Income Taxes, to the Consolidated Financial Statements for additional discussion.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

At December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, we had no material off-balance sheet arrangements as defined in Item 303(a)(4)(ii) of Regulation S-K.

Dividends

The declaration of future dividends is subject to the discretion of our board of directors and will depend upon various factors, including our earnings, financial condition, Herbalife Ltd.’s available distributable reserves under Cayman Islands law, restrictions imposed by the Credit Facility and the terms of any other indebtedness that may be outstanding, cash requirements, future prospects and other factors deemed relevant by our board of directors. The Credit Facility permits payments of dividends up to a specified cap as long as no default or event of default exists and the consolidated leverage ratio specified in the Credit Facility is not exceeded. See Note 4, Long-Term Debt, to the Consolidated Financial Statements for a further discussion on dividend restrictions.

During the second quarter of 2007, our board of directors adopted a regular quarterly cash dividend program. Our board of directors authorized a $0.10 per common share cash dividend each quarter from the adoption of the program through the second quarter of 2010. On August 2, 2010, we announced that our board of directors approved an increase in the quarterly cash dividend to $0.13 per common share, an increase of $0.03 per common share from prior quarters. On May 2, 2011, we announced that our board of directors approved an increase in the quarterly cash dividend to $0.20 per common share, an increase of $0.07 per common share from prior quarters. On February 21, 2012, we announced that our board of directors approved an increase in the quarterly cash dividend to $0.30 per common share, an increase of $0.10 per common share from prior quarters. On April 28, 2014, we announced that our board of directors approved terminating our quarterly cash dividend and instead utilizing the cash to repurchase additional

63

c ommon shares. There were no dividends declared and paid during the fiscal years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015. The aggregate amount of dividends paid and declared during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2014 was approximately $30.4 million.

During the year ended December 31, 2014, we received $3.4 million of dividends primarily relating to the Forward Transactions described below which was recorded directly to our (accumulated deficit) retained earnings. We did not receive any dividends during the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015.

Share Repurchases

On July 30, 2012, we announced that our board of directors authorized a new $1 billion share repurchase program that will expire on June 30, 2017. On February 3, 2014, we announced that our board of directors authorized an increase in the existing share repurchase authorization to an available balance of $1.5 billion. This share repurchase program allows us to repurchase our common shares, at such times and prices as determined by our management as market conditions warrant, and to the extent Herbalife Ltd.’s distributable reserves are available under Cayman Islands law. The Credit Facility permits the Company to repurchase its common shares up to a specified cap as long as no default or event of default exists and the consolidated leverage ratio specified in the Credit Facility is not exceeded. See Note 4, Long-Term Debt, to the Consolidated Financial Statements for further information on restrictions concerning the Company’s ability to repurchase its common shares and Note 15, Subsequent Events, to the Consolidated Financial Statements for further information on our new senior secured credit facility and our new share repurchase program.

In conjunction with the issuance of the Convertible Notes during February 2014, the Company paid approximately $685.8 million to enter into prepaid forward share repurchase transactions, or the Forward Transactions, with certain financial institutions, or the Forward Counterparties, pursuant to which the Company purchased approximately 9.9 million common shares for settlement on or around the August 15, 2019 maturity date for the Convertible Notes, subject to the ability of each Forward Counterparty to elect to settle all or a portion of its Forward Transactions early. See Note 4, Long-Term Debt, to the Consolidated Financial Statements for further information on the conditions for which Holders of the Convertible Notes may convert their notes prior to the maturity date. The Forward Transactions were generally expected to facilitate privately negotiated derivative transactions between the Forward Counterparties and holders of the Convertible Notes, including swaps, relating to the common shares by which holders of the Convertible Notes establish short positions relating to the common shares and otherwise hedge their investments in the Convertible Notes concurrently with, or shortly after, the pricing of the Convertible Notes. As a result of the Forward Transactions, the Company’s total shareholders’ (deficit) equity within its consolidated balance sheet was reduced by approximately $685.8 million during the first quarter of 2014, with amounts of $653.9 million and $31.9 million being allocated between (accumulated deficit) retained earnings and additional paid-in-capital, respectively, within total shareholders’ (deficit) equity. Also, upon executing the Forward Transactions, the Company recorded, at fair value, $35.8 million in non-cash issuance costs to other assets and a corresponding amount to additional paid-in-capital within its consolidated balance sheet. These non-cash issuance costs will be amortized to interest expense over the contractual term of the Forward Transactions. For the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015, and 2014, the Company recognized $6.5 million, $6.5 million and $5.8 million, respectively, of non-cash interest expense within its consolidated statement of income relating to amortization of these non-cash issuance costs.

On May 6, 2014, the Company entered into an agreement with Merrill Lynch International to repurchase $266.0 million of its common shares, or the Repurchase Agreement, which expired on June 30, 2014. Under the terms of the Repurchase Agreement, the Company paid $266.0 million on May 7, 2014, and received an aggregate 4.3 million of its common shares under the Repurchase Agreement during May and June 2014. The total number of common shares repurchased under the Repurchase Agreement was determined generally upon a discounted volume-weighted average share price of the Company’s common shares over the course of the Repurchase Agreement.

The Company did not repurchase any of its common shares in the open market during the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015. During the year ended December 31, 2014, the Company repurchased 19.7 million of its common shares through open market purchases, the Repurchase Agreement, and the Forward Transactions at an aggregate cost of approximately $1,267.1 million, or an average cost of $64.25 per share. The approximate 9.9 million common shares effectively repurchased through the Forward Transactions are treated as retired shares for basic and diluted EPS purposes although they remain legally outstanding. During the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015, and 2014, the Company also withheld shares on its vested RSUs and exercised SARs relating to its share-based compensation plans, which are treated as share repurchases in the Company’s consolidated financial statements as discussed further below. As of December 31, 2016, the remaining authorized capacity under the Company’s share repurchase program was $232.9 million inclusive of reductions for the Forward Transactions.

The Company reflects the aggregate purchase price of its common shares repurchased as a reduction to shareholders’ (deficit) equity. The Company allocated the purchase price of the repurchased shares to (accumulated deficit) retained earnings, common shares and additional paid-in-capital.

64

The number of shares issued upon vesting or exercise for certain restricted stock units and SARs granted pursuant to the Company’s share-based compensation plans is net of the minimum statutory withholding requirements that the Company pays on behalf of its employees. Although shares withheld are not issued, they are treated as common share repurchases in the Company’s consolidated financial statements, as they reduce the number of shares that would have been issued upon vesting. These shares do not count against the authorized capacity under the Company’s share repurchase program described above.

Capped Call Transactions

In connection with the issuance of Convertible Notes, we paid approximately $123.8 million to enter into capped call transactions with respect to our common shares, or the Capped Call Transactions, with certain financial institutions. The Capped Call Transactions are expected generally to reduce the potential dilution upon conversion of the Convertible Notes in the event that the market price of the common shares is greater than the strike price of the Capped Call Transactions, initially set at $86.28 per common share, with such reduction of potential dilution subject to a cap based on the cap price initially set at $120.79 per common share. The strike price and cap price are subject to certain adjustments under the terms of the Capped Call Transactions. Therefore, as a result of executing the Capped Call Transactions, we in effect will only be exposed to potential net dilution once the market price of our common shares exceeds the adjusted cap price. As a result of the Capped Call Transactions, our total shareholders’ (deficit) equity within our consolidated balance sheet was reduced by $123.8 million during the first quarter of 2014.

Working Capital and Operating Activities

As of December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, we had positive working capital of $671.0 million and $541.9 million, respectively, or an increase of $129.1 million. This increase was primarily due to the increases in inventories, increases in prepaid expenses and other current assets, and the $229.7 million payment of the Credit Facility relating to the Term Loan; partially offset by the decrease in cash and cash equivalents, and the decrease in deferred income taxes.

We expect that cash and funds provided from operations, available borrowings under the Credit Facility, and access to capital markets will provide sufficient working capital to operate our business, to make expected capital expenditures and to meet foreseeable liquidity requirements, including payment of amounts outstanding under the Credit Facility, for the next twelve months and thereafter. In May 2015, we amended the Credit Facility as described further in Note 4, Long-Term Debt.

The majority of our purchases from suppliers are generally made in U.S. dollars, while sales to our Members generally are made in local currencies. Consequently, strengthening of the U.S. dollar versus a foreign currency can have a negative impact on net sales and contribution margins and can generate transaction losses on intercompany transactions. For discussion of our foreign exchange contracts and other hedging arrangements, see Item 7A — Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk.

Venezuela

The adverse operating environment in Venezuela continues to be challenging for our Venezuela business, with high inflation, pricing limitations, importation restrictions, and foreign exchange restrictions. Foreign exchange controls in Venezuela continue to limit Herbalife Venezuela’s ability to repatriate earnings and settle its intercompany shipment obligations at any official rate. As a result, this has continued to significantly limit Herbalife Venezuela’s ability to acquire its U.S. dollar denominated raw materials and finished good inventory.

During the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015, and 2014, we recognized foreign exchange losses and other related charges of $7.2 million, $42.8 million and $229.0 million within our consolidated statements of income related to our Venezuelan operations, respectively. During the years ended 2016 and 2015, Herbalife Venezuela’s net sales represented less than 1% of our consolidated net sales. During the year ended 2014, Herbalife Venezuela’s net sales represented approximately 3% of our consolidated net sales. As of December 31, 2016 and 2015, Herbalife Venezuela’s cash and cash equivalents primarily consisted of Bolivar-denominated cash of approximately $0.8 million and $7.7 million, respectively.

65

Quarterly Results of Operations

|  | Quarter Ended |
|  | December 31, 2016 |  |  | September 30, 2016 |  |  | June 30, 2016 |  |  | March 31, 2016 |  |  | December 31, 2015 |  |  | September 30, 2015 |  |  | June 30, 2015 |  |  | March 31, 2015 |
|  | (In millions except per share data) |
Operations: |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |
Net sales |  | $ | 1,045.0 |  |  | $ | 1,122.0 |  |  | $ | 1,201.8 |  |  | $ | 1,119.6 |  |  | $ | 1,098.4 |  |  | $ | 1,102.9 |  |  | $ | 1,162.3 |  |  | $ | 1,105.4 |
Cost of sales |  |  | 196.1 |  |  |  | 209.1 |  |  |  | 236.3 |  |  |  | 213.1 |  |  |  | 204.4 |  |  |  | 206.9 |  |  |  | 229.3 |  |  |  | 215.4 |
Gross profit |  |  | 848.9 |  |  |  | 912.9 |  |  |  | 965.5 |  |  |  | 906.5 |  |  |  | 894.0 |  |  |  | 896.0 |  |  |  | 933.0 |  |  |  | 890.0 |
Royalty overrides |  |  | 303.7 |  |  |  | 320.3 |  |  |  | 336.7 |  |  |  | 311.9 |  |  |  | 305.0 |  |  |  | 304.7 |  |  |  | 318.7 |  |  |  | 323.0 |
Selling, general and administrative expenses |  |  | 421.7 |  |  |  | 441.3 |  |  |  | 676.8 |  |  |  | 427.1 |  |  |  | 449.5 |  |  |  | 433.1 |  |  |  | 470.5 |  |  |  | 431.4 |
Other operating income |  |  | (34.7 | ) |  |  | (0.2 | ) |  |  | (28.1 | ) |  |  | (0.8 | ) |  |  | (3.1 | ) |  |  | (3.4 | ) |  |  | — |  |  |  | — |
Operating income |  |  | 158.2 |  |  |  | 151.5 |  |  |  | (19.9 | ) |  |  | 168.3 |  |  |  | 142.6 |  |  |  | 161.6 |  |  |  | 143.8 |  |  |  | 135.6 |
Interest expense, net |  |  | 23.3 |  |  |  | 22.1 |  |  |  | 23.1 |  |  |  | 24.9 |  |  |  | 25.6 |  |  |  | 24.1 |  |  |  | 23.7 |  |  |  | 21.5 |
Other expense, net |  |  | — |  |  |  | — |  |  |  | — |  |  |  | — |  |  |  | — |  |  |  | — |  |  |  | — |  |  |  | 2.3 |
Income before income taxes |  |  | 134.9 |  |  |  | 129.4 |  |  |  | (43.0 | ) |  |  | 143.4 |  |  |  | 117.0 |  |  |  | 137.5 |  |  |  | 120.1 |  |  |  | 111.8 |
Income taxes |  |  | 35.5 |  |  |  | 41.7 |  |  |  | (20.1 | ) |  |  | 47.6 |  |  |  | 32.5 |  |  |  | 43.9 |  |  |  | 37.3 |  |  |  | 33.6 |
Net income |  | $ | 99.4 |  |  | $ | 87.7 |  |  | $ | (22.9 | ) |  | $ | 95.8 |  |  | $ | 84.5 |  |  | $ | 93.6 |  |  | $ | 82.8 |  |  | $ | 78.2 |
Earnings per share |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |
Basic |  | $ | 1.19 |  |  | $ | 1.06 |  |  | $ | (0.28 | ) |  | $ | 1.16 |  |  | $ | 1.02 |  |  | $ | 1.13 |  |  | $ | 1.00 |  |  | $ | 0.95 |
Diluted |  | $ | 1.16 |  |  | $ | 1.01 |  |  | $ | (0.28 | ) |  | $ | 1.12 |  |  | $ | 0.98 |  |  | $ | 1.09 |  |  | $ | 0.97 |  |  | $ | 0.92 |
Weighted average shares outstanding |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |
Basic |  |  | 83.2 |  |  |  | 83.1 |  |  |  | 83.0 |  |  |  | 82.8 |  |  |  | 82.7 |  |  |  | 82.6 |  |  |  | 82.6 |  |  |  | 82.3 |
Diluted |  |  | 86.0 |  |  |  | 86.4 |  |  |  | 83.0 |  |  |  | 85.6 |  |  |  | 85.8 |  |  |  | 85.7 |  |  |  | 85.2 |  |  |  | 84.6 |

Contingencies

See Note 7, Contingencies, to the Consolidated Financial Statements for information on our contingencies as of December 31, 2016.

Subsequent Events

See Note 15, Subsequent Events, to the Consolidated Financial Statements for information regarding subsequent events.

Critical Accounting Policies

U.S. GAAP requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosures of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the year. We regularly evaluate our estimates and assumptions related to revenue recognition, allowance for product returns, inventory, goodwill and purchased intangible asset valuations, deferred income tax asset valuation allowances, uncertain tax positions, tax contingencies, and other loss contingencies. We base our estimates and assumptions on current facts, historical experience and various other factors that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities and the recording of revenue, costs and expenses. Actual results could differ from those estimates. We consider the following policies to be most critical in understanding the judgments that are involved in preparing the financial statements and the uncertainties that could impact our operating results, financial condition and cash flows.

We are a nutrition company that sells a wide range of weight management, targeted nutrition, energy, sports & fitness, and outer nutrition products. Our products are manufactured by third party providers and by us in our Changsha, Hunan, China extraction facility, Suzhou, China facility, Nanjing, China facility, Lake Forest, California facility, and in our Winston-Salem, North Carolina facility, and then are sold to Members who consume and sell Herbalife products to retail consumers or other Members. As of December 31, 2016, we sold products in 94 countries throughout the world and we are organized and managed by geographic region. We aggregate our operating segments into one reporting segment, except China, as management believes that our operating segments have similar operating characteristics and similar long term operating performance. In making this determination, management believes that the operating segments are similar in the nature of the products sold, the product acquisition process, the types of customers to whom products are sold, the methods used to distribute the products, the nature of the regulatory environment, and their economic characteristics.

66

We generally recognize revenue upon delivery and when both the title and risk and rewards pass to the Member or importer, or as products are sold in China to and through independent service providers, sales representatives, and sales officers to customers and preferred customers, as well as through Company-operated retail stores when necessary. Product sales are recognized net of product returns, and discounts referred to as “distributor allowances.” We generally receive the net sales price in cash or throu gh credit card payments at the point of sale. Related royalty overrides are recorded when revenue is recognized.

Allowances for product returns, primarily in connection with our buyback program, are provided at the time the sale is recorded. This accrual is based upon historical return rates for each country and the relevant return pattern, which reflects anticipated returns to be received over a period of up to 12 months following the original sale. Historically, product returns and buybacks have not been significant. Product returns and buybacks were approximately 0.1%, 0.1%, and 0.2% of product sales for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015, and 2014, respectively.

We adjust our inventories to lower of cost and net realizable value. Additionally we adjust the carrying value of our inventory based on assumptions regarding future demand for our products and market conditions. If future demand and market conditions are less favorable than management’s assumptions, additional inventory write-downs could be required. Likewise, favorable future demand and market conditions could positively impact future operating results if previously written down inventories are sold. We have obsolete and slow moving inventories which have been adjusted downward $25.5 million and $39.4 million to present them at their lower of cost and net realizable value, and lower of cost or market, in our consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, respectively.

Goodwill and marketing related intangible assets not subject to amortization are tested annually for impairment, and are tested for impairment more frequently if events and circumstances indicate that the asset might be impaired. An impairment loss is recognized to the extent that the carrying amount exceeds the asset’s fair value. As discussed below, for goodwill impairment testing, we have the option to perform a qualitative assessment of whether it is more likely than not that a reporting unit’s fair value is less than its carrying amount before applying the two-step goodwill impairment test. If we conclude it is not more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, then there is no need to perform the two-step impairment test. Currently, we do not use this qualitative assessment option but we could in the future elect to use this option. For our marketing related intangible assets a similar qualitative option is also currently available. However, we currently use a discounted cash flow model, or the income approach, under the relief-from-royalty method to determine the fair value of our marketing related intangible assets in order to confirm there is no impairment required. For our marketing related intangible assets, if we do not use this qualitative assessment option, we could still in the future elect to use this option.

In order to estimate the fair value of goodwill, we also primarily use an income approach. The determination of impairment is made at the reporting unit level and consists of two steps. First, we determine the fair value of a reporting unit and compare it to its carrying amount. The determination of the fair value of the reporting units requires us to make significant estimates and assumptions. These estimates and assumptions include estimates of future revenues and expense growth rates, capital expenditures and the depreciation and amortization related to these capital expenditures, discount rates, and other inputs. Due to the inherent uncertainty involved in making these estimates, actual future results could differ. Changes in assumptions regarding future results or other underlying assumptions could have a significant impact on the fair value of the reporting unit. Second, if the carrying amount of a reporting unit exceeds its fair value, an impairment loss is recognized for any excess of the carrying amount of the reporting unit’s goodwill and other intangibles over the implied fair value as determined in Step 2 of the goodwill impairment test. Also, if during Step 1 of a goodwill impairment test we determine we have reporting units with zero or negative carrying amounts, then we perform Step 2 of the goodwill impairment test if it is more likely than not that a goodwill impairment exists. During Step 2 of a goodwill impairment test, the implied fair value of goodwill is determined in a similar manner as how the amount of goodwill recognized in a business combination is determined, in accordance with the Financial Accounting Standards Board, or FASB, Accounting Standards Codification, or ASC, Topic 805, Business Combinations. We would assign the fair value of a reporting unit to all of the assets and liabilities of that reporting unit as if the reporting unit had been acquired in a business combination and the fair value of the reporting unit was the price paid to acquire the reporting unit. The excess of the fair value of a reporting unit over the amounts assigned to its assets and liabilities is the implied fair value of goodwill. As of December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, we had goodwill of approximately $89.9 million and $91.8 million, respectively. As of both December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, we had marketing related intangible assets of approximately $310.0 million. The decreases in goodwill during the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015 were due to cumulative translation adjustments. No marketing related intangibles or goodwill impairment was recorded during the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015, and 2014.

Contingencies are accounted for in accordance with ASC Topic 450, Contingencies, or ASC 450. ASC 450 requires that we record an estimated loss from a loss contingency when information available prior to issuance of our financial statements indicates that it is probable that an asset has been impaired or a liability has been incurred at the date of the financial statements and the amount of the loss can be reasonably estimated. We also disclose material contingencies when we believe a loss is not probable but reasonably possible as required by ASC 450. Accounting for contingencies such as legal and non-income tax matters requires us to use judgment

67

related to both the likelihood of a loss and the estimate of the amount or range of loss. Many of these legal and tax contingencies can take years to be resolved. Generally, as the time period increases over which the uncertainties are resolved, the likelihood of changes to the estimate of the ultimate outcome increases.

The Company evaluates the realizability of its deferred tax assets by assessing the valuation allowance and by adjusting the amount of such allowance, if necessary. Although realization is not assured, we believe it is more likely than not that the net carrying value will be realized. The amount of the carryforwards that is considered realizable, however, could change if estimates of future taxable income are adjusted. In the ordinary course of our business, there are many transactions and calculations where the tax law and ultimate tax determination is uncertain. As part of the process of preparing our consolidated financial statements, we are required to estimate our income taxes in each of the jurisdictions in which we operate prior to the completion and filing of tax returns for such periods. These estimates involve complex issues and require us to make judgments about the likely application of the tax law to our situation, as well as with respect to other matters, such as anticipating the positions that we will take on tax returns prior to us actually preparing the returns and the outcomes of disputes with tax authorities. The ultimate resolution of these issues may take extended periods of time due to examinations by tax authorities and statutes of limitations. In addition, changes in our business, including acquisitions, changes in our international corporate structure, changes in the geographic location of business functions or assets, changes in the geographic mix and amount of income, as well as changes in our agreements with tax authorities, valuation allowances, applicable accounting rules, applicable tax laws and regulations, rulings and interpretations thereof, developments in tax audit and other matters, and variations in the estimated and actual level of annual pre-tax income can affect the overall effective income tax rate.

We account for uncertain tax positions in accordance with ASC Topic 740, Income Taxes, or ASC 740, which provides guidance on the determination of how tax benefits claimed or expected to be claimed on a tax return should be recorded in the financial statements. Under ASC 740, we must recognize the tax benefit from an uncertain tax position only if it is more likely than not that the tax position will be sustained on examination by the taxing authorities, based on the technical merits of the position. The tax benefits recognized in the financial statements from such a position are measured based on the largest benefit that has a greater than fifty percent likelihood of being realized upon ultimate resolution.

We account for foreign currency transactions in accordance with ASC Topic 830, Foreign Currency Matters. In a majority of the countries where we operate, the functional currency is the local currency. Our foreign subsidiaries’ asset and liability accounts are translated for consolidated financial reporting purposes into U.S. dollar amounts at period-end exchange rates. Revenue and expense accounts are translated at the average rates during the year. Our foreign exchange translation adjustments are included in accumulated other comprehensive loss on our accompanying consolidated balance sheets. Foreign currency transaction gains and losses and foreign currency remeasurements are generally included in selling, general and administrative expenses in the accompanying consolidated statements of income.

Item 7A. | QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

We are exposed to market risks, which arise during the normal course of business from changes in interest rates and foreign currency exchange rates. On a selected basis, we use derivative financial instruments to manage or hedge these risks. All hedging transactions are authorized and executed pursuant to written guidelines and procedures.

We apply ASC Topic 815, Derivatives and Hedging, or ASC 815, which established accounting and reporting standards for derivative instruments, including certain derivative instruments embedded in other contracts, and for hedging activities. All derivatives, whether designated in hedging relationships or not, are required to be recorded on the balance sheet at fair value. If the derivative is designated as a fair-value hedge, the changes in the fair value of the derivative and the underlying hedged item are recognized concurrently in earnings. If the derivative is designated as a cash-flow hedge, changes in the fair value of the derivative are recorded in other comprehensive income (loss) and are recognized in the consolidated statements of income when the hedged item affects earnings. ASC 815 defines the requirements for designation and documentation of hedging relationships as well as ongoing effectiveness assessments in order to use hedge accounting. For a derivative that does not qualify as a hedge, changes in fair value are recognized concurrently in earnings.

A discussion of our primary market risk exposures and derivatives is presented below.

Foreign Exchange Risk

We transact business globally and are subject to risks associated with changes in foreign exchange rates. Our objective is to minimize the impact to earnings and cash flow associated with foreign exchange rate fluctuations. We enter into foreign exchange derivatives in the ordinary course of business primarily to reduce exposure to currency fluctuations attributable to intercompany transactions, translation of local currency revenue, inventory purchases subject to foreign currency exposure, and to partially mitigate

68

the impact of foreign currency rate fluctuations. Due to volatility in foreign exchange markets, our current strategy, in general, is to hedge some of the significant exposures on a short-term basis. We will continue to monitor the foreign exchange markets and evaluate our hedging strategy accordingly. With the exception of our foreign exchange forward contracts relating to forecasted inventory purchases and intercompany management fees discussed below, all of our foreign exchange contracts are designated as free standing derivatives for which hedge accounting does not apply. The changes in the fair value of the derivatives not qualifying as cash flow hedges are included in selling, general and administrative e xpenses in our consolidated statements of income.

The foreign exchange forward contracts designated as free standing derivatives are used to hedge advances between subsidiaries and to partially mitigate the impact of foreign currency fluctuations. The fair value of foreign exchange derivative contracts is based on third-party quotes. Our foreign currency derivative contracts are generally executed on a monthly basis.

We also purchase foreign currency forward contracts in order to hedge forecasted inventory transactions and intercompany management fees that are designated as cash-flow hedges and are subject to foreign currency exposures. We applied the hedge accounting rules as required by ASC 815 for these hedges. These contracts allow us to buy and sell certain currencies at specified contract rates. As of December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, the aggregate notional amounts of these contracts outstanding were approximately $90.0 million and $112.8 million, respectively. At December 31, 2016, the outstanding contracts had maturity dates of less than fifteen months. Our derivative financial instruments are recorded on the consolidated balance sheets at fair value based on quoted market rates. For the forecasted inventory transactions, the forward contracts are used to hedge forecasted inventory transactions over specific months. Changes in the fair value of these forward contracts, excluding forward points, designated as cash-flow hedges are recorded as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) within shareholders’ (deficit) equity, and are recognized in cost of sales in the consolidated statement of income during the period which approximates the time the hedged inventory is sold. We also hedge forecasted intercompany management fees over specific months. Changes in the fair value of these forward contracts designated as cash flow hedges are recorded as a component of accumulated other comprehensive loss within shareholders’ (deficit) equity, and are recognized in selling, general and administrative expenses in the consolidated statement of income in the period when the hedged item and underlying transaction affects earnings. As of December 31, 2016, we recorded assets at fair value of $4.6 million relating to all outstanding foreign currency contracts designated as cash-flow hedges. As of December 31, 2015, we recorded assets at fair value of $4.2 million and liabilities at fair value of $0.5 million relating to all outstanding foreign currency contracts designated as cash-flow hedges. During the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, the ineffective portion relating to these hedges was immaterial and the hedges remained effective as of December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015.

As of December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, the majority of our outstanding foreign currency forward contracts had maturity dates of less than twelve months with the majority of freestanding derivatives expiring within one month and two months as of December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, respectively.

See Note 11, Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities, for a description of foreign currency forward contracts that were outstanding as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, which discussion is incorporated herein by reference.

The majority of our foreign subsidiaries designate their local currencies as their functional currencies. At December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, the total amount of our foreign subsidiary cash was $316.2 million and $310.5 million, respectively, of which $28.2 million and $19.1 million, respectively, was invested in U.S. dollars. At December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, the total amount of cash and cash equivalents held by our parent and its U.S. entities, inclusive of U.S. territories, was $527.8 million and $579.3 million, respectively.

Currency restrictions enacted by the Venezuelan government have become more restrictive and have impacted the ability of our subsidiary in Venezuela, or Herbalife Venezuela, to obtain U.S. dollars in exchange for Venezuelan Bolivars, or Bolivars, at the official foreign exchange rates from the Venezuelan government. See Note 2, Basis of Presentation, to the Consolidated Financial Statements for discussion on how the currency restrictions in Venezuela have impacted Herbalife Venezuela’s operations.

Interest Rate Risk

As of December 31, 2016, the aggregate annual maturity of the Credit Facility was expected to be $410.0 million for 2017. The fair value of the Credit Facility approximated its carrying value of $410.0 million as of December 31, 2016. On February 15, 2017, we entered into a new credit facility and repaid the $410.0 million outstanding balance under our senior secured credit facility, as described in Note 15, Subsequent Events. As of December 31, 2015, the aggregate annual maturities of the Credit Facility were expected to be $229.7 million for 2016 and $410.0 million for 2017. The fair value of the Credit Facility approximated its carrying value of $639.5 million as of December 31, 2015. The Credit Facility bears a variable interest rate, and on December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, the weighted-average interest rate of the Credit Facility was 4.29% and 2.78%, respectively. As of December 31, 2016, the fair value of the liability component of our $1.15 billion Convertible Notes was approximately $961.3 million and the carrying value was $1,024.8 million. As of December 31, 2015, the fair value of the liability component of our $1.15 billion

69

Convertible Notes was approximately $795.9 million and the carry ing value was $982.5 million. The Convertible Notes pay interest at a fixed rate of 2.00% per annum payable semiannually in arrears on February 15 and August 15 of each year, beginning on August 15, 2014. The Convertible Notes mature on August 15, 2019, un less earlier repurchased or converted. We may not redeem the Convertible Notes prior to their stated maturity date. Since our Credit Facility is based on variable interest rates, and as we have not entered into any new interest swap arrangements since the expiration of our previous interest rate swaps in July 2013, if interest rates were to increase or decrease by 1% for the year, and our borrowing amounts stayed constant on our Credit Facility, our annual interest expense would increase or decrease by appr oximately $4.1 million.

Item 8. | FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

Our consolidated financial statements and notes thereto and the report of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, are set forth in the Index to Financial Statements under Item 15 — Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules of this Annual Report on Form 10-K, and are incorporated herein by reference.

Item 9. | CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

None.

Item 9A. | CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

Disclosure Controls and Procedures

The Company maintains disclosure controls and procedures as defined in Rule 13a-15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act. Based on an evaluation of the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures as of December 31, 2016 conducted by the Company’s management, with the participation of the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer have concluded that the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures were effective as of December 31, 2016.

Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

The SEC, as directed by Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, adopted rules which require the Company to include in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, an assessment by management of the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as defined in Rule 13a-15(f) under the Exchange Act. In addition, the Company’s independent auditors must attest to and report on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.

Management of the Company is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting as defined in Rule 13a-15(f) under the Exchange Act. The Company’s internal control over financial reporting is designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of the effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies and procedures may deteriorate.

The Company’s management carried out an evaluation, under the supervision and with the participation of the Company’s Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, of the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2016 based on the framework in Internal Control — Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). Based upon this evaluation, under the framework in Internal Control — Integrated Framework, our management concluded that our internal control over financial reporting was effective as of December 31, 2016.

The effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2016 has been audited by PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report incorporated by reference in Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

70

Changes in Internal Con trol over Financial Reporting

There were no changes in our internal control over financial reporting as defined in Rule 13a-15(f) under the Exchange Act that occurred during the fourth quarter ended December 31, 2016 that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

Item 9B. | OTHER INFORMATION

None.

PART III.

Item 10. | DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

The information required under this Item is incorporated herein by reference to our definitive proxy statement to be filed with the SEC no later than 120 days after the close of our fiscal year ended December 31, 2016.

Item 11. | EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

The information required under this Item is incorporated herein by reference to our definitive proxy statement to be filed with the SEC no later than 120 days after the close of our fiscal year ended December 31, 2016.

Item 12. | SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

The information required under this Item is incorporated herein by reference to our definitive proxy statement to be filed with the SEC no later than 120 days after the close of our fiscal year ended December 31, 2016, except that the information required with respect to our equity compensation plans is set forth under Item 5 — Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities of this Annual Report on Form 10-K, and is incorporated herein by reference.

Item 13. | CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE

The information required under this Item is incorporated herein by reference to our definitive proxy statement to be filed with the SEC no later than 120 days after the close of our fiscal year ended December 31, 2016.

Item 14. | PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING FEES AND SERVICES

The information required under this Item is incorporated herein by reference to our definitive proxy statement to be filed with the SEC no later than 120 days after the close of our fiscal year ended December 31, 2016.

71

PART IV

Item 15. | EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

The following documents are filed as part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K, or incorporated herein by reference:

1. Financial Statements. The following financial statements of Herbalife Ltd. are filed as part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K on the pages indicated:

| Page No.
HERBALIFE LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES |
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm | 77
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2016 and 2015 | 78
Consolidated Statements of Income for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014 | 79
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014 | 80
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders’ (Deficit) Equity for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014 | 81
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014 | 82
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements | 83

2. Financial Statement Schedules. Schedules are omitted because the required information is inapplicable, not material, or the information is presented in the consolidated financial statements or related notes.

3. Exhibits. The exhibits listed in the Exhibit Index immediately below are filed as part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K, or are incorporated by reference herein.

72

EXHIBIT INDEX

Exhibit Number |  | Description |  | Reference
3.1 |  | Form of Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association of Herbalife Ltd. |  | (i)
4.1 |  | Form of Share Certificate |  | (c)
4.2 |  | Indenture between Herbalife Ltd. and Union Bank, N.A., as trustee, dated February 7, 2014, governing the 2.00% Convertible Senior Notes due 2019 |  | (g)
4.3 |  | Form of Global Note for 2.00% Convertible Senior Note due 2019 (included as Exhibit A to Exhibit 4.2 hereto) |  | (g)
10.1# |  | Herbalife International of America, Inc.’s Senior Executive Deferred Compensation Plan, effective January 1, 1996, as amended |  | (a)
10.2# |  | Herbalife International of America, Inc.’s Management Deferred Compensation Plan, effective January 1, 1996, as amended |  | (a)
10.3# |  | Herbalife International Inc. 401K Profit Sharing Plan and Trust, as amended |  | (a)
10.4 |  | Notice to Distributors regarding Amendment to Agreements of Distributorship, dated as of July 18, 2002 between Herbalife International, Inc. and each Herbalife Distributor |  | (a)
10.5# |  | Side Letter Agreement dated as of April 3, 2003 by and among WH Holdings (Cayman Islands) Ltd., Michael O. Johnson and the Shareholders listed therein |  | (a)
10.6 |  | Form of Indemnification Agreement between Herbalife Ltd. and the directors and certain officers of Herbalife Ltd. |  | (b)
10.7# |  | Amended and Restated Herbalife Ltd. 2005 Stock Incentive Plan |  | (i)
10.8# |  | Form of Herbalife Ltd. 2005 Stock Incentive Plan Stock Unit Award Agreement |  | (l)
10.9# |  | Form of Herbalife Ltd. 2005 Stock Incentive Plan Stock Appreciation Right Award Agreement |  | (l)
10.10# |  | Form of Herbalife Ltd. 2005 Stock Incentive Plan Stock Appreciation Right Award Agreement applicable to Michael O. Johnson. |  | (l)
10.11# |  | Form of Herbalife Ltd. 2005 Stock Incentive Plan Stock Appreciation Right Award Agreement applicable to Richard P. Goudis. |  | (l)
10.12# |  | Form of Herbalife Ltd. 2005 Stock Incentive Plan Stock Appreciation Right Award Agreement applicable to Michael O. Johnson. |  | (d)
10.13# |  | Form of Herbalife Ltd. 2005 Stock Incentive Plan Stock Appreciation Right Award Agreement applicable to Richard Goudis. |  | (d)
10.14# |  | Form of Herbalife Ltd. 2005 Stock Incentive Plan Stock Unit Award Agreement |  | (d)
10.15# |  | Form of Herbalife Ltd. 2005 Stock Incentive Plan Stock Appreciation Right Award Agreement |  | (d)
10.16# |  | Herbalife Ltd. Employee Stock Purchase Plan |  | (e)
10.17# |  | Employment Agreement dated as of March 27, 2008 between Michael O. Johnson and Herbalife International of America, Inc. |  | (e)

73

Exhibit Number |  | Description |  | Reference
10.18# |  | Stock Appreciation Right Award Agreement by and between Herbalife Ltd. and Michael O. Johnson, dated March 27, 2008 |  | (e)
10.19# |  | Stock Appreciation Right Award Agreement by and between Herbalife Ltd. and Michael O. Johnson, dated March 27, 2008 |  | (e)
10.20# |  | Amendment to Herbalife International Inc. 401K Profit Sharing Plan and Trust |  | (h)
10.21# |  | Form of Independent Directors Stock Appreciation Right Award Agreement |  | (i)
10.22# |  | Herbalife Ltd. Amended and Restated Independent Directors Deferred Compensation and Stock Unit Plan |  | (i)
10.23# |  | Amended and Restated Employment Agreement by and between Richard P. Goudis and Herbalife International of America, Inc., dated as of January 1, 2010 |  | (j)
10.24# |  | First Amendment to the Amended and Restated Employment Agreement by and between Richard P. Goudis and Herbalife International of America, Inc., dated as of December 28, 2010 |  | (k)
10.25# |  | Amended and Restated Non-Management Directors Compensation Plan |  | (j)
10.26# |  | Form of Herbalife Ltd. 2005 Stock Incentive Plan Non-Employee Directors Stock Appreciation Right Award Agreement |  | (j)
10.27# |  | Severance Agreement by and between John DeSimone and Herbalife International of America, Inc., dated as of February 23, 2011 |  | (l)
10.28# |  | Amended and Restated Severance Agreement, dated as of February 23, 2011, by and between Desmond Walsh and Herbalife International of America, Inc. |  | (l)
10.29 |  | Credit Agreement, dated as of March 9, 2011, by and among Herbalife International, Inc. (“HII”), Herbalife Ltd., Herbalife International Luxembourg S.a.R.L., certain subsidiaries of HII as guarantors, the lenders from time to time party thereto, and Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent, Swing Line Lender and L/C Issuer |  | (l)
10.30 |  | First Amendment, dated July 26, 2012, to Credit Agreement, dated as of March 9, 2011, by and among Herbalife International, Inc. (“HII”), Herbalife Ltd., Herbalife International Luxembourg S.a.R.L., certain subsidiaries of HII as guarantors, the lenders from time to time party thereto, and Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent, Swing Line Lender and L/C Issuer |  | (d)
10.31# |  | Amendment to Amended and Restated Herbalife Ltd. 2005 Stock Incentive Plan |  | (l)
10.32 |  | Second Amendment, dated February 3, 2014, to Credit Agreement, dated as of March 9, 2011, by and among Herbalife International, Inc. (“HII”), Herbalife Ltd., Herbalife International Luxembourg S.a.R.L., certain subsidiaries of HII as guarantors, the lenders from time to time party thereto, and Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent, Swing Line Lender and L/C Issuer |  | (f)
10.33 |  | Form of Forward Share Repurchase Confirmation |  | (g)
10.34 |  | Form of Base Capped Call Confirmation |  | (g)
10.35 |  | Form of Additional Capped Call Confirmation |  | (g)
10.36# |  | Form of Herbalife Ltd. 2005 Stock Incentive Plan Performance Condition Stock Appreciation Right Award Agreement |  | (g)
10.37# |  | Amended and Restated Herbalife Ltd. 2014 Stock Incentive Plan. |  | (l)

74

Exhibit Number |  | Description |  | Reference
10.38 |  | Confirmation between Merrill Lynch International and Herbalife Ltd., dated May 6, 2014 |  | (h)
10.39 |  | Third Amendment to Credit Agreement dated as of May 4, 2015, among Herbalife Ltd., Herbalife International, Inc., Herbalife International Luxembourg S.a.R.L., the guarantors part thereto, the lenders from time to time party thereto, and Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent, Swing Line Lender and L/C Issuer. |  | (i)
10.40# |  | Herbalife Ltd. Executive Incentive Plan |  | (l)
10.41 |  | Stipulation to Entry of Order for Permanent Injunction and Monetary Judgment. |  | (m)
10.42 |  | Second Amended and Restated Support Agreement, dated July 15, 2016, by and among Herbalife Ltd., Carl C. Icahn, Icahn Partners Master Fund LP, Icahn Offshore LP, Icahn Partners LP, Icahn Onshore LP, Beckton Corp., Hopper Investments LLC, Barberry Corp., High River Limited Partnership, Icahn Capital LP, IPH GP LLC, Icahn Enterprises Holdings LP, and Icahn Enterprises GP Inc. |  | (m)
10.43# |  | Amended and Restated Employment Agreement by and between Richard P. Goudis and Herbalife International of America, Inc., dated as of November 1, 2016 |  | *
10.44# |  | Letter Agreement by and between Michael O. Johnson and Herbalife International of America, Inc., dated November 1, 2016 |  | *
10.45# |  | Herbalife International of America, Inc. Executive Officer Severance Plan |  | *
10.46 |  | Credit Agreement, dated as of February 15, 2017, by and among HLF Financing S.à r.l., HLF Financing US, LLC, Herbalife Ltd., Herbalife International Luxembourg S.à R.L., Herbalife International, Inc., the several banks and other financial institutions or entities from time to time party thereto, Credit Suisse AG, Cayman Islands Branch, as Term Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent, and Coöperatieve Rabobank U.A., New York Branch, as an Issuing Bank and the Revolver Administrative Agent. |  | *
21.1 |  | Subsidiaries of the Registrant |  | *
23.1 |  | Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP — Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm |  | *
31.1 |  | Rule 13a-14(a) Certification of Chief Executive Officer |  | *
31.2 |  | Rule 13a-14(a) Certification of Chief Financial Officer |  | *
32.1 |  | Section 1350 Certification of Chief Executive Officer |  | *
32.2 |  | Section 1350 Certification of Chief Financial Officer |  | *
101.INS |  | XBRL Instance Document |  | *
101.SCH |  | XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document |  | *
101.CAL |  | XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document |  | *
101.DEF |  | XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document |  | *
101.LAB |  | XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document |  | *
101.PRE |  | XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document |  | *

* | Filed herewith.

# | Management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement.

75

(a) | Previously filed on October 1, 2004 as an Exhibit to the Company’s registration statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-119485) and is incorporated herein by reference.

(b) | Previously filed on December 2, 2004 as an Exhibit to Amendment No. 4 to the Company’s registration statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-119485) and is incorporated herein by reference.

(c) | Previously filed on December 14, 2004 as an Exhibit to Amendment No. 5 to the Company’s registration statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-119485) and is incorporated herein by reference.

(d) | Previously filed on July 30, 2012 as an Exhibit to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2012 and is incorporated herein by reference.

(e) | Previously filed on April 29, 2013 as an Exhibit to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2013 and is incorporated herein by reference.

(f) | Previously filed on February 7, 2014 as an Exhibit to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K and is incorporated herein by reference.

(g) | Previously filed on February 18, 2014 as an Exhibit to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2013 and is incorporated by reference.

(h) | Previously filed on July 28, 2014 as an Exhibit to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2014 and is incorporated herein by reference.

(i) | Previously filed on May 5, 2015 as an Exhibit to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2015 and is incorporated herein by reference.

(j) | Previously filed on August 5, 2015 as an Exhibit to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2015 and is incorporated herein by reference.

(k) | Previously filed on February 25, 2016 as an Exhibit to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2015 and is incorporated herein by reference.

(l) | Previously filed on May 5, 2016 as an Exhibit to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2016 and is incorporated herein by reference.

(m) | Previously filed on July 15, 2016 as an Exhibit to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K and is incorporated herein by reference.

76

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGIST ERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of Herbalife Ltd.

In our opinion, the accompanying consolidated balance sheets and the related consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, changes in shareholders’ (deficit) equity and cash flows present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Herbalife Ltd. and its subsidiaries at December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2016 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Also in our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2016, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). The Company’s management is responsible for these financial statements, for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting appearing under Item 9A. Our responsibility is to express opinions on these financial statements and on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our integrated audits. We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement and whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audits of the financial statements included examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. Our audit of internal control over financial reporting included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audits also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinions.

As discussed in Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company changed the manner in which it accounts for deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities in 2016.

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (i) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

Los Angeles, California

February 23, 2017

77

HERBALIFE LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

|  | December 31, |
|  | 2016 |  |  | 2015 |
|  | (In millions) |
ASSETS |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |
CURRENT ASSETS: |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |
Cash and cash equivalents |  | $ | 844.0 |  |  | $ | 889.8 |
Receivables, net of allowance for doubtful accounts |  |  | 70.3 |  |  |  | 69.9 |
Inventories |  |  | 371.3 |  |  |  | 332.0 |
Prepaid expenses and other current assets |  |  | 176.9 |  |  |  | 161.1 |
Deferred income tax assets |  |  | — |  |  |  | 113.5 |
Total current assets |  |  | 1,462.5 |  |  |  | 1,566.3 |
Property, plant and equipment, at cost, net of accumulated depreciation and amortization |  |  | 378.0 |  |  |  | 339.2 |
Deferred compensation plan assets |  |  | 30.6 |  |  |  | 29.3 |
Other assets |  |  | 294.3 |  |  |  | 141.1 |
Marketing related intangibles and other intangible assets, net |  |  | 310.1 |  |  |  | 310.2 |
Goodwill |  |  | 89.9 |  |  |  | 91.8 |
Total assets |  | $ | 2,565.4 |  |  | $ | 2,477.9 |
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY (DEFICIT) |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |
CURRENT LIABILITIES: |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |
Accounts payable |  | $ | 66.0 |  |  | $ | 71.1 |
Royalty overrides |  |  | 261.2 |  |  |  | 249.9 |
Accrued compensation |  |  | 125.8 |  |  |  | 128.8 |
Accrued expenses |  |  | 236.9 |  |  |  | 228.7 |
Current portion of long-term debt |  |  | 9.5 |  |  |  | 229.5 |
Advance sales deposits |  |  | 50.1 |  |  |  | 63.8 |
Income taxes payable |  |  | 42.0 |  |  |  | 52.6 |
Total current liabilities |  |  | 791.5 |  |  |  | 1,024.4 |
NON-CURRENT LIABILITIES: |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |
Long-term debt, net of current portion |  |  | 1,438.4 |  |  |  | 1,392.5 |
Deferred compensation plan liability |  |  | 50.0 |  |  |  | 43.6 |
Deferred income tax liabilities |  |  | 15.3 |  |  |  | 0.4 |
Other non-current liabilities |  |  | 73.9 |  |  |  | 70.5 |
Total liabilities |  |  | 2,369.1 |  |  |  | 2,531.4 |
COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |
SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY (DEFICIT): |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |
Common shares, $0.001 par value, 1.0 billion shares authorized, 93.1 million (2016) and 92.7 million (2015) shares outstanding |  |  | 0.1 |  |  |  | 0.1 |
Paid-in capital in excess of par value |  |  | 467.6 |  |  |  | 438.2 |
Accumulated other comprehensive loss |  |  | (205.1 | ) |  |  | (165.5 | )
Accumulated deficit |  |  | (66.3 | ) |  |  | (326.3 | )
Total shareholders’ equity (deficit) |  |  | 196.3 |  |  |  | (53.5 | )
Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity (deficit) |  | $ | 2,565.4 |  |  | $ | 2,477.9 |

See the accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

78

HERBALIFE LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME

|  | Year Ended December 31, |
|  | 2016 |  |  | 2015 |  |  | 2014 |
|  | (In millions, except per share amounts) |
Product sales |  | $ | 4,244.2 |  |  | $ | 4,186.5 |  |  | $ | 4,567.2 |
Shipping & handling revenues |  |  | 244.2 |  |  |  | 282.5 |  |  |  | 391.4 |
Net sales |  |  | 4,488.4 |  |  |  | 4,469.0 |  |  |  | 4,958.6 |
Cost of sales |  |  | 854.6 |  |  |  | 856.0 |  |  |  | 982.9 |
Gross profit |  |  | 3,633.8 |  |  |  | 3,613.0 |  |  |  | 3,975.7 |
Royalty overrides |  |  | 1,272.6 |  |  |  | 1,251.4 |  |  |  | 1,471.1 |
Selling, general and administrative expenses |  |  | 1,966.9 |  |  |  | 1,784.5 |  |  |  | 1,991.1 |
Other operating income |  |  | (63.8 | ) |  |  | (6.5 | ) |  |  | — |
Operating income |  |  | 458.1 |  |  |  | 583.6 |  |  |  | 513.5 |
Interest expense |  |  | 99.3 |  |  |  | 100.5 |  |  |  | 91.7 |
Interest income |  |  | 5.9 |  |  |  | 5.6 |  |  |  | 12.5 |
Other expense, net |  |  | — |  |  |  | 2.3 |  |  |  | 13.0 |
Income before income taxes |  |  | 364.7 |  |  |  | 486.4 |  |  |  | 421.3 |
Income taxes |  |  | 104.7 |  |  |  | 147.3 |  |  |  | 112.6 |
NET INCOME |  | $ | 260.0 |  |  | $ | 339.1 |  |  | $ | 308.7 |
Earnings per share |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |
Basic |  | $ | 3.13 |  |  | $ | 4.11 |  |  | $ | 3.58 |
Diluted |  | $ | 3.02 |  |  | $ | 3.97 |  |  | $ | 3.40 |
Weighted average shares outstanding |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |
Basic |  |  | 83.0 |  |  |  | 82.6 |  |  |  | 86.3 |
Diluted |  |  | 86.1 |  |  |  | 85.3 |  |  |  | 90.8 |

See the accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

79

HERBALIFE LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

|  | Year Ended December 31 2016 |  |  | Year Ended December 31 2015 |  |  | Year Ended December 31 2014 |
|  | (In millions) |
Net income |  | $ | 260.0 |  |  | $ | 339.1 |  |  | $ | 308.7 |
Other comprehensive loss: |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |
Foreign currency translation adjustment, net of income taxes of $5.2 (2016), $(7.2) (2015), and $(7.3) (2014) |  |  | (32.5 | ) |  |  | (86.6 | ) |  |  | (70.8 | )
Unrealized (loss) gain on derivatives, net of income taxes of $(0.3) (2016), $(0.6) (2015), and $0.6 (2014) |  |  | (7.0 | ) |  |  | (0.6 | ) |  |  | 12.3 |
Unrealized (loss) gain on available-for-sale investments, net of income taxes of $0.1 (2016), $(0.1) (2015), and $0.1 (2014) |  |  | (0.1 | ) |  |  | (0.1 | ) |  |  | 0.1 |
Total other comprehensive loss |  |  | (39.6 | ) |  |  | (87.3 | ) |  |  | (58.4 | )
Total comprehensive income |  | $ | 220.4 |  |  | $ | 251.8 |  |  | $ | 250.3 |

See the accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

80

HERBALIFE LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN SHAREHOLDERS’ (DEFICIT) EQUITY

|  | Common Shares |  |  | Paid-in Capital in Excess of par Value |  |  | Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss |  |  | (Accumulated Deficit) Retained Earnings |  |  | Total Shareholders’ (Deficit) Equity |
|  | (In millions, except per share amounts) |
Balance at December 31, 2013 |  | $ | 0.1 |  |  | $ | 323.9 |  |  | $ | (19.8 | ) |  | $ | 247.2 |  |  | $ | 551.4 |
Issuance of 1.4 million common shares from exercise of stock options, SARs, restricted stock units, employee stock purchase plan, and other |  |  | — |  |  |  | 0.7 |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 0.7 |
Excess tax benefit from exercise of stock options, SARs and restricted stock grants |  |  |  |  |  |  | 10.4 |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 10.4 |
Additional capital from share based compensation |  |  |  |  |  |  | 45.7 |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 45.7 |
Repurchases of 20.2 million common shares, inclusive of the Forward Transactions |  |  | — |  |  |  | (97.6 | ) |  |  |  |  |  |  | (1,194.3 | ) |  |  | (1,291.9 | )
Dividends paid and dividend equivalents ($0.30 per share) |  |  |  |  |  |  | — |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | (30.4 | ) |  |  | (30.4 | )
Dividends received |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 3.4 |  |  |  | 3.4 |
Issuance of the convertible notes and forward transaction |  |  |  |  |  | 249.8 |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 249.8 |
Payments for capped call transactions |  |  |  |  |  |  | (123.8 | ) |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | (123.8 | )
Net income |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 308.7 |  |  |  | 308.7 |
Foreign currency translation adjustment, net of income taxes of $(7.3) |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | (70.8 | ) |  |  |  |  |  |  | (70.8 | )
Unrealized gain on derivatives, net of income taxes of $0.6 |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 12.3 |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 12.3 |
Unrealized gain on available-for-sale investments, net of income taxes of $0.1 |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 0.1 |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 0.1 |
Balance at December 31, 2014 |  | $ | 0.1 |  |  | $ | 409.1 |  |  | $ | (78.2 | ) |  | $ | (665.4 | ) |  | $ | (334.4 | )
Issuance of 1.0 million common shares from exercise of stock options, SARs, restricted stock units, employee stock purchase plan, and other |  |  | — |  |  |  | 2.8 |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 2.8 |
Excess tax deficit from exercise of stock options, SARs and restricted stock grants |  |  |  |  |  |  | (2.0 | ) |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | (2.0 | )
Additional capital from share based compensation |  |  |  |  |  | 44.9 |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 44.9 |
Repurchases of 0.4 million common shares |  |  | — |  |  |  | (16.6 | ) |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | (16.6 | )
Net income |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 339.1 |  |  |  | 339.1 |
Foreign currency translation adjustment, net of income taxes of $(7.2) |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | (86.6 | ) |  |  |  |  |  |  | (86.6 | )
Unrealized loss on derivatives, net of income taxes of $(0.6) |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | (0.6 | ) |  |  |  |  |  |  | (0.6 | )
Unrealized loss on available-for-sale investments, net of income taxes of $(0.1) |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | (0.1 | ) |  |  |  |  |  |  | (0.1 | )
Balance at December 31, 2015 |  | $ | 0.1 |  |  | $ | 438.2 |  |  | $ | (165.5 | ) |  | $ | (326.3 | ) |  | $ | (53.5 | )
Issuance of 0.6 million common shares from exercise of stock options, SARs, restricted stock units, employee stock purchase plan, and other |  |  | — |  |  |  | 2.0 |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 2.0 |
Excess tax benefit from exercise of stock options, SARs and restricted stock grants |  |  |  |  |  |  | 0.4 |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 0.4 |
Additional capital from share based compensation |  |  |  |  |  |  | 40.2 |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 40.2 |
Repurchases of 0.2 million common shares |  |  | — |  |  |  | (13.2 | ) |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | (13.2 | )
Net income |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | 260.0 |  |  |  | 260.0 |
Foreign currency translation adjustment, net of income taxes of $5.2 |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | (32.5 | ) |  |  |  |  |  |  | (32.5 | )
Unrealized loss on derivatives, net of income taxes of $(0.3) |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | (7.0 | ) |  |  |  |  |  |  | (7.0 | )
Unrealized loss on available-for-sale investments, net of income taxes of $0.1 |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | (0.1 | ) |  |  |  |  |  |  | (0.1 | )
Balance at December 31, 2016 |  | $ | 0.1 |  |  | $ | 467.6 |  |  | $ | (205.1 | ) |  | $ | (66.3 | ) |  | $ | 196.3 |

See the accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

81

HERBALIFE LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

|  | Year Ended December 31, |
|  | 2016 |  |  | 2015 |  |  | 2014 |
|  | (In millions) |
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |
Net income |  | $ | 260.0 |  |  | $ | 339.1 |  |  | $ | 308.7 |
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities: |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |
Depreciation and amortization |  |  | 98.3 |  |  |  | 98.0 |  |  |  | 93.2 |
Excess tax benefits from share-based payment arrangements |  |  | (0.4 | ) |  |  | (4.1 | ) |  |  | (10.4 | )
Share-based compensation expenses |  |  | 40.2 |  |  |  | 44.9 |  |  |  | 45.7 |
Non-cash interest expense |  |  | 55.7 |  |  |  | 56.2 |  |  |  | 43.5 |
Deferred income taxes |  |  | (36.4 | ) |  |  | (38.2 | ) |  |  | (84.8 | )
Inventory write-downs |  |  | 15.8 |  |  |  | 25.3 |  |  |  | 24.5 |
Foreign exchange transaction gain |  |  | (0.7 | ) |  |  | (6.3 | ) |  |  | (6.2 | )
Foreign exchange loss and other charges relating to Venezuela |  |  | 4.5 |  |  |  | 37.2 |  |  |  | 227.8 |
Other |  |  | (11.8 | ) |  |  | 6.5 |  |  |  | 6.1 |
Changes in operating assets and liabilities: |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |
Receivables |  |  | — |  |  |  | (6.2 | ) |  |  | 6.0 |
Inventories |  |  | (71.6 | ) |  |  | (30.5 | ) |  |  | (99.4 | )
Prepaid expenses and other current assets |  |  | 21.1 |  |  |  | 4.4 |  |  |  | (34.9 | )
Other assets |  |  | (26.3 | ) |  |  | (21.3 | ) |  |  | (36.7 | )
Accounts payable |  |  | (1.3 | ) |  |  | 6.0 |  |  |  | (5.2 | )
Royalty overrides |  |  | 20.9 |  |  |  | 21.6 |  |  |  | 6.7 |
Accrued expenses and accrued compensation |  |  | 22.9 |  |  |  | 71.1 |  |  |  | (11.5 | )
Advance sales deposits |  |  | (11.1 | ) |  |  | 2.3 |  |  |  | 10.4 |
Income taxes |  |  | (15.5 | ) |  |  | 21.8 |  |  |  | 22.2 |
Deferred compensation plan liability |  |  | 3.0 |  |  |  | 0.9 |  |  |  | 5.7 |
NET CASH PROVIDED BY OPERATING ACTIVITIES |  |  | 367.3 |  |  |  | 628.7 |  |  |  | 511.4 |
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |
Purchases of property, plant and equipment |  |  | (143.4 | ) |  |  | (79.0 | ) |  |  | (173.7 | )
Investments in Venezuelan bonds |  |  | — |  |  |  | (0.1 | ) |  |  | (12.6 | )
Deposit in escrow |  |  | — |  |  |  | — |  |  |  | (15.0 | )
Other |  |  | 2.1 |  |  |  | 5.7 |  |  |  | — |
NET CASH USED IN INVESTING ACTIVITIES |  |  | (141.3 | ) |  |  | (73.4 | ) |  |  | (201.3 | )
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |
Dividends paid |  |  | — |  |  |  | — |  |  |  | (30.4 | )
Dividends received |  |  | — |  |  |  | — |  |  |  | 3.4 |
Payments for Capped Call Transactions |  |  | — |  |  |  | — |  |  |  | (123.8 | )
Borrowings from senior secured credit facility and other debt |  |  | 200.0 |  |  |  | — |  |  |  | 50.0 |
Proceeds from senior convertible notes |  |  | — |  |  |  | — |  |  |  | 1,150.0 |
Principal payments on senior secured credit facility and other debt |  |  | (438.8 | ) |  |  | (227.6 | ) |  |  | (131.3 | )
Issuance costs relating to long-term debt and senior convertible notes |  |  | — |  |  |  | (6.2 | ) |  |  | (28.9 | )
Share repurchases |  |  | (13.2 | ) |  |  | (16.6 | ) |  |  | (1,291.9 | )
Excess tax benefits from share-based payment arrangements |  |  | 0.4 |  |  |  | 4.1 |  |  |  | 10.4 |
Other |  |  | (0.7 | ) |  |  | (3.7 | ) |  |  | 3.0 |
NET CASH USED IN FINANCING ACTIVITIES |  |  | (252.3 | ) |  |  | (250.0 | ) |  |  | (389.5 | )
EFFECT OF EXCHANGE RATE CHANGES ON CASH |  |  | (19.5 | ) |  |  | (60.9 | ) |  |  | (248.2 | )
NET CHANGE IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS |  |  | (45.8 | ) |  |  | 244.4 |  |  |  | (327.6 | )
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, BEGINNING OF YEAR |  |  | 889.8 |  |  |  | 645.4 |  |  |  | 973.0 |
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, END OF YEAR |  | $ | 844.0 |  |  | $ | 889.8 |  |  | $ | 645.4 |
CASH PAID DURING THE YEAR |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |
Interest paid |  | $ | 45.4 |  |  | $ | 50.5 |  |  | $ | 39.2 |
Income taxes paid |  | $ | 162.9 |  |  | $ | 168.4 |  |  | $ | 180.8 |

See the accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

82

HERBALIFE LTD. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

1. Organization

Herbalife Ltd., a Cayman Islands exempt limited liability company was incorporated on April 4, 2002. Herbalife Ltd. (and together with its subsidiaries, the “Company” or “Herbalife”) is a global nutrition company that sells weight management, targeted nutrition, energy, sports & fitness, and outer nutrition products to and through a network of independent members, or Members. In China, the Company sells its products to and through independent service providers, sales representatives, and sales officers to customers and preferred customers, as well as through Company-operated retail stores when necessary. The Company reports revenue in six geographic regions: North America; Mexico; South and Central America; EMEA, which consists of Europe, the Middle East and Africa; Asia Pacific (excluding China); and China.

2. Basis of Presentation

The Company’s consolidated financial statements refer to Herbalife Ltd. and its subsidiaries.

New Accounting Pronouncements

In May 2014, the Financial Accounting Standards Board, or FASB, issued Accounting Standards Update, or ASU, No. 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606). The new revenue recognition standard provides a five-step analysis of contracts to determine when and how revenue is recognized. The core principle is that a company should recognize revenue to depict the transfer of promised goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. In August 2015, the FASB issued ASU No. 2015-14, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606): Deferral of the Effective Date, which deferred the effective date of ASU No. 2014-09 for all entities by one year to annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2017. In March 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-08, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606), Principal versus Agent Considerations (Reporting Revenue versus Net), which clarifies the implementation guidance on principal versus agent considerations in the new revenue recognition standard. ASU 2016-08 clarifies how an entity should identify the unit of accounting (i.e. the specified good or service) for the principal versus agent evaluation and how it should apply the control principle to certain types of arrangements. In April 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-10, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606), Identifying Performance Obligations and Licensing, which clarifies the implementation guidance on how an entity should identify performance obligations in contracts with customers, and how it should account for licensing arrangements with customers. In May 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-12, Narrow-Scope Improvements and Practical Expedients, to improve guidance on assessing collectability, presentation of sales taxes, noncash consideration, and contract modifications and completed contracts at transition. The amendments in this series of updates shall be applied either retrospectively to each period presented or as a cumulative-effect adjustment as of the date of adoption. Early adoption is permitted as of the original effective date of December 15, 2016. The Company continues to assess the impact the adoption of this series of updates will have on its consolidated financial statements. The Company has not completed its accounting assessments related to the new standard and has not yet determined the financial impact as of December 31, 2016. The Company is analyzing its worldwide business, its revenue streams and its payments to Members to determine the timing of recognition and the income statement classification. The Company expects to update its disclosure in future periods once its analysis is complete.

In August 2014, the FASB issued ASU No. 2014-15, Presentation of Financial Statements — Going Concern (Subtopic 205-40). The purpose of this ASU is to incorporate into U.S. GAAP management’s responsibility to evaluate whether there is substantial doubt about an entity’s ability to continue as a going concern within one year after the date that the financial statements are issued (or within one year after the date that the financial statements are available to be issued when applicable), and to provide related footnote disclosures. This update is effective for the annual period ending after December 15, 2016, and for annual periods and interim periods thereafter. Early application is permitted. The adoption of this guidance did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

In July 2015, the FASB issued ASU No. 2015-11, Inventory (Topic 330): Simplifying the Measurement of Inventory. This ASU does not apply to inventory that is measured using last-in, first-out (LIFO) or the retail inventory method. The amendments apply to all other inventory, which includes inventory that is measured using first-in, first-out (FIFO) or average cost. This ASU eliminates from U.S. GAAP the requirement to measure inventory at the lower of cost or market. Market under the previous requirement could be replacement cost, net realizable value, or net realizable value less an approximately normal profit margin. Entities within scope of this update will now be required to measure inventory at the lower of cost and net realizable value. Net realizable value is the estimated selling prices in the ordinary course of business, less reasonably predictable costs of completion, disposal, and transportation. Subsequent measurement is unchanged for inventory using LIFO or the retail inventory method. The amendments in

83

this update are effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2016, with early adoption permitted, and should be applied prospectively. T he Company early adopted ASU 2015-11 as of January 1, 2016. The adoption of this guidance did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

In November 2015, the FASB issued ASU No. 2015-17, Income Taxes (Topic 740): Balance Sheet Classification of Deferred Taxes. This ASU simplifies the presentation of deferred taxes by requiring that deferred tax assets and liabilities be presented as noncurrent on the balance sheet. ASU 2015-17 is effective for annual reporting periods, and interim periods therein, beginning after December 15, 2016, with early adoption permitted. The amendments may be applied either prospectively to all deferred tax liabilities and assets or retrospectively to all periods presented. The Company early adopted ASU 2015-17 as of October 1, 2016. The prospective adoption of this guidance resulted in the classification of all deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities as non-current on the Company’s consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2016. Prior periods were not reclassified.

In January 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-01, Financial Instruments – Overall (Subtopic 825-10): Recognition and Measurement of Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities. The updated guidance enhances the reporting model for financial instruments by modifying how entities measure and recognize equity investments and present changes in the fair value of financial liabilities, and by simplifying the disclosure guidance for financial instruments. The amendments in this update are effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2017. The amendments in this update should be applied prospectively. The Company is evaluating the potential impact of this adoption on its consolidated financial statements.

In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842). The updated guidance requires lessees to recognize a lease liability and a right-of-use asset, measured at the present value of the future minimum lease payments, at the lease commencement date. Recognition, measurement and presentation of expenses will depend on classification as a finance or operating lease. The amendments also require certain quantitative and qualitative disclosures. ASU 2016-02 is effective for all interim and annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2018, with early adoption permitted. A modified retrospective approach must be applied for leases existing at, or entered into after, the beginning of the earliest comparative period presented in the financial statements. The Company is evaluating the potential impact of this adoption on its consolidated financial statements, however, increases in both assets and liabilities are expected.

In March 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-04, Liabilities — Extinguishments of Liabilities (Subtopic 405-20): Recognition of Breakage for Certain Prepaid Stored-Value Products. This ASU requires entities that sell prepaid stored-value products redeemable for goods, services or cash at third-party merchants to recognize breakage (i.e. the value that is ultimately not redeemed by the consumer) in a way that is consistent with how it will be recognized under the new revenue recognition standard. Under current U.S. GAAP, there is diversity in practice in how entities account for breakage that results when a consumer does not redeem the entire product balance. This ASU clarifies that an entity’s liability for prepaid stored-value products within its scope meets the definition of a financial liability. The amendments in this update are effective for reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2017, with early adoption permitted. The amendment may be applied using either a modified retrospective approach or a full retrospective approach. The Company is evaluating the potential impact of this adoption on its consolidated financial statements.

In March 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-05, Derivatives and Hedging (Topic 815): Effect of Derivative Contract Novations on Existing Hedge Accounting Relationships. This ASU provides guidance clarifying that the novation of a derivative contract (i.e. a change in counterparty) in a hedge accounting relationship does not, in and of itself, require dedesignation of that hedge accounting relationship. If all of the other hedge accounting criteria are met, including the expectation that the hedge will be highly effective when the creditworthiness of the new counterpart to the derivative contract is considered, the hedging relationship will continue uninterrupted. The amendments in this update are effective for reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2016, with early adoption permitted. Entities may adopt the guidance prospectively or use a modified retrospective approach. The adoption of this guidance will not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

In March 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-06, Derivatives and Hedging (Topic 815): Contingent Put and Call Options in Debt Instruments. This ASU clarifies the requirements for assessing whether contingent put or call options that can accelerate the payment of principal on debt instruments are clearly and closely related (i.e. an entity is required to assess whether the economic characteristics and risks of embedded put or call options are clearly and closely related to those of their debt hosts only in accordance with the four-step decision sequence of FASB Accounting Standards Codification, or ASC 815, Derivatives and Hedging). An entity should no longer assess whether the event that triggers the ability to exercise a put or call option is related to interest rates or credit risk of the entity. The amendments in this update are effective for reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2016, with early adoption permitted. Entities are required to apply the guidance to existing debt instruments using a modified retrospective transition method as of the period of adoption. The adoption of this guidance will not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

84

In March 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-09, Compensation — Stock Compensation (Topic 718): Improvements to Employee Share-Based Payment Accounting. This ASU is intended to simplify various aspects related to how share-based payments are accounted for and presented in the financial statements, i ncluding the income tax effects of share-based payments and accounting for forfeitures. This guidance will require recognizing the Company’s excess tax benefits on share-based compensation arrangements in the tax provision, instead of in equity as under th e current guidance. In addition, these amounts will be classified as an operating activity in the statement of cash flows rather than a financing activity. The amendments in this update are effective for reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2016, with early adoption permitted. The adoption of this guidance will result in excess tax benefits or deficiencies related to the exercise of share-based compensation awards to employees being included in the determination of the Company’s income tax provisi on, which could significantly impact the Company’s consolidated net income in future periods. As of December 31, 2016, the Company is unable to quantify the expected financial impact to its future periods consolidated net income. The adoption of this guida nce will also increase the number of shares used in the calculation of fully diluted earnings per share due to the reduction in assumed proceeds under the treasury stock method which would also impact how the Company determines its earnings per share calcu lation. The Company plans to adopt this update in the first quarter of 2017. Upon adoption, the Company will also recognize $29.6 million of its unrecognized excess tax benefits, described further in Note 12, Income Taxes, as deferred tax assets on its con solidated balance sheet.

In June 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-13, Financial Instrument — Credit Losses (Topic 326): Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments. This ASU changes the impairment model for most financial assets, requiring the use of an expected loss model which requires entities to estimate the lifetime expected credit loss on financial assets measured at amortized cost. Such credit losses will be recorded as an allowance to offset the amortized cost of the financial asset, resulting in a net presentation of the amount expected to be collected on the financial asset. In addition, credit losses relating to available-for-sale debt securities will now be recorded through an allowance for credit losses rather than as a direct write-down to the security. The amendments in this update are effective for reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2019, with early adoption permitted for reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2018. The Company is evaluating the potential impact of this adoption on its consolidated financial statements.

In August 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-15, Statement of Cash Flows (Topic 230): Classification of Certain Cash Receipts and Cash Payments. This ASU provides clarification on eight specific cash flow issues regarding presentation and classification in the statement of cash flows with the objective of reducing the existing diversity in practice. The amendments in this update are effective for reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2017, with early adoption permitted. The Company is evaluating the potential impact of this adoption on its consolidated financial statements.

In October 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-16, Income Taxes (Topic 740): Intra-Entity Transfers of Assets Other Than Inventory. This ASU requires that entities recognize the income tax consequences of an intra-entity transfer of an asset other than inventory when the transfer occurs. The amendments in this update do not change GAAP for the pre-tax effects of an intra-entity asset transfer under Topic 810, Consolidation, or for an intra-entity transfer of inventory. The amendments in this update are effective for reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2017, with early adoption permitted. The Company is evaluating the potential impact of this adoption on its consolidated financial statements.

In October 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-17, Consolidation (Topic 810): Interests Held Through Related Parties That Are Under Common Control. This ASU changes how a single decision maker will consider its indirect interests when performing the primary beneficiary analysis under the variable interest entity, or VIE, model. The amendments in this update require that a single decision maker consider the indirect interest held by a related party under common control on a proportionate basis, not in its entirety as previously required. The amendments in this update do not change the characteristics of a primary beneficiary in the VIE model. The amendments of this ASU are effective for reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2016, with early adoption permitted. The adoption of this guidance will not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

In November 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-18, Statement of Cash Flows (Topic 230): Restricted Cash. This ASU requires that restricted cash and restricted cash equivalents be included with cash and cash equivalents when reconciling the beginning-of-period and end-of-period amounts shown on the statements of cash flows. The amendments of this ASU are effective for reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2017, with early adoption permitted. The Company is evaluating the potential impact of this adoption on its consolidated financial statements.

In January 2017, the FASB issued ASU No. 2017-04, Intangibles — Goodwill and Other (Topic 350): Simplifying the Test for Goodwill Impairment. This ASU simplifies the test for goodwill impairment by removing Step 2 from the goodwill impairment test. Companies will now perform the goodwill impairment test by comparing the fair value of a reporting unit with its carrying amount, recognizing an impairment charge for the amount by which the carrying amount exceeds the reporting unit’s fair value not to exceed the total amount of goodwill allocated to that reporting unit. An entity still has the option to perform the qualitative assessment for a reporting unit to determine if the quantitative impairment test is necessary. The amendments of this ASU are effective for goodwill impairment

85

tests in fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019, with early adoption permitted for goodwill impairment tests performed after January 1, 2017. The Company is evaluating the potential impact of this adoption on its consolidated financial statements.

Significant Accounting Policies

Consolidation Policy

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Herbalife Ltd. and its subsidiaries. All significant intercompany transactions and accounts have been eliminated.

Foreign Currency Translation and Transactions

In the majority of the countries that the Company operates, the functional currency is the local currency. The Company’s foreign subsidiaries’ asset and liability accounts are translated for consolidated financial reporting purposes into U.S. dollar amounts at year-end exchange rates. Revenue and expense accounts are translated at the average rates during the year. Foreign exchange translation adjustments are included in accumulated other comprehensive loss on the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. Foreign currency transaction gains and losses, which include the cost of foreign currency derivative contracts and the related settlement gains and losses but excluding certain foreign currency derivatives designated as cash flow hedges as discussed in Note 11, Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities, are included in selling, general and administrative expenses in the accompanying consolidated statements of income. The Company recorded net foreign currency transaction losses of $11.4 million, $34.7 million, and $219.0 million, for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015, and 2014, respectively, which includes the foreign exchange impact relating to the Company’s Venezuelan subsidiary, Herbalife Venezuela. Herbalife Venezuela’s foreign currency financial statement impact is discussed further below within this Note.

Forward Exchange Contracts and Interest Rate Swaps

The Company enters into foreign currency derivatives, primarily comprised of foreign currency forward contracts, in managing its foreign exchange risk on sales to Members, inventory purchases denominated in foreign currencies, and intercompany transactions and loans. The Company also previously entered into interest rate swaps in managing its interest rate risk on its variable rate credit facility. The Company does not use the contracts for trading purposes.

In accordance with FASB Accounting Standards Codification, or ASC, Topic 815, Derivatives and Hedging, or ASC 815, the Company designates certain of its derivative instruments as cash flow hedges and formally documents its hedge relationships, including identification of the hedging instruments and the hedged items, as well as its risk management objectives and strategies for undertaking the hedge transaction, at the time the derivative contract is executed. The Company assesses the effectiveness of the hedge both at inception and on an ongoing basis and determines whether the hedge is highly or perfectly effective in offsetting changes in cash flows of the hedged item. The Company records the effective portion of changes in the estimated fair value in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) and subsequently reclassifies the related amount of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) to earnings when the hedged item and underlying transaction impacts earnings. If it is determined that a derivative has ceased to be a highly effective hedge, the Company will discontinue hedge accounting for such transaction. For derivatives that are not designated as hedges, all changes in estimated fair value are recognized in the consolidated statements of income.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

The Company considers all highly liquid investments purchased with a maturity of three months or less to be cash equivalents. Cash and cash equivalents are comprised primarily of foreign and domestic bank accounts, and money market funds. These cash and cash equivalents are valued based on level 1 inputs which consist of quoted prices in active markets. To reduce its credit risk, the Company monitors the credit standing of the financial institutions that hold the Company’s cash and cash equivalents.

The Company has a cash pooling arrangement with a financial institution for cash management purposes. This cash pooling arrangement allows certain of the Company’s participating subsidiaries to withdraw cash from this financial institution based upon the Company’s aggregate cash deposits held by subsidiaries who participate in the cash pooling arrangement. To the extent any participating location on an individual basis is in an overdraft position, these overdrafts will be recorded as liabilities and reflected as financing activities in the Company’s consolidated balance sheets and consolidated statement of cash flows, respectively. As of December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, the Company did not owe any amounts to this financial institution.

Accounts Receivable

Accounts receivable consist principally of receivables from credit card companies, arising from the sale of products to the Company’s Members, and receivables from importers, who are utilized in a limited number of countries to sell products to Members.

86

The Company believes the concentration of its collection risk related to its credit card receivables is diminished due to the geographic dispersion of its receivables. The receivables from credit card companies were $51.8 million and $49.3 million as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively. Substantially all of the receivables from credit card companies were curren t as of December 31, 2016 and 2015. Although receivables from importers can be significant, the Company performs ongoing credit evaluations of its importers and maintains an allowance for potential credit losses. The Company considers customer credit-worth iness, past and current transaction history with the customer, contractual terms, current economic industry trends, and changes in customer payment terms when determining whether collectability is reasonably assured and whether to record allowances for its receivables. If the financial condition of the Company’s customers deteriorates and adversely affects their ability to make payments, additional allowances will be recorded. The Company believes that it provides adequate allowances for receivables from it s Members and importers which are not material to its consolidated financial statements. During the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015, and 2014, the Company recorded $1.0 million, $3.7 million, and $2.2 million, respectively, in bad-debt expense related to allowances for the Company’s receivables. As of December 31, 2016 and 2015, the Company’s allowance for doubtful accounts was $1.3 million and $1.5 million, respectively. As of December 31, 2016 and 2015, the majority of the Company’s total outstanding accounts receivable were current.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The Company applies the provisions of FASB authoritative guidance as it applies to its financial and non-financial assets and liabilities. The FASB authoritative guidance clarifies the definition of fair value, prescribes methods for measuring fair value, establishes a fair value hierarchy based on the inputs used to measure fair value, and expands disclosures about fair value measurements.

The Company has estimated the fair value of its financial instruments using the following methods and assumptions:

| • | The carrying amounts of cash and cash equivalents, receivables and accounts payable approximate fair value due to the short-term maturities of these instruments;

| • | The fair value of available-for-sale investments are based on prices of similar assets traded in active markets and observable yield curves;

| • | The fair value of option and forward contracts are based on dealer quotes; and

| • | The Company’s variable rate revolving credit facility is recorded at carrying value and is considered to approximate its fair value. The Company’s convertible senior notes issued in February 2014, or the Convertible Notes, are recorded at carrying value, and their fair value is determined using two valuation methods. The Company reviewed market data that was available for publicly traded, senior, unsecured nonconvertible corporate bonds issued by companies with similar credit ratings. Assumptions used in the estimate represent what market participants would use in pricing the liability component, including market yields and credit standing to develop the straight debt yield estimate. The Company also used a lattice model, which included inputs such as stock price, the Convertible Notes trading price, volatility and dividend yield as of December 31, 2016, to estimate the straight debt yield. The Company combined the results of the two valuation methods to determine the fair value of the liability component of the Convertible Notes. See Note 4, Long-Term Debt for a further description.

Inventories

Inventories are stated at the lower of cost (primarily on the first-in, first-out basis) and net realizable value.

Debt Issuance Costs

Debt issuance costs represent fees and expenses related to the borrowing of the Company’s long-term debt and are amortized over the term of the related debt using the effective interest method. Debt issuance costs, except for the Company’s revolving credit facility, are recorded as a reduction to debt (contra-liability) within the Company’s consolidated balance sheets. Total amortization expense related to debt issuance costs were $7.9 million, $8.5 million, and $6.8 million for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively. As of December 31, 2016 and 2015, the Company’s remaining unamortized debt issuance cost was $11.9 million and $19.8 million, respectively.

87

Long-Lived Assets

At December 31, 2016 and 2015, the Company’s net property, plant and equipment consisted of the following (in millions):

|  | December 31, |
|  | 2016 |  |  | 2015 |
Property, plant and equipment — at cost: |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |
Land and Building |  | $ | 51.0 |  |  | $ | 22.2 |
Furniture and fixtures |  |  | 25.9 |  |  |  | 25.0 |
Equipment |  |  | 719.8 |  |  |  | 652.4 |
Building and leasehold improvements |  |  | 185.7 |  |  |  | 177.0 |
|  |  | 982.4 |  |  |  | 876.6 |
Less: accumulated depreciation and amortization |  |  | (604.4 | ) |  |  | (537.4 | )
Net property, plant and equipment |  | $ | 378.0 |  |  | $ | 339.2 |

In December 2012, the Company purchased an approximate 800,000 square foot facility in Winston-Salem, North Carolina, for approximately $22.2 million. The Company allocated $18.8 million and $3.4 million between buildings and land respectively, based on their relative fair values. In April 2016, the Company purchased one of its office buildings in Torrance, California, which it had previously leased, for approximately $29.6 million. The Company allocated $16.9 million and $11.6 million, which was net of the deferred rent liability of $1.1 million, between buildings and land, respectively, based on their relative fair values. As of December 31, 2016 and 2015, these amounts have been reflected in property, plant and equipment on the Company’s accompanying consolidated balance sheets.

Depreciation of furniture, fixtures, and equipment (includes computer hardware and software) is computed on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of the related assets, which range from three to ten years. The Company capitalizes eligible costs to acquire or develop internal-use software that are incurred subsequent to the preliminary project stage. Computer hardware and software, the majority of which is comprised of capitalized internal-use software costs, was $145.7 million and $140.2 million as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively, net of accumulated depreciation. Leasehold improvements are amortized on a straight-line basis over the life of the related asset or the term of the lease, whichever is shorter. Buildings are depreciated over 40 years. Building improvements are generally depreciated over ten to fifteen years. Land is not depreciated. Depreciation and amortization expenses recorded to selling, general and administrative expenses totaled $80.7 million, $82.5 million, and $81.5 million, for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015, and 2014, respectively.

Long-lived assets are reviewed for impairment, based on undiscounted cash flows, whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of such assets may not be recoverable. Measurement of an impairment loss is based on the estimated fair value of the asset.

Goodwill and marketing related intangible assets with indefinite lives are evaluated on an annual basis for impairment or more frequently if events or changes in circumstances indicate that the asset might be impaired. For goodwill, the Company uses a discounted cash flow approach to estimate the fair value of a reporting unit. If the fair value of the reporting unit is less than the carrying value then the implied fair value of the goodwill must be determined. If the implied fair value of the goodwill is less than its carrying value then a goodwill impairment amount is recorded for the difference. For the marketing related intangible assets, the Company uses a discounted cash flow model under the relief-from-royalty method in order to determine the fair value. If the fair value is less than its carrying value then an impairment amount is recorded for the difference. During the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015, and 2014, there were no additions to goodwill or marketing related intangible assets or impairments of goodwill or marketing related intangible assets. At December 31, 2016 and 2015, the marketing related intangible asset balance was $310.0 million which consisted of the Company’s trademark, trade name, and marketing franchise. As of December 31, 2016 and 2015, the goodwill balance was $89.9 million and $91.8 million, respectively. The decreases in goodwill during the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015 were due to cumulative translation adjustments.

Other Assets

Other assets on the Company’s accompanying consolidated balance sheets include long-term deferred tax assets of $155.2 million and $7.8 million at December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively. As noted above in Note 2, Basis of Presentation, the Company adopted ASU 2015-17 and applied its provisions prospectively which resulted in the classification of all deferred tax assets as non-current on the Company’s consolidated balance sheet at December 31, 2016. The current portion of deferred tax assets at December 31, 2015 was not reclassified to non-current.

88

Income Taxes

Income tax expense includes income taxes payable for the current year and the change in deferred income tax assets and liabilities for the future tax consequences of events that have been recognized in the Company’s financial statements or income tax returns. A valuation allowance is recognized to reduce the carrying value of deferred income tax assets if it is believed to be more likely than not that a component of the deferred income tax assets will not be realized.

The Company accounts for uncertainty in income taxes in accordance with FASB authoritative guidance which clarifies the accounting and reporting for uncertainties in income taxes recognized in an enterprise’s financial statements. This guidance prescribes a comprehensive model for the financial statement recognition, measurement, presentation and disclosure of uncertain tax positions taken or expected to be taken in income tax returns. See Note 12, Income Taxes, for a further description on income taxes.

Royalty Overrides

Certain Members may earn commissions, called royalty overrides which include production bonuses, based on retail sales volume. Royalty overrides are based on the retail sales volume of certain other Members who are sponsored directly or indirectly by the Member. Royalty overrides are recorded when the products are delivered and revenue is recognized. The royalty overrides are compensation to Members for services rendered including the development, retention and the improved productivity of their sales organizations. As such royalty overrides are classified as an operating expense. Non-U.S. royalty override checks that have aged, for a variety of reasons, beyond a certainty of being paid, are taken back into income. Management has estimated this period of certainty to be three years worldwide.

Comprehensive Income

Comprehensive income consists of net income, foreign currency translation adjustments, the effective portion of the unrealized gains or losses on derivatives, and unrealized gains or losses on available-for-sale investments.

Components of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) consisted of the following (in millions):

|  | December 31, |
|  | 2016 |  |  | 2015 |  |  | 2014 |
Foreign currency translation adjustment, net of tax |  | $ | (215.5 | ) |  | $ | (183.0 | ) |  | $ | (96.4 | )
Unrealized gain on derivatives, net of tax |  |  | 10.4 |  |  |  | 17.4 |  |  |  | 18.0 |
Unrealized gain on available-for-sale investments, net of tax |  |  | — |  |  |  | 0.1 |  |  |  | 0.2 |
Total accumulated other comprehensive loss |  | $ | (205.1 | ) |  | $ | (165.5 | ) |  | $ | (78.2 | )

Operating Leases

The Company leases most of its physical properties under operating leases. Certain lease agreements generally include rent holidays and tenant improvement allowances. The Company recognizes rent holiday periods on a straight-line basis over the lease term beginning when the Company has the right to the leased space. The Company also records tenant improvement allowances and rent holidays as deferred rent liabilities and amortizes the deferred rent over the terms of the lease to rent expense.

Research and Development

The Company’s research and development is performed by in-house staff and outside consultants. For all periods presented, research and development costs were expensed as incurred and were not material.

Other Operating Income

To encourage local investment and operations, governments in various China provinces conduct grant programs. The Company applied for and received several such grants in China. Government grants are recorded into income when a legal right to the grant exists, there is a reasonable assurance that the grant proceeds will be received, and the substantive conditions under which the grants were provided have been met. During the year ended December 31, 2016, the Company recognized government grant income of approximately $34.2 million in other operating income within its consolidated statements of income, related to its regional headquarters and distribution centers within China. To conform with the current period presentation, for the year ended December 31, 2015, $6.5 million in government grant income in China has been reclassified from selling, general, and administrative expenses to other operating income within its consolidated statements of income. The Company did not recognize any such grant income in the year ended December 31, 2014. The Company intends to continue applying for government grants in China when programs are available; however, there is no assurance that the Company will receive grants in future periods.

89

On October 30, 2016, an arbitration tribunal awarded the Company approximately $29.7 million in connection with the re-audit of the Company’s 2010 to 2012 financial statements after the resignation of KPMG as the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm. This amount has been recognized in other op erating income within the Company’s consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2016.

Professional Fees

The Company expenses professional fees, including legal fees, as incurred. These professional fees are included in selling, general and administrative expenses in the Company’s consolidated statements of income.

Advertising

Advertising costs, including Company sponsorships, are expensed as incurred and amounted to approximately $64.8 million, $66.1 million, and $69.7 million for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015, and 2014, respectively. These expenses are included in selling, general and administrative expenses in the accompanying consolidated statements of income.

Earnings Per Share

Basic earnings per share represents net income for the period common shares were outstanding, divided by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding for the period. Diluted earnings per share represents net income divided by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding, inclusive of the effect of dilutive securities such as outstanding stock options, SARs and stock units.

The following are the common share amounts used to compute the basic and diluted earnings per share for each period (in millions):

|  | Year Ended December 31, |
|  | 2016 |  |  | 2015 |  |  | 2014 |
Weighted average shares used in basic computations |  |  | 83.0 |  |  |  | 82.6 |  |  |  | 86.3 |
Dilutive effect of exercise of equity grants outstanding |  |  | 3.1 |  |  |  | 2.7 |  |  |  | 4.5 |
Weighted average shares used in diluted computations |  |  | 86.1 |  |  |  | 85.3 |  |  |  | 90.8 |

There were an aggregate of 4.5 million, 5.4 million, and 2.7 million of equity grants, consisting of stock options, SARs, and stock units that were outstanding during the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015, and 2014, respectively, but were not included in the computation of diluted earnings per share because their effect would be anti-dilutive or the performance condition of the award had not been satisfied.

Since the Company will settle the principal amount of its Convertible Notes in cash and settle the conversion feature for the amount above the conversion price in common shares, or the conversion spread, the Company uses the treasury stock method for calculating any potential dilutive effect of the conversion spread on diluted earnings per share, if applicable. The conversion spread will have a dilutive impact on diluted earnings per share when the average market price of the Company’s common shares for a given period exceeds the initial conversion price of $86.28 per share. For the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015, and 2014, the Convertible Notes have been excluded from the computation of diluted earnings per share as the effect would be anti-dilutive since the conversion price of the Convertible Notes exceeded the average market price of the Company’s common shares for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015, and 2014. The initial conversion rate and conversion price is described further in Note 4, Long-Term Debt.

The Capped Call Transactions executed in connection with the issuance of the Convertible Notes are excluded from the calculation of diluted earnings per share because their impact is always anti-dilutive.

Revenue Recognition

The Company generally recognizes revenue upon delivery and when both the title and risk and rewards pass to the Member or importer, or as products are sold in China to and through independent service providers, sales representatives, and sales officers to customers and preferred customers, as well as through Company-operated retail stores when necessary. Product sales are recognized net of product returns and discounts referred to as “distributor allowances.” Net sales include product sales and shipping and handling revenues. Shipping and handling costs paid by the Company are included in cost of sales. The Company generally receives the net sales price in cash or through credit card payments at the point of sale. The Company currently presents sales taxes collected from customers on a net basis. Allowances for product returns, primarily in connection with the Company’s buyback program, are provided

90

at the time the sale is recorded. This accrual is based upon historical return rates for e ach country and the relevant return pattern, which reflects anticipated returns to be received over a period of up to 12 months following the original sale. Allowances for product returns were $3.9 million, $3.9 million, and $4.3 million as of December 31, 2016, 2015, and 2014, respectively. Product returns were $4.5 million, $5.0 million, and $7.3 million during the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015, and 2014, respectively.

Non-Cash Investing and Financing Activities

During the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, the Company recorded $12.7 million, $12.3 million, and $12.3 million, respectively, of non-cash capital expenditures. In addition, during the year ended December 31, 2015, the Company recorded $15.0 million of a non-cash release of deposits in escrow that were used to reduce the Company’s accrued expense liability.

During the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, the Company recorded $20.8 million and $17.3 million of non-cash borrowings that were used to finance software maintenance. Additionally, see Note 8, Shareholders’ (Deficit) Equity for information on the Company’s non-cash financing activities related to the prepaid forward share repurchases transaction.

Share-Based Payments

The Company accounts for share-based compensation in accordance with FASB authoritative guidance which requires the measurement of share-based compensation expense for all share-based payment awards made to employees. The Company measures share-based compensation cost at the grant date, based on the fair value of the award. The Company recognizes share-based compensation expense for service condition awards on a straight-line basis over the employee’s requisite service period. The Company recognizes share-based compensation expense for performance condition awards over the vesting term using the graded vesting method.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions. Such estimates and assumptions affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates. The Company evaluates its estimates and assumptions on an ongoing basis using historical experience and other factors, including the current economic environment, which the Company believes to be reasonable under the circumstances. The Company adjusts such estimates and assumptions when facts and circumstances dictate. Illiquid credit markets, volatile equity, and foreign currency have combined to increase the uncertainty inherent in such estimates and assumptions. As future events and their effects cannot be determined with precision, actual results could differ from these estimates. Changes in estimates resulting from continuing changes in the economic environment will be reflected in the financial statements in future periods.

Venezuela

The adverse operating environment in Venezuela continues to be challenging for the Company’s Venezuela business, with high inflation, pricing limitations, importation restrictions, and foreign exchange restrictions. Foreign exchange controls in Venezuela continue to limit Herbalife Venezuela’s ability to repatriate earnings and settle its intercompany shipment obligations at any official rate. As a result, this has continued to significantly limit Herbalife Venezuela’s ability to acquire its U.S. dollar denominated raw materials and finished good inventory. Despite these currency exchange restrictions, the Company continues to control Herbalife Venezuela and its operations. Therefore, the Company continues to consolidate Herbalife Venezuela in its consolidated financial statements.

Venezuela’s inflation rate as measured using the blended National Consumer Price Index and Consumer Price Index rate exceeded a three-year cumulative inflation rate of 100% as of December 31, 2009. Accordingly, effective January 1, 2010, Venezuela was considered a highly inflationary economy. Pursuant to the highly inflationary basis of accounting under U.S. GAAP, Herbalife Venezuela changed its functional currency from the Bolivar to the U.S. dollar and the Company no longer translates Herbalife Venezuela’s financial statements as its functional currency is the U.S. dollar.

91

During the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015, and 2014, the Company recognized foreign exchange losses and other related charges of $7.2 million, $42.8 million and $229.0 million within its consolidated statements of income related to its Venezuelan operations, respectively. Herbalife Venezuela’s net sales represented less than 1% for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015 and approximately 3% of the Company’s consolida ted net sales for the year ended December 31, 2014, and its total assets represented less than 1% of the Company’s consolidated total assets as of December 31, 2016 and 2015. As of December 31, 2016 and 2015, Herbalife Venezuela’s cash and cash equivalents primarily consisted of Bolivar-denominated cash of approximately $0.8 million and $7.7 million, respectively.

3. Inventories

The following are the major classes of inventory (in millions):

|  | December 31, |
|  | 2016 |  |  | 2015 |
Raw materials |  | $ | 49.3 |  |  | $ | 41.5 |
Work in process |  |  | 3.9 |  |  |  | 3.8 |
Finished goods |  |  | 318.1 |  |  |  | 286.7 |
Total |  | $ | 371.3 |  |  | $ | 332.0 |

4. Long-Term Debt

Long-term debt consists of the following (in millions):

|  | December 31, |
|  | 2016 |  |  | 2015 |
Senior secured credit facility, carrying value(1) |  | $ | 410.0 |  |  | $ | 639.5 |
Convertible senior notes, carrying value of liability component |  |  | 1,024.8 |  |  |  | 982.5 |
Other |  |  | 13.1 |  |  |  | — |
Total |  |  | 1,447.9 |  |  |  | 1,622.0 |
Less: current portion |  |  | 9.5 |  |  |  | 229.5 |
Long-term portion |  | $ | 1,438.4 |  |  | $ | 1,392.5 |

(1) | On February 15, 2017, the Company entered into a new credit facility and repaid the $410.0 million outstanding balance under its senior secured credit facility, as described in Note 15, Subsequent Events. In accordance with ASC Topic 470, Debt, the Company classified the $410.0 million outstanding balance on the senior secured credit facility, which was due in March 2017, as long-term debt as of December 31, 2016.

Senior Secured Credit Facility

On March 9, 2011, the Company entered into a $700.0 million senior secured revolving credit facility, or the Credit Facility, with a syndicate of financial institutions as lenders and terminated its prior senior secured credit facility, or the Prior Credit Facility.

In March 2011, the Company used $196.0 million in U.S. dollar borrowings under the Credit Facility to repay all amounts outstanding under the Prior Credit Facility. The Company incurred approximately $5.7 million of debt issuance costs in connection with the Credit Facility. These debt issuance costs were recorded on the Company’s consolidated balance sheets and are being amortized over the term of the Credit Facility.

On July 26, 2012, the Company amended the Credit Facility to include a $500.0 million term loan with a syndicate of financial institutions as lenders, or the Term Loan. The Term Loan was a part of the Credit Facility and was in addition to the Company’s current revolving credit facility.

In July 2012, the Company used all $500.0 million of the borrowings under the Term Loan to pay down amounts outstanding under the Company’s revolving credit facility. The Company incurred approximately $4.5 million of debt issuance costs in connection with the Term Loan. These debt issuance costs were recorded on the Company’s consolidated balance sheets and amortized over the life of the Term Loan. The Term Loan matured on March 9, 2016 and was repaid in full.

92

In February 2014, in connection with issuing the $1.15 billion Convertible Notes described below, the Company amended the Credit Facility. Pursuant to this amendment, the Company amended the terms of the Credit Facility to provide for technical amendments to the indebtedness, asset sale and dividend covenants and the cross-default even t of default to accommodate the issuance of the convertible senior notes described below and the capped call and prepaid forward share repurchase transactions described in greater detail in Note 8, Shareholders’ (Deficit) Equity. The amendment also increas ed by 0.50% the highest applicable margin payable by Herbalife in the event that Herbalife’s consolidated total leverage ratio is equal to or exceeds 2.50 to 1.00 and increased the permitted consolidated total leverage ratio of Herbalife under the Credit F acility. The Company incurred approximately $2.3 million of debt issuance costs in connection with the amendment. The debt issuance costs are recorded on the Company’s consolidated balance sheets and are being amortized over the life of the Credit Facility.

On May 4, 2015, the Company amended its Credit Facility to extend the maturity date of its revolving credit facility by one year to March 9, 2017. Pursuant to this amendment and upon execution, the Company made prepayments of approximately $20.3 million and $50.9 million on the Term Loan and revolving credit facility, respectively. Additionally, the Company’s $700 million borrowing capacity on its revolving credit facility was reduced by approximately $235.9 million upon execution of this amendment, and was further reduced by approximately $39.1 million on September 30, 2015. The total available borrowing capacity under the revolving credit facility was $425.0 million as of December 31, 2016. Prior to March 9, 2016, the interest rates on the Company’s borrowings under the Credit Facility remained effectively unchanged except that the minimum applicable margin was increased by 0.50% and LIBOR was subject to a minimum floor of 0.25%. After March 9, 2016, the applicable interest rates on the Company’s borrowings under the Credit Facility increased by 2.00% such that borrowings under the Credit Facility now bear interest at either LIBOR plus the applicable margin between 4.00% and 5.00% or the base rate plus the applicable margin between 3.00% and 4.00%, based on the Company’s consolidated leverage ratio. The Company incurred approximately $6.2 million of debt issuance costs in connection with the amendment. The debt issuance costs are recorded on the Company’s consolidated balance sheets and are being amortized over the life of the revolving credit facility.

The base rate under the Credit Facility represents the highest of the Federal Funds Rate plus 0.50%, the one-month LIBOR plus 1.00%, and the prime rate offered by Bank of America. The Company, based on its consolidated leverage ratio, pays a commitment fee between 0.40% and 0.50% per annum on the unused portion of the Credit Facility. The Credit Facility also permits the Company to borrow limited amounts in Mexican Peso and Euro currencies based on variable rates. All obligations under the Credit Facility are unconditionally guaranteed by certain of the Company’s subsidiaries and are secured by substantially all of the assets of the U.S. subsidiaries of the parent company, Herbalife Ltd. and by certain assets of certain foreign subsidiaries of Herbalife Ltd.

The Credit Facility requires the Company to comply with a leverage ratio and a coverage ratio. In addition, the Credit Facility contains customary covenants, including covenants that limit or restrict the Company’s ability to incur liens, incur indebtedness, make investments, dispose of assets, make certain restricted payments, pay dividends, repurchase its common shares, merge or consolidate and enter into certain transactions with affiliates. The Credit Facility restricts the Company’s ability to pay dividends or repurchase its common shares to a maximum of $233.0 million until maturity and for every one dollar of share repurchase or dividend paid, the revolving credit facility’s borrowing capacity is permanently decreased by two dollars. The Credit Facility also provides for the grant of security interest on certain additional assets of the Company and its subsidiaries. The Company is also required to maintain a minimum balance of $200.0 million of consolidated cash and cash equivalents. As of December 31, 2016 and 2015, the Company was compliant with its debt covenants under the Credit Facility.

On December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, the weighted-average interest rate for borrowings under the Credit Facility was 4.29% and 2.78%, respectively.

During 2016, the Company borrowed an aggregate amount of $200.0 million and paid a total amount of $429.7 million under the Credit Facility. During 2015, the Company did not make any borrowings and paid a total amount of $210.3 million under the Credit Facility. During 2014, the Company borrowed an aggregate amount of $50.0 million and paid a total amount of $131.3 million under the Credit Facility. As of December 31, 2016, the U.S. dollar amount outstanding under the revolving credit facility was $410.0 million. As of December 31, 2015, the U.S. dollar amount outstanding under the Credit Facility was $639.7 million, which consisted of $229.7 million outstanding on the Term Loan and $410.0 million outstanding on the revolving credit facility. There were no outstanding foreign currency borrowings as of December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015 under the Credit Facility.

The fair value of the outstanding borrowings on the Company’s revolving credit facility and Term Loan approximated their carrying values as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, due to their variable interest rates which reprice frequently and represent floating market rates. The fair value of the outstanding borrowings on the Company’s revolving credit facility and Term Loan are determined by utilizing Level 2 inputs as defined in Note 13, Fair Value Measurements, such as observable market interest rates and yield curves.

93

Convertible Senior Notes

During February 2014, the Company initially issued $1 billion aggregate principal amount of convertible senior notes, or Convertible Notes, in a private offering to qualified institutional buyers, pursuant to Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. The Company granted an option to the initial purchasers to purchase up to an additional $150 million aggregate principal amount of Convertible Notes which was subsequently exercised in full during February 2014, resulting in a total issuance of $1.15 billion aggregate principal amount of Convertible Notes. The Convertible Notes are senior unsecured obligations which rank effectively subordinated to any of our existing and future secured indebtedness, including amounts outstanding under the Credit Facility, to the extent of the value of the assets securing such indebtedness. The Convertible Notes pay interest at a rate of 2.00% per annum payable semiannually in arrears on February 15 and August 15 of each year, beginning on August 15, 2014. The Convertible Notes mature on August 15, 2019, unless earlier repurchased or converted. The Company may not redeem the Convertible Notes prior to their stated maturity date. Holders of the Convertible Notes may convert their notes at their option under the following circumstances: (i) during any calendar quarter commencing after the calendar quarter ending March 31, 2014, if the last reported sale price of the Company’s common shares for at least 20 trading days (whether or not consecutive) in a period of 30 consecutive trading days ending on, and including, the last trading day of the immediately preceding calendar quarter exceeds 130% of the conversion price for the Convertible Notes on each applicable trading day; (ii) during the five business-day period immediately after any five consecutive trading day period, or the measurement period, in which the trading price per $1,000 principal amount of Convertible Notes for each trading day of that measurement period was less than 98% of the product of the last reported sale price of the Company’s common shares and the conversion rate for the Convertible Notes for each such day; or (iii) upon the occurrence of specified corporate events. On and after May 15, 2019, holders may convert their Convertible Notes at any time, regardless of the foregoing circumstances. Upon conversion, the Convertible Notes will be settled in cash and, if applicable, the Company’s common shares, based on the applicable conversion rate at such time. The Convertible Notes had an initial conversion rate of 11.5908 common shares per $1,000 principal amount of the Convertible Notes (which is equal to an initial conversion price of approximately $86.28 per common share).

The Company incurred approximately $26.6 million of issuance costs during the first quarter of 2014 relating to the issuance of the Convertible Notes. Of the $26.6 million issuance costs incurred, $21.5 million and $5.1 million were recorded as debt issuance costs and as additional paid-in capital, respectively, in proportion to the allocation of the proceeds of the Convertible Notes. The $21.5 million of debt issuance costs recorded on the Company’s consolidated balance sheet is being amortized over the contractual term of the Convertible Notes using the effective interest method.

During February 2014, the $1.15 billion proceeds received from the issuance of the Convertible Notes were initially allocated between long-term debt, or liability component, and additional paid-in-capital, or equity component, within the Company’s consolidated balance sheet at $930.9 million and $219.1 million, respectively. The liability component was measured using the nonconvertible debt interest rate. The carrying amount of the equity component representing the conversion option was determined by deducting the fair value of the liability component from the face value of the Convertible Notes as a whole. Since the Company must still settle these Convertible Notes at face value at or prior to maturity, this liability component will be accreted up to its face value resulting in additional non-cash interest expense being recognized within the Company’s consolidated statements of income while the Convertible Notes remain outstanding. The effective interest rate on the Convertible Notes is approximately 6.2% per annum. The equity component is not remeasured as long as it continues to meet the conditions for equity classification.

As of December 31, 2016, the outstanding principal on the Convertible Notes was $1.15 billion, the unamortized debt discount and debt issuance costs was $125.2 million, and the carrying amount of the liability component was $1,024.8 million, which was recorded to long-term debt within the Company’s consolidated balance sheet as reflected in the table above within this Note. As of December 31, 2015, the outstanding principal on the Convertible Notes was $1.15 billion, the unamortized debt discount and debt issuance costs was $167.6 million, and the carrying amount of the liability component was $982.5 million, which was recorded to long-term debt within the Company’s consolidated balance sheet as reflected in the table above within this Note. As of December 31, 2016, the fair value of the liability component relating to the Convertible Notes was approximately $961.3 million. As of December 31, 2015, the fair value of the liability component relating to the Convertible Notes was approximately $795.9 million. At December 31, 2016 and 2015, the Company determined the fair value of the liability component of the Convertible Notes using two valuation methods. The Company reviewed market data that was available for publicly traded, senior, unsecured nonconvertible corporate bonds issued by companies with similar credit ratings. Assumptions used in the estimate represent what market participants would use in pricing the liability component, including market yields and credit standing to develop the straight debt yield estimate. The Company also used a lattice model, which included inputs such as stock price, the Convertible Note trading price, volatility and dividend yield to estimate the straight debt yield. The Company combined the results of the two valuation methods to determine the fair value of the liability component of the Convertible Notes. Most of these inputs are primarily considered Level 2 and Level 3 inputs. This valuation approach was similar to the approach the Company used to determine the initial fair value of the liability component of the Convertible Notes on the February 7, 2014 issuance date.

94

In conjunction with the issuance of the Convertible Notes, during February 2014, the Company paid approximately $685.8 million to enter into prepaid forward share repurchase transactions, or the Forward Transactions, with certain financial institutions, and paid approximately $123.8 million to enter into capped call transactions with respect to its common shares, or the Capped Call Transactions, with certain financial institutions. See Note 8, Shareholders’ (Deficit) Equity, for additional discussion on t he Forward Transactions and Capped Call Transactions entered into in conjunction with the issuance of these Convertible Notes.

During the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015, and 2014, the Company recognized $65.3 million, $61.7 million, and $55.1 million of interest expense relating to the Convertible Notes, respectively, which included $38.6 million, $35.7 million, and $30.8 million relating to non-cash interest expense relating to the debt discount, respectively, and $3.8 million, $3.2 million, $3.3 million relating to amortization of deferred financing costs, respectively. The Company’s total interest expense, including the Credit Facility, was $99.3 million, $100.5 million, and $91.7 million, for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015, and 2014, respectively, which was recognized within its consolidated statement of income.

As of December 31, 2016, annual scheduled principal payments of debt were: $419.5 million; $2.9 million; $1,150.4 million; and $0.3 million for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2018, 2019 and 2020, respectively.

Certain vendors and government agencies may require letters of credit or similar guaranteeing arrangements to be issued or executed. As of December 31, 2016, the Company had $36.7 million of issued but undrawn letters of credit or similar arrangements, which included the Mexico VAT related surety bonds described in Note 7, Contingencies.

5. Lease obligations

The Company has warehouse, office, furniture, fixtures and equipment leases, which expire at various dates through 2025. Under the lease agreements, the Company is also obligated to pay property taxes, insurance and maintenance costs.

Certain leases contain renewal options. Future minimum rental commitments for non-cancelable operating leases at December 31, 2016, were as follows (in millions):

|  | Operating |
2017 |  | $ | 48.1 |
2018 |  |  | 37.5 |
2019 |  |  | 25.2 |
2020 |  |  | 16.4 |
2021 |  |  | 7.2 |
Thereafter |  |  | 7.4 |
Total |  | $ | 141.8 |

The Company recognizes rental expense on a straight-line basis. Rental expense for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015, and 2014, was $53.4 million, $58.0 million, and $60.0 million, respectively.

There was no material property, plant and equipment under capital leases included in property, plant and equipment on the accompanying consolidated balance sheets at December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015.

6. Employee Compensation Plans

In the United States, the Company maintains a profit sharing plan pursuant to Sections 401(a) and (k) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code. The plan is available to substantially all employees who meet the length of service requirements. The Company’s contribution expense relating to this profit sharing plan was $4.8 million, $4.3 million, and $3.5 million during the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015, and 2014, respectively.

The Company has employees in international countries that are covered by various deferred compensation plans. These plans are administered based upon the legal requirements in the countries in which they are established. The Company’s compensation expenses relating to these plans were $5.8 million, $5.5 million, and $7.5 million for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015, and 2014, respectively.

95

The Company has non-qualified deferred compensation plans for select groups of management: the Herbalife Management Deferred Compensation Plan and the Herbalife Senio r Executive Deferred Compensation Plan. The matching contribution was 3.5% of a participant’s annual base salary in excess of the Qualified Plan annual compensation limit and the amount by which deferrals reduce 401(k) eligible pay below the IRS limit.

Each participant in either of the non-qualified deferred compensation plans discussed above has, at all times, a fully vested and non-forfeitable interest in each year’s contribution, including interest credited thereto, and in any Company matching contributions, if applicable. In connection with a participant’s election to defer an annual deferral amount, the participant may also elect to receive a short-term payout, equal to the annual deferral amount plus interest. Such amount is payable in five or more years from the first day of the year in which the annual deferral amount is actually deferred.

The total expense for the two non-qualified deferred compensation plans, excluding participant contributions, was $3.6 million, $0.1 million, and $1.7 million for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015, and 2014, respectively. The total long-term deferred compensation liability under the two deferred compensation plans was $50.0 million and $43.6 million at December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively.

The deferred compensation plans are unfunded and their benefits are paid from the general assets of the Company, except that the Company has contributed to a “rabbi trust” whose assets will be used to pay the benefits if the Company remains solvent, but can be reached by the Company’s creditors if the Company becomes insolvent. The value of the assets in the “rabbi trust” was $30.6 million and $29.3 million as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively.

7. Contingencies

The Company is from time to time engaged in routine litigation. The Company regularly reviews all pending litigation matters in which it is involved and establishes reserves deemed appropriate by management for these litigation matters when a probable loss estimate can be made.

Tax Matters

On May 7, 2010, the Company received an assessment from the Mexican Tax Administration Service in an amount equivalent to approximately $56 million, translated at the December 31, 2016 spot rate, for various items, the majority of which was VAT allegedly owed on certain of the Company’s products imported into Mexico during the years 2005 and 2006. This assessment is subject to interest and inflationary adjustments. On July 8, 2010, the Company initiated a formal administrative appeal process. On May 13, 2011, the Mexican Tax Administration Service issued a resolution on the Company’s administrative appeal. The resolution nullified the assessment. Since the Mexican Tax Administration Service can further review the tax audit findings and re-issue some or all of the original assessment, the Company commenced litigation in the Tax Court of Mexico in August 2011 to dispute the assertions made by the Mexican Tax Administration Service in the case. The Company received notification on February 6, 2015 that the Tax Court of Mexico nullified substantially all of the assessment. On March 18, 2015, the Mexican Tax Administration Service filed an appeal against the verdict with the Circuit Court. On August 27, 2015, the Circuit Court remanded the case back to the Tax Court of Mexico to reconsider a portion of the procedural decision that was adverse to the Mexican Tax Administration Service. The Company received notification on March 18, 2016 that the Tax Court of Mexico nullified a portion of the assessment and upheld a portion of the original assessment. On August 25, 2016, the Company filed a further appeal of this decision. Litigation of the appeal is ongoing. The Company believes that it has meritorious defenses if the assessment is reissued. The Company has not recognized a loss as the Company does not believe a loss is probable.

The Mexican Tax Administration Service commenced audits of the Company’s Mexican subsidiaries for the period from January to September 2007 and on May 10, 2013, the Company received an assessment of approximately $14.2 million, translated at the December 31, 2016 spot rate, related to that period. On July 11, 2013, the Company filed an administrative appeal disputing the assessment. On September 22, 2014, the Mexican Tax Administration Service denied the Company’s administrative appeal. The Company commenced litigation in the Tax Court of Mexico in November 2014 to dispute the assertions made by the Mexican Tax Administration Service in the case. The Company issued a surety bond in the amount of $15.8 million, translated at the December 31, 2016 spot rate, through an insurance company to guarantee payment of the tax assessment as required while the Company pursues an appeal of the assessment. Litigation in this case is currently ongoing. The Company has not recognized a loss as the Company does not believe a loss is probable.

96

The Mexican Customs Service has challenged the customs classification codes used by the Company for certain importations. A change in the customs classification codes would require the payment of additional VAT and other taxes for those importations. The Company believes that the customs classification codes used for the importation of these products were correct and has generally prevailed in such cases through an administra tive appeal. The Company expects to challenge any further assessments as they are received. Most of the products that were the subject of the dispute have since been reformulated to avoid potential additional assessments related to future importations of p roduct.

The Mexican Tax Administration Service has delayed processing VAT refunds for companies operating in Mexico and the Company believes that the process for its Mexico subsidiary to receive VAT refunds may be delayed. In March 2015, the Company commenced litigation in the Tax Court of Mexico to reclaim the VAT refund pertaining specifically to the July 2013 period. In July 2016, the Company withdrew its VAT refund claim as it has elected to apply this immaterial amount against certain future tax liabilities. As of December 31, 2016, the Company had $44.0 million of Mexico VAT related assets, of which $35.5 million was within non-current other assets and $8.5 million was within prepaid expenses and other current assets on its consolidated balance sheet. This amount relates to VAT payments made over various periods and the Company believes these amounts are recoverable by refund or they may be applied against certain future tax liabilities. The Company has not recognized any losses related to these VAT related assets as the Company does not believe a loss is probable.

On March 26, 2015, the Office of the President of Mexico issued a decree relating to the application of VAT to Nutritional Supplements. The Company continues to believe its application of the VAT law in Mexico is correct. At December 31, 2016, the Company has not recognized any losses as the Company, based on its current analysis and guidance from its advisors, does not believe a loss is probable. The Company continues to evaluate and monitor its situation as it develops, including whether it will make any changes to its operations in Mexico.

The Company has not recognized a loss with respect to any of these Mexican matters as the Company, based on its analysis and guidance from its advisors, does not believe a loss is probable. Further, the Company is currently unable to reasonably estimate a possible loss or range of loss that could result from an unfavorable outcome if an assessment was re-issued or any additional assessments were to be issued for these or other periods. The Company believes that it has meritorious defenses if the assessment is re-issued or would have meritorious defenses if any additional assessment is issued.

As previously disclosed, the Mexican Tax Administration Service has requested information related to the Company’s 2010 year. This information has been provided and the Tax Administration Service has now completed its income tax audit related to the 2010 year. The Tax Administration Service is now discussing its preliminary findings with the Company. It is possible that the Company could receive a final assessment from the Tax Administration Service after these discussions are completed. The Company believes that it has recognized an appropriate amount of income tax expense with respect to its Mexican operations during the 2010 year. The Company believes that it has meritorious defenses if a formal assessment is issued by the Tax Administration Service. The Company is currently unable to reasonably estimate the amount of loss that may result from an unfavorable outcome if a formal assessment is issued by the Tax Administration Service.

The Company received a tax assessment in September 2009 from the Federal Revenue Office of Brazil in an amount equivalent to approximately $2.2 million, translated at the December 31, 2016 spot rate, related to withholding/contributions based on payments to the Company’s Members during 2004. On December 28, 2010, the Company appealed this tax assessment to the Administrative Council of Tax Appeals (2nd level administrative appeal). The Company believes it has meritorious defenses and it has not recognized a loss as the Company does not believe a loss is probable. On March 6, 2014, the Company was notified of a similar audit of the 2011 year. In January 2016, the Company received a tax assessment for an amount equivalent to approximately $5.4 million, translated at the December 31, 2016 spot rate, related to contributions based on payments to the Company’s Members during 2011. The Company has not accrued a loss for the majority of the assessment because the Company does not believe a loss is probable. The Company filed a first level administrative appeal against most of the assessment on February 23, 2016. The Company is currently unable to reasonably estimate the amount of the loss that may result from an unfavorable outcome if additional assessments for other periods were to be issued.

The Company’s Brazilian subsidiary pays ICMS-ST taxes on its product purchases, similar to VAT. The Company believes it will be able to utilize or recover these ICMS-ST credits in the future. The Company had $16.0 million, translated at the December 31, 2016 spot rate, of Brazil ICMS-ST related assets within other assets on its consolidated balance sheet.

The Company is under examination in several Brazilian states related to ICMS and ICMS-ST taxation. Some of these examinations have resulted in assessments for underpaid tax that the Company has appealed. The State of Sao Paulo has audited the Company for the 2013 and 2014 tax years. During July 2016, for the State of Sao Paulo, the Company received an assessment in the aggregate amount of approximately $49.4 million, translated at the December 31, 2016 spot rate, relating to various ICMS issues for its 2013 tax year and it is possible the Company could receive a similar assessment for its 2014 tax year. In August 2016, the

97

Company filed a first level administrative appeal which was denied in February 2017. The Company plans to file further appeals. The Company has no t recognized a loss as the Company does not believe a loss is probable. The Company has also received assessments from other states in Brazil. During the fourth quarter of 2015, the Company filed appeals with state judicial courts against three of the asse ssments relating to other states in Brazil. The Company had issued surety bonds in the aggregate amount of $10.8 million, translated at the December 31, 2016 spot rate, through an insurance company to guarantee payment of the three tax assessments as requi red while the Company pursues the appeals. In addition, the Company has received several ICMS tax assessments in the aggregate amount of $9.4 million, translated at the December 31, 2016 spot rate, from several Brazilian states where surety bonds have not been issued. Litigation in all these cases is currently ongoing. The Company has not recognized a loss as the Company does not believe a loss is probable.

The Company has received various tax assessments in multiple states in India for multiple years from the Indian VAT authorities in an amount equivalent to approximately $5.1 million, translated at the December 31, 2016 spot rate. These assessments are for underpaid VAT. The Company is litigating these cases at the tax administrative level and the tax tribunal levels as it believes it has meritorious defenses. The Company has not recognized a loss as it does not believe a loss is probable.

The Korea Customs Service audited the importation activities of Herbalife Korea for the period January 2011 through May 2013. The total assessment for the audit period is $29.7 million translated at the December 31, 2016 spot rate. The Company has paid the assessment and has recognized these payments within other assets on its consolidated balance sheet. The Company lodged a first level administrative appeal, which was denied on October 21, 2016. On January 31, 2017, the Company filed a further appeal to the National Tax Tribunal of Korea. The Company disagrees with the assertions made in the assessments, as well as the calculation methodology used in the assessments. The Company has not recognized a loss as the Company does not believe a loss is probable.

During the course of 2016, the Company received various questions from the Greek Social Security Agency and on December 29, 2016, the Greek Social Security Agency issued an assessment of approximately $2.1 million translated at the December 31, 2016 spot rate, with respect to Social Security Contributions on Member earnings for the 2006 year. For Social Security issues, the Statute of Limitations is open for 2007 and later years in Greece. The Company could receive similar assessments covering other years. The Company disputes the allegations raised in the assessment and intends to timely appeal the assessment. The Company has not recognized a loss as it does not believe a loss is probable.

U.S. Federal Trade Commission Consent Order

As previously disclosed, the Company received from the U.S. Federal Trade Commission, or the FTC, a Civil Investigative Demand, or a CID, relating to the FTC’s confidential investigation of whether the Company has complied with federal law in the advertising, marketing, or sale of business opportunities. On July 15, 2016, the Company and the FTC entered into a proposed Stipulation to Entry of Order for Permanent Injunction and Monetary Judgment, or the Consent Order. The Consent Order was lodged with the U.S. District Court for the Central District of California on July 15, 2016 and became effective on July 25, 2016, or the Effective Date, upon final approval by the Court. The Consent Order resolved the FTC’s multi-year investigation of the Company.

Pursuant to the Consent Order, under which the Company neither admitted nor denied the FTC’s allegations (except as to the Court having jurisdiction over the matter), the Company agreed to make, through its wholly owned subsidiary Herbalife International of America, Inc., a $200 million payment to the FTC within seven days of entry of the Consent Order. The $200 million settlement amount is recognized in selling, general and administrative expenses within the Company’s consolidated statements of income for the year ended December 31, 2016 and was paid in July 2016. Additionally, pursuant to the Consent Order, the Company has agreed to implement certain new procedures and enhance certain existing procedures in the U.S., most of which the Company will have 10 months from the Effective Date to implement. Among other requirements, the Consent Order requires the Company to categorize all existing and future Members in the U.S. as either “preferred members” – who are simply consumers who only wish to purchase products for their own household use, or “distributors” – who are members who wish to resell some products or build a sales organization. Although not required until May 2017, in October 2016 we initiated the process of allowing existing Members in the U.S. to affirmatively elect to be classified as either preferred members or as independent distributors. The Company also agreed to compensate distributors on U.S. retail sales within their downline organization, which include purchases by preferred members, purchases by a distributor for his or her personal consumption within allowable limits and sales of product by a distributor to his or her customers. The Consent Order also imposes restrictions on distributors’ ability to open Nutrition Clubs in the United States. The Consent Order subjects the Company to certain audits by an independent compliance auditor for a period of seven years; imposes requirements on the Company regarding compliance certification and record creation and maintenance; and prohibits the Company, its affiliates and its distributors from making misrepresentations and misleading claims regarding, among other things, income and lavish lifestyles. The FTC and an independent compliance auditor will have the right to inspect Company records and request additional compliance reports for purposes of conducting audits pursuant to the Consent Order. In September 2016, the Company and the FTC mutually selected Affiliated Monitors, Inc. to serve as the independent compliance auditor. The Company intends to monitor the impact of the Consent Order regularly and, while the Company currently does not expect the settlement to have a long-term and materially adverse impact on its business and its Member base,

98

the Company’s business and its Member base, particularly in the United States, may be negatively impacted as the Company and the Member base adjust to the changes. If the Company is unable to comply with the Consent Order then this could result in a material and adverse impact to the Company’s results of operations and financial condition.

Other Matters

As a marketer of foods, dietary and nutritional supplements, and other products that are ingested by consumers or applied to their bodies, the Company has been and is currently subjected to various product liability claims. The effects of these claims to date have not been material to the Company. The Company currently maintains product liability insurance with an annual deductible of $15 million.

The SEC and the Department of Justice have requested from the Company documents and other information relating to the Company’s anti-corruption compliance in China and the Company is conducting its own review. The Company is cooperating with the government and cannot predict the eventual scope, duration, or outcome of the matter at this time.

Since late 2012, a short seller has made and continues to make allegations regarding the Company and its network marketing program. The Company believes these allegations are without merit and is vigorously defending itself against such claims, including proactively reaching out to governmental authorities about what the Company believes is manipulative activity with respect to its securities. Because of these allegations, the Company and others have received and may receive additional regulatory and governmental inquiries. For example, the Company has previously disclosed inquiries from the FTC, Securities and Exchange Commission and other governmental authorities. In the future, governmental authorities may determine to seek information from the Company and other persons relating to these same or other allegations. If the Company believes any governmental or regulatory inquiry or investigation is or becomes material it will be disclosed individually. Consistent with its policies, the Company has cooperated and will continue to fully cooperate with any governmental or regulatory inquiries or investigations.

These matters described in this Note may take several years to resolve. While the Company believes it has meritorious defenses, it cannot be sure of their ultimate resolution. Although the Company may reserve amounts for certain matters that the Company believes represent the most likely outcome of the resolution of these related disputes, if the Company is incorrect in its assessment, the Company may have to record additional expenses, when it becomes probable that an increased potential liability is warranted.

8. Shareholders’ (Deficit) Equity

The Company had 93.1 million, 92.7 million, and 92.2 million common shares outstanding at December 31, 2016, 2015, and 2014, respectively. In December 2004, the Company authorized 7.5 million preference shares at $0.002 par value. The 7.5 million authorized preference shares remained unissued as of December 31, 2016. Preference shares may be issued from time to time in one or more series, each of such series to have such voting powers (full or limited or without voting powers), designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights and qualifications, limitations or restrictions as determined by the Company’s board of directors.

Dividends

The declaration of future dividends is subject to the discretion of the Company’s board of directors and will depend upon various factors, including its earnings, financial condition, Herbalife Ltd.’s available distributable reserves under Cayman Islands law, restrictions imposed by the Credit Facility and the terms of any other indebtedness that may be outstanding, cash requirements, future prospects and other factors deemed relevant by its board of directors. The Credit Facility permits payments of dividends up to a specified cap as long as no default or event of default exists and the consolidated leverage ratio specified in the Credit Facility is not exceeded. See Note 4, Long-Term Debt, for further information on restrictions concerning the Company’s ability to declare dividends.

On April 28, 2014, the Company announced that its board of directors approved terminating its quarterly cash dividend and instead utilizing the cash to repurchase additional common shares. The aggregate amount of dividends paid and declared during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2014 was approximately $30.4 million. The Company did not pay or declare any dividends during the fiscal years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015.

During the year ended December 31, 2014, the Company received $3.4 million of dividends primarily relating to the Forward Transactions described below which was recorded directly to its (accumulated deficit) retained earnings. The Company did not receive any dividends during the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015.

99

Share Repurchases

On July 30, 2012, the Company announced that its board of directors authorized a new $1 billion share repurchase program that will expire on June 30, 2017. On February 3, 2014, the Company announced that its board of directors authorized an increase in the existing share repurchase authorization to an available balance of $1.5 billion. This share repurchase program allows the Company to repurchase its common shares, at such times and prices as determined by the Company’s management as market conditions warrant, and to the extent Herbalife Ltd.’s distributable reserves are available under Cayman Islands law. The Credit Facility permits the Company to repurchase its common shares up to a specified cap as long as no default or event of default exists and the consolidated leverage ratio specified in the Credit Facility is not exceeded. See Note 4, Long-Term Debt, for further information on restrictions concerning the Company’s ability to repurchase its common shares and Note 15, Subsequent Events, to the Consolidated Financial Statements for further information on the Company’s new senior secured credit facility and the Company’s new share repurchase program.

In conjunction with the issuance of the Convertible Notes during February 2014, the Company paid approximately $685.8 million to enter into prepaid forward share repurchase transactions, or the Forward Transactions, with certain financial institutions, or the Forward Counterparties, pursuant to which the Company purchased approximately 9.9 million common shares for settlement on or around the August 15, 2019 maturity date for the Convertible Notes, subject to the ability of each Forward Counterparty to elect to settle all or a portion of its Forward Transactions early. The Forward Transactions were generally expected to facilitate privately negotiated derivative transactions between the Forward Counterparties and holders of the Convertible Notes, including swaps, relating to the common shares by which holders of the Convertible Notes establish short positions relating to the common shares and otherwise hedge their investments in the Convertible Notes concurrently with, or shortly after, the pricing of the Convertible Notes. As a result of the Forward Transactions, the Company’s total shareholders’ (deficit) equity within its consolidated balance sheet was reduced by approximately $685.8 million during the first quarter of 2014, with amounts of $653.9 million and $31.9 million being allocated between (accumulated deficit) retained earnings and additional paid-in-capital, respectively, within total shareholders’ (deficit) equity. Also, upon executing the Forward Transactions, the Company recorded, at fair value, $35.8 million in non-cash issuance costs to other assets and a corresponding amount to additional paid-in-capital within its consolidated balance sheet. These non-cash issuance costs will be amortized to interest expense over the contractual term of the Forward Transactions. For the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, the Company recognized $6.5 million, $6.5 million and $5.8 million, respectively, of non-cash interest expense within its consolidated statement of income relating to amortization of these non-cash issuance costs.

On May 6, 2014, the Company entered into an agreement with Merrill Lynch International to repurchase $266.0 million of its common shares, or the Repurchase Agreement, which expired on June 30, 2014. Under the terms of the Repurchase Agreement, the Company paid $266.0 million on May 7, 2014, and received an aggregate 4.3 million of its common shares under the Repurchase Agreement during May and June 2014. The total number of common shares repurchased under the Repurchase Agreement was determined generally upon a discounted volume-weighted average share price of the Company’s common shares over the course of the Repurchase Agreement.

The Company did not repurchase any of its common shares in the open market during the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015. During the year ended December 31, 2014, the Company repurchased 19.7 million of its common shares through open market purchases, the Repurchase Agreement, and the Forward Transactions at an aggregate cost of approximately $1,267.1 million, or an average cost of $64.25 per share. The approximate 9.9 million common shares effectively repurchased through the Forward Transactions are treated as retired shares for basic and diluted EPS purposes although they remain legally outstanding. During the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015, and 2014, the Company also withheld shares on its vested RSUs and exercised SARs relating to its share-based compensation plans, which are treated as share repurchases in the Company’s consolidated financial statements as discussed further below. As of December 31, 2016, the remaining authorized capacity under the Company’s share repurchase program was $232.9 million inclusive of reductions for the Forward Transactions.

The Company reflects the aggregate purchase price of its common shares repurchased as a reduction to (increase in) shareholders’ (deficit) equity. The Company allocated the purchase price of the repurchased shares to (accumulated deficit) retained earnings, common shares and additional paid-in-capital.

The number of shares issued upon vesting or exercise for certain restricted stock units and SARs granted pursuant to the Company’s share-based compensation plans is net of the minimum statutory withholding requirements that the Company pays on behalf of its employees. Although shares withheld are not issued, they are treated as common share repurchases in the Company’s consolidated financial statements, as they reduce the number of shares that would have been issued upon vesting. These shares do not count against the authorized capacity under the Company’s share repurchase program described above.

100

Capped Call Transactions

In connection with the issuance of Convertible Notes, the Company paid approximately $123.8 million to enter into capped call transactions with respect to its common shares, or the Capped Call Transactions, with certain financial institutions. The Capped Call Transactions are expected generally to reduce the potential dilution upon conversion of the Convertible Notes in the event that the market price of the common shares is greater than the strike price of the Capped Call Transactions, initially set at $86.28 per common share, with such reduction of potential dilution subject to a cap based on the cap price initially set at $120.79 per common share. The strike price and cap price are subject to certain adjustments under the terms of the Capped Call Transactions. Therefore, as a result of executing the Capped Call Transactions, the Company in effect will only be exposed to potential net dilution once the market price of its common shares exceeds the adjusted cap price. As a result of the Capped Call Transactions, the Company’s additional paid-in capital within shareholders’ (deficit) equity on its consolidated balance sheet was reduced by $123.8 million during the first quarter of 2014.

Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)

The following table summarizes changes in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) during the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014:

|  | Changes in Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss) by Component |
|  | Foreign Currency Translation Adjustments |  |  | Unrealized Gain (Loss) on Derivatives |  |  | Unrealized Gain (Loss) on Available-For- Sale Investments |  |  | Total |
| (In millions) |
Balance at December 31, 2013 |  | $ | (25.6 | ) |  | $ | 5.7 |  |  | $ | 0.1 |  |  | $ | (19.8 | )
Other comprehensive income (loss) before reclassifications, net of tax |  |  | (70.8 | ) |  |  | 16.3 |  |  |  | 8.6 |  |  |  | (45.9 | )
Amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) to income, net of tax(1) |  |  | — |  |  |  | (4.0 | ) |  |  | (8.5 | ) |  |  | (12.5 | )
Total other comprehensive income (loss), net of reclassifications |  |  | (70.8 | ) |  |  | 12.3 |  |  |  | 0.1 |  |  |  | (58.4 | )
Balance at December 31, 2014 |  | $ | (96.4 | ) |  | $ | 18.0 |  |  | $ | 0.2 |  |  | $ | (78.2 | )
Other comprehensive income (loss) before reclassifications, net of tax |  |  | (86.6 | ) |  |  | 15.4 |  |  |  | (1.7 | ) |  |  | (72.9 | )
Amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) to income, net of tax(1) |  |  | — |  |  |  | (16.0 | ) |  |  | 1.6 |  |  |  | (14.4 | )
Total other comprehensive income (loss), net of reclassifications |  |  | (86.6 | ) |  |  | (0.6 | ) |  |  | (0.1 | ) |  |  | (87.3 | )
Balance at December 31, 2015 |  | $ | (183.0 | ) |  | $ | 17.4 |  |  | $ | 0.1 |  |  | $ | (165.5 | )
Other comprehensive income (loss) before reclassifications, net of tax |  |  | (32.5 | ) |  |  | 8.4 |  |  |  | — |  |  |  | (24.1 | )
Amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) to income, net of tax(1) |  |  | — |  |  |  | (15.4 | ) |  |  | (0.1 | ) |  |  | (15.5 | )
Total other comprehensive income (loss), net of reclassifications |  |  | (32.5 | ) |  |  | (7.0 | ) |  |  | (0.1 | ) |  |  | (39.6 | )
Balance at December 31, 2016 |  | $ | (215.5 | ) |  | $ | 10.4 |  |  | $ | — |  |  | $ | (205.1 | )

(1) | See Note 2, Basis of Presentation, and Note 11, Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities, for information regarding the location in the consolidated statements of income of gains (losses) reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) into income during the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015, and 2014.

Other comprehensive income (loss) before reclassifications was net of tax expense of $5.2 million and tax benefits of $0.3 million for foreign currency translation adjustments and unrealized gain (loss) on derivatives, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2016. Amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) to income was net of tax expense of $0.1 million for unrealized gain (loss) on available-for-sale investments for the year ended December 31, 2016.

Other comprehensive income (loss) before reclassifications was net of tax benefits of $7.2 million, $0.6 million, and $0.9 million for foreign currency translation adjustments, unrealized gain (loss) on derivatives, and unrealized gain (loss) on available-for-sale investments, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2015. Amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive

101

income (loss) to income was net of tax expense of $0.8 million for unrealized gain (loss) on available-for-sale investments for the year ended December 31, 2015.

Other comprehensive income (loss) before reclassifications was net of tax benefits of $7.3 million, tax expense of $0.6 million, and tax expense of $4.6 million for foreign currency translation adjustments, unrealized gain (loss) on derivatives, and unrealized gain (loss) on available-for-sale investments, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2014. Amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) to income was net of tax benefits of $4.5 million for unrealized gain (loss) on available-for-sale investments for the year ended December 31, 2014.

9. Share-Based Compensation

The Company has four share-based compensation plans: the Amended and Restated Herbalife Ltd. 2005 Stock Incentive Plan, or the 2005 Stock Incentive Plan, the Amended and Restated Herbalife Ltd. 2014 Stock Incentive Plan, or the 2014 Stock Incentive Plan, the Amended and Restated Herbalife Ltd. Independent Directors Deferred Compensation and Stock Unit Plan, or the Independent Director Stock Unit Plan, and the Amended and Restated Non-Management Directors Compensation Plan, or the Non-Management Directors Plan. The 2014 Stock Incentive Plan replaced the 2005 Stock Incentive Plan and after the adoption thereof, no additional awards were made under the 2005 Stock Incentive Plan. The terms of the 2014 Stock Incentive Plan are substantially similar to the terms of the 2005 Stock Incentive Plan. The 2014 Stock Incentive Plan authorizes the issuance of 8,700,000 common shares pursuant to awards granted under the plan, plus any shares that remained available for issuance under the 2005 Stock Incentive Plan as of April 29, 2014. The purpose of the Independent Directors Stock Unit Plan and the Non-Management Directors Plan is to facilitate equity ownership in the Company by its directors through equity awards. At December 31, 2016, an aggregate of approximately 5.5 million common shares remain available for future issuance under the 2014 Stock Incentive Plan.

The Company’s share-based compensation plans provide for grants of stock options, stock appreciation rights, or SARs, and stock units, which are collectively referred to herein as awards. Previously, stock options generally vested quarterly over a five-year period or less, beginning on the grant date. Certain SARs vest quarterly over a five-year period beginning on the grant date. Other SARs vest annually over a three-year period. The contractual term of service condition stock options and SARs is generally ten years. Stock unit awards under the 2014 Stock Incentive Plan, or Incentive Plan Stock Units, vest annually over a three year period. Stock units awarded to directors generally vest over a one year period.

Awards can be subject to the following: market and service conditions, or market condition awards; performance and service conditions, or performance condition awards; market, service and performance conditions, or market and performance condition awards; or be subject only to continued service with the Company, or service condition awards. All awards granted by the Company are market condition awards, performance condition awards, market and performance condition awards, or service condition awards. Unless otherwise determined at the time of grant, the value of each stock unit shall be equal to one common share of Herbalife. The Company’s stock compensation awards outstanding as of December 31, 2016 include SARs and stock units.

In August 2011, the Company granted SARs with market and performance conditions to its Chairman and Chief Executive Officer. These awards were to vest on December 31, 2014, subject to his continued employment through that date, the Company’s stock price appreciating and exceeding a targeted price, and the Company’s achievement of certain Volume Point performance targets. The fair value of these SARs was determined on the date of the grant using the Monte Carlo lattice model. At the end of December 31, 2014, the Chairman and Chief Executive Office remained an employee of the Company and the Company met the specified Volume Point performance targets. As the requisite service and performance conditions were met, the impact of the share-based compensation expense recorded in connection with these SARs remained in the Company’s consolidated financial statements. However, as the price of the Company’s common shares did not exceed the target price, the applicable SARs did not vest and are no longer considered outstanding.

During the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, the Company granted SARs with performance conditions to certain employees. These awards vest 20% in the first succeeding year, 20% in the second succeeding year, and 60% in the third succeeding year, subject to achievement of certain sales leader retention metrics. The fair value of these SARs was determined on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes-Merton option pricing model. The compensation expense for these grants is recognized over the vesting term using the graded vesting method.

During the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015, and 2014, the Company granted SARs with service conditions to certain employees. The fair value of these SARs was determined on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes-Merton option pricing model. The compensation expense for these grants is recognized over the vesting term using the straight line method.

Stock-based compensation expense is included in selling, general and administrative expenses in the consolidated statements of income. For the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015, and 2014, share-based compensation expense relating to service condition

102

awards amounted to $23.9 million, $26.8 million, and $27.9 million, respectively. For the years ended Decem ber 31, 2016 and 2015, share-based compensation expense relating to market condition awards amounted to $0.4 million and $0.3 million, respectively. No share-based compensation expense relating to market condition awards was recognized in the year ended De cember 31, 2014. For the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014, share-based compensation expense relating to performance condition awards amounted to $15.9 million, $17.8 million, and $13.3 million, respectively. No share-based compensation expense related to market and performance condition awards was recognized in the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015. For the year ended December 31, 2014, share-based compensation expense relating to market and performance condition awards amounted to $4.5 mil lion. For the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015, and 2014, the related income tax benefits recognized in earnings for all awards amounted to $14.8 million, $16.6 million, and $16.6 million, respectively.

As of December 31, 2016, the total unrecognized compensation cost related to non-vested service condition stock awards was $31.0 million and the related weighted-average period over which it is expected to be recognized is approximately 1.8 years. As of December 31, 2016, the total unrecognized compensation cost related to non-vested performance condition awards was $17.1 million and the related weighted-average period over which it is expected to be recognized is approximately 1.6 years. As of December 31, 2016, the total unrecognized compensation cost related to non-vested market condition stock awards was $0.5 million and the related weighted-average period over which it is expected to be recognized is approximately 1.2 years.

Stock units are valued at the market value on the date of grant. The fair value of service condition SARs and performance condition SARs are estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes-Merton option-pricing model. The fair value of SARs with market conditions or with market and performance conditions are estimated on the date of grant using the Monte Carlo lattice model. The Company calculates the expected term of its SARs based on historical data. All groups of employees have been determined to have similar historical exercise patterns for valuation purposes. The expected volatility of the SARs are based upon the historical volatility of the Company’s common shares and it is also validated against the volatility rates of a peer group of companies. The risk free interest rate is based on the implied yield on a U.S. Treasury zero-coupon issue with a remaining term equal to the expected term of the SARs. The expected dividend yield assumption is based on the Company’s historical and expected amount of dividend payouts.

There were no stock options granted during the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015, and 2014. There were no SARs granted to independent directors during the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014. The following table summarizes the weighted average assumptions used in the calculation of the fair value for service condition awards for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015, and 2014:

|  | SARs |  |
|  | Year Ended December 31, |  |
|  | 2016 |  |  | 2015 |  |  | 2014 |  |
Expected volatility |  |  | 49.6 | % |  |  | 48.7 | % |  |  | 51.5 | % |
Dividends yield |  |  | 0.1 | % |  |  | 1.6 | % |  |  | 1.3 | % |
Expected term |  | 6.0 years |  |  | 5.8 years |  |  | 5.6 years |  |
Risk-free interest rate |  |  | 1.2 | % |  |  | 1.6 | % |  |  | 1.7 | % |

The following table summarizes the weighted average assumptions used in the calculation of the fair value for performance condition awards granted during the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014:

|  | SARs |
|  | Year Ended December 31, |
|  | 2016 |  |  | 2015 |  |  | 2014 |
Expected volatility |  |  | 49.6 | % |  |  | 48.8 | % |  |  | 52.0 | %
Dividends yield |  |  | 0.0 | % |  |  | 1.6 | % |  |  | 1.3 | %
Expected term |  | 6.0 years |  |  | 5.8 years |  |  | 5.6 years |
Risk-free interest rate |  |  | 1.2 | % |  |  | 1.6 | % |  |  | 1.7 | %

103

The following tables summarize the activity under all share-based compensation plans, which includes all stock awards, for the year ended December 31, 2016:

Stock Options & SARs |  | Awards |  |  | Weighted Average Exercise Price |  |  | Weighted Average Remaining Contractual Term |  | Aggregate Intrinsic Value(1) |
|  | (In thousands) |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  | (In millions) |
Outstanding at December 31, 2015(2) (3) |  |  | 12,076 |  |  | $ | 38.70 |  |  | 6.6 years |  | $ | 216.4 |
Granted |  |  | 1,400 |  |  | $ | 62.21 |  |  |  |  |  |  |
Exercised |  |  | (1,126 | ) |  | $ | 33.63 |  |  |  |  |  |  |
Forfeited |  |  | (352 | ) |  | $ | 52.29 |  |  |  |  |  |  |
Outstanding at December 31, 2016(2) (3) |  |  | 11,998 |  |  | $ | 41.52 |  |  | 6.0 years |  | $ | 148.7 |
Exercisable at December 31, 2016(4) |  |  | 7,136 |  |  | $ | 38.80 |  |  | 4.5 years |  | $ | 106.8 |

(1) | The intrinsic value is the amount by which the current market value of the underlying stock exceeds the exercise price of the stock award.

(2) | Includes 0.1 million and 0.1 million market condition SARS as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively.

(3) | Includes 2.9 million and 2.5 million performance condition SARs as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively.

(4) | Includes 0.9 million performance condition SARs.

The weighted-average grant date fair value of service condition SARs granted during the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015, and 2014 was $29.33, $12.57, and $25.24, respectively. The weighted-average grant date fair value of SARs with performance conditions granted during the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014 was $29.69, $13.65, and $25.98, respectively. The weighted-average grant date fair value of SARs with market conditions granted during the year ended December 31, 2015 was $9.87. The total intrinsic value of service condition stock options and SARs exercised during the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015, and 2014 was $32.3 million, $25.5 million, and $63.6 million, respectively. The total intrinsic value of performance condition SARs exercised during the year ended December 31, 2016 was $0.7 million. The total intrinsic value of market condition SARS exercised during the year ended December 31, 2015 was $11.4 million. There were no market condition SARS exercised during the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2014.

The following table summarizes the activities for stock units, primarily relating to directors of the Company, for the year ended December 31, 2016:

Incentive Plan and Independent Directors Stock Units |  | Shares |  |  | Weighted Average Grant Date Fair Value |
|  | (In thousands) |  |  |  |  |
Outstanding and nonvested at December 31, 2015 |  |  | 34 |  |  | $ | 51.08 |
Granted |  |  | 27 |  |  | $ | 62.30 |
Vested |  |  | (35 | ) |  | $ | 51.37 |
Forfeited |  | — |  |  |  |  |
Outstanding and nonvested at December 31, 2016 |  |  | 26 |  |  | $ | 62.35 |

The total vesting date fair value of stock units which vested during the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015, and 2014 was $2.1 million, $1.3 million, and $9.0 million, respectively.

Employee Stock Purchase Plan

During 2007, the Company adopted a qualified employee stock purchase plan, or ESPP, which was implemented during the first quarter of 2008. In connection with the adoption of the ESPP, the Company has reserved for issuance a total of 2 million common shares. At December 31, 2016, approximately 1.7 million common shares remain available for future issuance. Under the terms of the ESPP, rights to purchase common shares may be granted to eligible qualified employees subject to certain restrictions. The ESPP enables the Company’s eligible employees, through payroll withholdings, to purchase a limited number of common shares at 85% of the fair market value of a common share at the purchase date. Purchases are made on a quarterly basis.

104

10. Segment Information

The Company is a nutrition company that sells a wide range of weight management, targeted nutrition, energy, sports & fitness, and outer nutrition products. The Company’s products are manufactured by third party providers and by the Company in its Changsha, Hunan, China extraction facility, Suzhou, China facility, Nanjiing, China Facility, Lake Forest, California facility, and Winston-Salem, North Carolina facility, and then are sold to Members who consume and sell Herbalife products to retail consumers or other Members. Revenues reflect sales of products by the Company to its Members and are categorized based on geographic location.

As of December 31, 2016, the Company sold products in 94 countries throughout the world and was organized and managed by six geographic regions: North America, Mexico, South & Central America, EMEA (Europe, Middle East, and Africa), Asia Pacific and China. The Company defines its operating segments as those geographical operations. The Company aggregates its operating segments, excluding China, into a reporting segment, or the Primary Reporting Segment, as management believes that the Company’s operating segments have similar operating characteristics and similar long term operating performance. In making this determination, management believes that the operating segments are similar in the nature of the products sold, the product acquisition process, the types of customers to whom products are sold, the methods used to distribute the products, the nature of the regulatory environment, and their economic characteristics. China has been identified as a separate reporting segment as it does not meet the criteria for aggregation. The Company reviews its net sales and contribution margin by operating segment, and reviews its assets and capital expenditures on a consolidated basis and not by operating segment. Therefore, net sales and contribution margin are presented by reportable segment and assets and capital expenditures by segment are not presented. The operating information for the two reportable segments, and sales by product line are as follows:

|  | Year Ended December 31, |
|  | 2016 |  |  | 2015 |  |  | 2014 |
|  | (In millions) |
Net Sales: |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |
Primary Reporting Segment |  | $ | 3,619.6 |  |  | $ | 3,622.8 |  |  | $ | 4,294.3 |
China |  |  | 868.8 |  |  |  | 846.2 |  |  |  | 664.3 |
Total Net Sales |  | $ | 4,488.4 |  |  | $ | 4,469.0 |  |  | $ | 4,958.6 |
Contribution Margin(1): |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |
Primary Reporting Segment |  | $ | 1,571.9 |  |  | $ | 1,598.8 |  |  | $ | 1,908.0 |
China(2) |  |  | 789.3 |  |  |  | 762.8 |  |  |  | 596.6 |
Total Contribution Margin |  | $ | 2,361.2 |  |  | $ | 2,361.6 |  |  | $ | 2,504.6 |
Selling, general and administrative expense (2) |  |  | 1,966.9 |  |  |  | 1,784.5 |  |  |  | 1,991.1 |
Other operating income |  |  | (63.8 | ) |  |  | (6.5 | ) |  |  | — |
Interest expense |  |  | 99.3 |  |  |  | 100.5 |  |  |  | 91.7 |
Interest income |  |  | 5.9 |  |  |  | 5.6 |  |  |  | 12.5 |
Other expense, net |  |  | — |  |  |  | 2.3 |  |  |  | 13.0 |
Income before income taxes |  |  | 364.7 |  |  |  | 486.4 |  |  |  | 421.3 |
Income taxes |  |  | 104.7 |  |  |  | 147.3 |  |  |  | 112.6 |
Net Income |  | $ | 260.0 |  |  | $ | 339.1 |  |  | $ | 308.7 |

105

|  | Year Ended December 31, |
|  | 2016 |  |  | 2015 |  |  | 2014 |
|  | (In millions) |
Net sales by product line: |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |
Weight Management |  | $ | 2,864.5 |  |  | $ | 2,862.8 |  |  | $ | 3,177.0 |
Targeted Nutrition |  |  | 1,062.8 |  |  |  | 1,015.4 |  |  |  | 1,108.5 |
Energy, Sports & Fitness |  |  | 268.4 |  |  |  | 250.9 |  |  |  | 260.6 |
Outer Nutrition |  |  | 110.4 |  |  |  | 133.0 |  |  |  | 178.9 |
Literature, Promotional and Other(3) |  |  | 182.3 |  |  |  | 206.9 |  |  |  | 233.6 |
Total Net Sales |  | $ | 4,488.4 |  |  | $ | 4,469.0 |  |  | $ | 4,958.6 |
Net sales by geographic area: |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |
United States |  | $ | 935.0 |  |  | $ | 860.0 |  |  | $ | 905.1 |
Mexico |  |  | 446.6 |  |  |  | 479.9 |  |  |  | 567.9 |
China |  |  | 868.8 |  |  |  | 846.2 |  |  |  | 664.3 |
Others |  |  | 2,238.0 |  |  |  | 2,282.9 |  |  |  | 2,821.3 |
Total Net Sales |  | $ | 4,488.4 |  |  | $ | 4,469.0 |  |  | $ | 4,958.6 |

(1) | Contribution margin consists of net sales less cost of sales and royalty overrides. For the China segment, contribution margin does not include service fees to China independent service providers.

(2) | Service fees to China independent service providers totaling $407.1 million, $403.5 million, and $312.7 million for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015, and 2014, respectively, are included in selling, general and administrative expenses.

(3) | Product buybacks and returns in all product categories are included in the literature, promotional and other category.

As of December 31, 2016 and 2015, goodwill allocated to the Company’s reporting units included in the Company’s Primary Reporting Segment was $86.8 million and $88.5 million, respectively. Goodwill allocated to the China segment was $3.1 million and $3.3 million as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively.

The following table sets forth property, plant and equipment and deferred tax assets by geographic area:

|  | December 31, |
|  | 2016 |  |  | 2015 |  |  | 2014 |
|  | (In millions) |
Property, Plant and Equipment, net: |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |
United States |  | $ | 290.7 |  |  | $ | 264.2 |  |  | $ | 289.8 |
Foreign |  |  | 87.3 |  |  |  | 75.0 |  |  |  | 76.9 |
Total Property, Plant and Equipment, net |  | $ | 378.0 |  |  | $ | 339.2 |  |  | $ | 366.7 |
Deferred Tax Assets: |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |
United States |  | $ | 218.7 |  |  | $ | 188.5 |  |  | $ | 154.3 |
Foreign |  |  | 62.5 |  |  |  | 63.9 |  |  |  | 63.6 |
Total Deferred Tax Assets |  | $ | 281.2 |  |  | $ | 252.4 |  |  | $ | 217.9 |

The majority of the Company’s foreign subsidiaries designate their local currencies as their functional currency. As of December 31, 2016 and 2015, the total amount of cash held by foreign subsidiaries reported in the Company’s consolidated balance sheets was $316.2 million and $310.5 million, respectively, of which $28.2 million and $19.1 million, respectively, was maintained or invested in U.S. dollars. At December 31, 2016 and 2015, the total amount of cash and cash equivalents held by the Company’s parent and its U.S. entities, inclusive of U.S. territories, was $527.8 million and $579.3 million, respectively.

11. Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities

Foreign Currency Instruments

The Company designates certain foreign currency derivatives, primarily comprised of foreign currency forward contracts, as freestanding derivatives for which hedge accounting does not apply. The changes in the fair market value of these freestanding derivatives are included in selling, general and administrative expenses in the Company’s consolidated statements of income. The

106

Company uses freestanding foreign currency derivatives to hedge foreign-currency-denominated intercompany transactions and to partial ly mitigate the impact of foreign currency fluctuations. The fair value of the freestanding foreign currency derivatives is based on third-party quotes. The Company’s foreign currency derivative contracts are generally executed on a monthly basis.

The Company designates as cash-flow hedges those foreign currency forward contracts it enters into to hedge forecasted inventory purchases and intercompany management fees that are subject to foreign currency exposures. Forward contracts are used to hedge forecasted inventory purchases over specific months. Changes in the fair value of these forward contracts, excluding forward points, designated as cash-flow hedges are recorded as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) within shareholders’ (deficit) equity, and are recognized in cost of sales in the consolidated statement of income during the period which approximates the time the hedged inventory is sold. The Company also hedges forecasted intercompany management fees over specific months. These contracts allow the Company to sell Euros in exchange for U.S. dollars at specified contract rates. Changes in the fair value of these forward contracts designated as cash flow hedges are recorded as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) within shareholders’ (deficit) equity, and are recognized in selling, general and administrative expenses in the consolidated statement of income during the period when the hedged item and underlying transaction affect earnings.

As of December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, the aggregate notional amounts of all foreign currency contracts outstanding designated as cash flow hedges were approximately $90.0 million and $112.8 million, respectively. At December 31, 2016, these outstanding contracts had maturity dates of less than fifteen months. The Company’s derivative financial instruments are recorded on the consolidated balance sheets at fair value based on third-party quotes. As of December 31, 2016, the Company recorded assets at fair value of $4.6 million relating to all outstanding foreign currency contracts designated as cash-flow hedges. As of December 31, 2015, the Company recorded assets at fair value of $4.2 million and liabilities at fair value of $0.5 million relating to all outstanding foreign currency contracts designated as cash-flow hedges. The Company assesses hedge effectiveness and measures hedge ineffectiveness at least quarterly. During the years ended December 31, 2016, and 2015, the ineffective portion relating to these hedges was immaterial and the hedges remained effective as of December 31, 2016, and December 31, 2015.

As of December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, the majority of the Company’s outstanding foreign currency forward contracts had maturity dates of less than twelve months with the majority of freestanding derivatives expiring within one month and two months as of December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, respectively.

107

The table below describes all foreign currency forward contracts that were outstanding as of December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015:

Foreign Currency |  | Average Contract Rate |  |  | Original Notional Amount |  |  | Fair Value Gain (Loss) |
|  |  |  |  |  | (In millions) |  |  | (In millions) |
At December 31, 2016 |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |
Buy Chinese yuan sell Euro |  |  | 7.51 |  |  | $ | 61.8 |  |  | $ | 1.0 |
Buy Colombian peso sell U.S. dollar |  |  | 3,111.41 |  |  |  | 2.6 |  |  |  | 0.1 |
Buy Euro sell Australian dollar |  |  | 1.46 |  |  |  | 1.7 |  |  |  | — |
Buy Euro sell Chilean peso |  |  | 723.80 |  |  |  | 1.0 |  |  |  | — |
Buy Euro sell Hong Kong dollar |  |  | 8.11 |  |  |  | 13.4 |  |  |  | 0.1 |
Buy Euro sell Indonesian rupiah |  |  | 14,394.40 |  |  |  | 9.4 |  |  |  | (0.1 | )
Buy Euro sell Japanese yen |  |  | 122.54 |  |  |  | 0.6 |  |  |  | — |
Buy Euro sell Mexican peso |  |  | 22.01 |  |  |  | 52.2 |  |  |  | 1.2 |
Buy Euro sell Peruvian nuevo sol |  |  | 3.61 |  |  |  | 3.9 |  |  |  | (0.1 | )
Buy Euro sell Philippine peso |  |  | 53.11 |  |  |  | 5.4 |  |  |  | (0.1 | )
Buy Euro sell Russian ruble |  |  | 68.37 |  |  |  | 5.6 |  |  |  | (0.3 | )
Buy Euro sell U.S. dollar |  |  | 1.08 |  |  |  | 74.5 |  |  |  | (1.5 | )
Buy Euro sell South African rand |  |  | 15.02 |  |  |  | 3.4 |  |  |  | (0.1 | )
Buy British pound sell Euro |  |  | 0.84 |  |  |  | 3.1 |  |  |  | — |
Buy Hong Kong dollar sell Euro |  |  | 8.11 |  |  |  | 11.9 |  |  |  | (0.1 | )
Buy Indonesian rupiah sell Euro |  |  | 14,222.02 |  |  |  | 3.9 |  |  |  | — |
Buy Korean won sell U.S. dollar |  |  | 1,167.30 |  |  |  | 5.0 |  |  |  | (0.2 | )
Buy Kazakhstani tenge sell U.S. dollar |  |  | 342.00 |  |  |  | 0.9 |  |  |  | — |
Buy Mexican peso sell Euro |  |  | 21.30 |  |  |  | 11.9 |  |  |  | (0.3 | )
Buy Norwegian krone sell U.S. dollar |  |  | 8.70 |  |  |  | 1.1 |  |  |  | — |
Buy Peruvian nuevo sol sell Euro |  |  | 3.57 |  |  |  | 1.0 |  |  |  | — |
Buy Philippine peso sell Euro |  |  | 52.42 |  |  |  | 1.7 |  |  |  | — |
Buy Russian ruble sell Euro |  |  | 67.50 |  |  |  | 3.2 |  |  |  | 0.1 |
Buy Swedish krona sell U.S. dollar |  |  | 9.17 |  |  |  | 0.8 |  |  |  | — |
Buy Taiwan dollar sell U.S. dollar |  |  | 32.08 |  |  |  | 17.1 |  |  |  | (0.1 | )
Buy U.S. dollar sell Colombian peso |  |  | 3,092.61 |  |  |  | 5.6 |  |  |  | (0.1 | )
Buy U.S. dollar sell Euro |  |  | 1.06 |  |  |  | 140.4 |  |  |  | 4.5 |
Buy U.S. dollar sell Japanese yen |  |  | 117.39 |  |  |  | 0.5 |  |  |  | — |
Buy U.S. dollar sell South African rand |  |  | 14.14 |  |  |  | 2.1 |  |  |  | (0.1 | )
Buy South African rand sell Euro |  |  | 14.75 |  |  |  | 0.4 |  |  |  | — |
Buy South African rand sell U.S. dollar |  |  | 14.24 |  |  |  | 1.1 |  |  |  | — |
Total forward contracts |  |  |  |  |  | $ | 447.2 |  |  | $ | 3.9 |

108

Foreign Currency |  | Average Contract Rate |  |  | Original Notional Amount |  |  | Fair Value Gain (Loss) |
|  |  |  |  |  | (In millions) |  |  | (In millions) |
At December 31, 2015 |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |
Buy Chinese yuan sell Euro |  |  | 6.98 |  |  | $ | 7.8 |  |  | $ | (0.3 | )
Buy Chinese yuan sell U.S. dollar |  |  | 6.47 |  |  |  | 118.9 |  |  |  | (3.2 | )
Buy Colombian peso sell U.S. dollar |  |  | 3,170.89 |  |  |  | 0.5 |  |  |  | — |
Buy Euro sell Australian dollar |  |  | 1.52 |  |  |  | 2.0 |  |  |  | — |
Buy Euro sell Canadian dollar |  |  | 1.53 |  |  |  | 1.1 |  |  |  | — |
Buy Euro sell Chinese yuan |  |  | 7.15 |  |  |  | 3.7 |  |  |  | — |
Buy Euro sell Indonesian rupiah |  |  | 15,620.20 |  |  |  | 15.0 |  |  |  | (0.4 | )
Buy Euro sell Mexican peso |  |  | 18.22 |  |  |  | 74.8 |  |  |  | 2.6 |
Buy Euro sell Peruvian nuevo sol |  |  | 3.74 |  |  |  | 3.3 |  |  |  | — |
Buy Euro sell Philippine peso |  |  | 50.19 |  |  |  | 1.2 |  |  |  | — |
Buy Euro sell Russian ruble |  |  | 79.61 |  |  |  | 0.6 |  |  |  | — |
Buy Euro sell U.S. dollar |  |  | 1.09 |  |  |  | 25.5 |  |  |  | (0.2 | )
Buy British pound sell Euro |  |  | 0.74 |  |  |  | 3.7 |  |  |  | — |
Buy Kazakhstani tenge sell U.S. dollar |  |  | 297.53 |  |  |  | 1.8 |  |  |  | (0.4 | )
Buy Mexican peso sell Euro |  |  | 17.77 |  |  |  | 2.5 |  |  |  | (0.1 | )
Buy Norwegian krone sell U.S. dollar |  |  | 8.23 |  |  |  | 1.2 |  |  |  | (0.1 | )
Buy Swedish krona sell U.S. dollar |  |  | 8.21 |  |  |  | 2.0 |  |  |  | — |
Buy Taiwan dollar sell U.S. dollar |  |  | 32.84 |  |  |  | 13.7 |  |  |  | (0.1 | )
Buy U.S. dollar sell Brazilian real |  |  | 3.34 |  |  |  | 7.0 |  |  |  | 1.3 |
Buy U.S. dollar sell Colombian peso |  |  | 3,291.97 |  |  |  | 2.7 |  |  |  | (0.1 | )
Buy U.S. dollar sell Euro |  |  | 1.10 |  |  |  | 187.4 |  |  |  | 1.0 |
Buy U.S. dollar sell Korean won |  |  | 1,128.10 |  |  |  | 2.0 |  |  |  | 0.1 |
Buy U.S. dollar sell Swedish krona |  |  | 8.38 |  |  |  | 0.5 |  |  |  | — |
Total forward contracts |  |  |  |  |  | $ | 478.9 |  |  | $ | 0.1 |

The following tables summarize the derivative activity during the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015, and 2014 relating to all the Company’s derivatives.

Gains and Losses on Derivative Instruments

The following table summarizes gains (losses) relating to derivative instruments recorded in other comprehensive loss during the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015, and 2014:

|  | Amount of Gain (Loss) Recognized in Other Comprehensive Loss For the Year Ended |
|  | December 31 2016 |  |  | December 31 2015 |  |  | December 31 2014 |
|  | (In millions) |
Derivatives designated as hedging instruments: |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |
Foreign exchange currency contracts relating to inventory and intercompany management fee hedges |  | $ | 8.1 |  |  | $ | 14.8 |  |  | $ | 16.8 |

As of December 31, 2016, the estimated amount of existing net gains related to cash flow hedges recorded in accumulated other comprehensive loss that are expected to be reclassified into earnings over the next twelve months was $5.7 million.

109

The following table summarizes gains (losses) relating to derivative instruments recorded to income during the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015, and 2014:

|  | Amount of Gain (Loss) Recognized in Income For the Year Ended |  |  |
|  | December 31 2016 |  |  | December 31 2015 |  |  | December 31 2014 |  |  | Location of Gain (Loss) Recognized in Income
|  | (In millions) |  |  |
Derivatives designated as hedging instruments: |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |
Foreign exchange currency contracts relating to inventory hedges and intercompany management fee hedges(1) |  | $ | 0.2 |  |  | $ | 0.4 |  |  | $ | (4.6 | ) |  | Selling, general and administrative expenses
Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments: |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |
Foreign exchange currency contracts |  | $ | (4.3 | ) |  | $ | (4.1 | ) |  | $ | (26.2 | ) |  | Selling, general and administrative expenses

(1) | For foreign exchange contracts designated as hedging instruments, the amounts recognized in income primarily represent the amounts excluded from the assessment of hedge effectiveness for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2014. For the year ended December 31, 2015, there was a $1.3 million benefit related to hedge ineffectiveness partially offset against a $0.9 million expense related to amounts excluded from the assessment of hedge effectiveness recognized in income (loss).

The following table summarizes gains (losses) relating to derivative instruments reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive loss into income during the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015, and 2014:

|  | Amount of Gain (Loss) Reclassified from Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss into Income |  |  | Location of Gain (Loss) Reclassified
|  | For the Year Ended |  |  | from Accumulated Other
|  | December 31 2016 |  |  | December 31 2015 |  |  | December 31 2014 |  |  | Comprehensive Loss into Income (effective portion)
|  | (In millions) |  |  |
Derivatives designated as hedging instruments: |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |
Foreign exchange currency contracts relating to inventory hedges |  | $ | 14.7 |  |  | $ | 15.8 |  |  | $ | 4.0 |  |  | Cost of sales
Foreign exchange currency contracts relating to intercompany management fee hedges |  | $ | 0.3 |  |  | $ | 0.2 |  |  | $ | — |  |  | Selling, general and administrative expenses

The Company reports its derivatives at fair value as either assets or liabilities within its consolidated balance sheets. See Note 13, Fair Value Measurements, for information on derivative fair values and their consolidated balance sheets location as of December 31, 2016 and 2015.

12. Income Taxes

The components of income before income taxes are as follows (in millions):

|  | Year Ended December 31, |
|  | 2016 |  |  | 2015 |  |  | 2014 |
Domestic |  | $ | (89.3 | ) |  | $ | 80.9 |  |  | $ | 94.0 |
Foreign |  |  | 454.0 |  |  |  | 405.5 |  |  |  | 327.3 |
Total |  | $ | 364.7 |  |  | $ | 486.4 |  |  | $ | 421.3 |

110

Income taxes are as follows (in millions):

|  | Year Ended December 31, |
|  | 2016 |  |  | 2015 |  |  | 2014 |
Current: |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |
Foreign |  | $ | 127.9 |  |  | $ | 147.0 |  |  | $ | 141.7 |
Federal |  |  | 12.4 |  |  |  | 35.4 |  |  |  | 47.4 |
State |  |  | 0.8 |  |  |  | 3.1 |  |  |  | 8.3 |
|  |  | 141.1 |  |  |  | 185.5 |  |  |  | 197.4 |
Deferred: |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |
Foreign |  |  | 12.5 |  |  |  | (13.2 | ) |  |  | (6.0 | )
Federal |  |  | (47.2 | ) |  |  | (23.8 | ) |  |  | (76.5 | )
State |  |  | (1.7 | ) |  |  | (1.2 | ) |  |  | (2.3 | )
|  |  | (36.4 | ) |  |  | (38.2 | ) |  |  | (84.8 | )
|  | $ | 104.7 |  |  | $ | 147.3 |  |  | $ | 112.6 |

The Company recognizes excess tax benefits associated with share-based compensation to shareholders’ (deficit) equity only when realized. When assessing whether excess tax benefits relating to share-based compensation have been realized, the Company follows the with-and-without approach. Under this approach, excess tax benefits related to share-based compensation are not deemed to be realized until after the utilization of all other tax benefits available to the Company, which are also subject to applicable limitations. As of December 31, 2016 and 2015, the Company had $29.6 million and $25.4 million, respectively, of unrealized excess tax benefits. The $29.6 million of excess tax benefits at December 31, 2016 relates to foreign tax credits generated and carried forward on U.S. federal income tax returns. If unused, tax credit carryforwards will expire between 2021 and 2026.

The significant categories of temporary differences that gave rise to deferred tax assets and liabilities are as follows (tax effected in millions):

|  | December 31, |
|  | 2016 |  |  | 2015 |
Deferred income tax assets: |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |
Accruals not currently deductible |  | $ | 85.2 |  |  | $ | 84.6 |
Tax loss and credit carryforwards of certain foreign subsidiaries |  |  | 115.1 |  |  |  | 121.4 |
Tax loss and domestic tax credit carryforwards |  |  | 102.6 |  |  |  | 76.7 |
Unremitted foreign earnings |  |  | — |  |  |  | 6.4 |
Deferred compensation plan |  |  | 73.8 |  |  |  | 63.9 |
Accrued vacation |  |  | 6.2 |  |  |  | 5.8 |
Inventory reserve |  |  | 11.2 |  |  |  | 11.5 |
Other |  |  | 2.5 |  |  |  | 3.4 |
Gross deferred income tax assets |  |  | 396.6 |  |  |  | 373.7 |
Less: valuation allowance |  |  | (115.4 | ) |  |  | (121.3 | )
Total deferred income tax assets |  | $ | 281.2 |  |  | $ | 252.4 |
Deferred income tax liabilities: |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |
Intangible assets |  | $ | 112.2 |  |  | $ | 112.8 |
Depreciation/amortization |  |  | 15.9 |  |  |  | 22.1 |
Unremitted foreign earnings |  |  | 5.5 |  |  |  | — |
Other |  |  | 7.7 |  |  |  | 0.9 |
Total deferred income tax liabilities |  |  | 141.3 |  |  |  | 135.8 |
Total net deferred tax assets |  | $ | 139.9 |  |  | $ | 116.6 |

Tax loss and credit carryforwards of certain foreign subsidiaries for 2016 and 2015 were $115.1 million and $121.4 million, respectively. If unused, tax loss and credit carryforwards of certain foreign subsidiaries of $81.5 million will expire between 2017 and 2026 and $33.6 million can be carried forward indefinitely. Domestic foreign tax credit carryforwards for 2016 and 2015 were $99.6 million and $76.7 million, respectively. If unused, domestic foreign tax credit carryforwards begin to expire in 2024. The domestic research and development tax credit carryforward for 2016 was $2.2 million. If unused, domestic research and development tax credit carryforwards will expire in 2036. The state tax loss carryforwards for 2016 were $0.8 million. If unused, state tax loss carryforwards will expire between 2021 and 2036.

111

The Company’s net deferred tax as set year over year increase is primarily related to the increase of $22.9 million in excess foreign tax credits. This increase is mostly a result of the deduction of a settlement payment made to the Federal Trade Commission, which for US foreign tax credit purposes resulted in an overall domestic loss and limited the Company’s ability to claim foreign tax credits. In future taxable years as domestic source income is generated, 50% of such income will be reclassified as foreign source income as allowed and w ill increase the Company’s foreign tax credit limitation, thereby enabling the use of additional foreign tax credits. Although not certain, the Company believes that the utilization of the foreign tax credits carryforward of $99.6 million at December 31, 2 016 is more likely than not. The Company does not have a history of foreign tax credits expiring. In addition, the Company expects that $25.7 million of foreign tax credits, resulting from the overall domestic loss, will be utilized as discussed above. Als o, the Company believes that anticipated taxable income and, if needed, the potential implementation of tax planning strategies, such as the acceleration of foreign source income, should prevent foreign tax credit carryforwards from expiring.

The Company recognizes valuation allowances on deferred tax assets reported if, based on the weight of the evidence it is more likely than not that some or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. As of December 31, 2016 and 2015 the Company held valuation allowances against net deferred tax assets of certain subsidiaries, primarily related to tax loss carryforwards, in the amount of $115.4 million and tax loss carryforwards of $121.3 million, respectively. The change in the Company’s valuation allowance during 2016 of $5.9 million was related to $5.6 million of net reductions charged to income tax expense and $0.3 million of currency translation adjustments recognized within other comprehensive income. The change in the Company’s valuation allowance during 2015 of $208.7 million was related to $205.6 million of net reductions charged to income tax expense, primarily related to the utilization of our deferred tax asset balance related to intercompany deferred interest expense, partially offset by increases in Venezuelan tax loss carryforwards, and $3.1 million of currency translation adjustments recognized within other comprehensive income. The change in the Company’s valuation allowance during 2014 of $82.4 million was related to $85.7 million of net additions charged to income tax expense, primarily relating to increases in Venezuelan tax loss carryforwards and deferred interest expense carryforwards, reduced by $3.3 million of currency translation adjustments recognized within other comprehensive income.

At December 31, 2016, the Company’s U.S. consolidated group had approximately $131.9 million of unremitted earnings that were permanently reinvested relating to certain foreign subsidiaries. In addition, at December 31, 2016, Herbalife Ltd. had approximately $2.5 billion of permanently reinvested unremitted earnings relating to its operating subsidiaries. Since these unremitted earnings have been permanently reinvested, deferred taxes were not provided on these unremitted earnings. Further, it is not practicable to determine the amount of unrecognized deferred taxes with respect to these unremitted earnings. If the Company were to remit these unremitted earnings then it would be subject to income tax on these remittances. Deferred taxes have been accrued for earnings that are not considered indefinitely reinvested. The deferred tax on the unremitted foreign earnings as of December 31, 2016 and 2015 was a deferred tax liability of $5.5 million and a deferred tax asset of $6.4 million, respectively.

The applicable statutory income tax rate in the Cayman Islands was zero for Herbalife Ltd. for the years being reported. For purposes of the reconciliation between the provision for income taxes at the statutory rate and the provision for income taxes at the effective tax rate, a notional 35% tax rate is applied as follows:

|  | Year Ended December 31, |
|  | 2016 |  |  | 2015 |  |  | 2014 |
|  | (In millions) |
Tax expense at United States statutory rate |  | $ | 127.7 |  |  | $ | 170.2 |  |  | $ | 147.4 |
Increase (decrease) in tax resulting from: |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |
Differences between U.S. and foreign tax rates on foreign income, including withholding taxes |  |  | (16.6 | ) |  |  | 203.1 |  |  |  | (60.0 | )
U.S. tax (benefit) on foreign income net of foreign tax credits |  |  | (10.2 | ) |  |  | (23.9 | ) |  |  | (73.4 | )
(Decrease) increase in valuation allowances |  |  | (5.6 | ) |  |  | (205.6 | ) |  |  | 85.7 |
State taxes, net of federal benefit |  |  | 0.3 |  |  |  | 1.7 |  |  |  | 4.1 |
Unrecognized tax benefits |  |  | 5.3 |  |  |  | 10.1 |  |  |  | 13.0 |
Other |  |  | 3.8 |  |  |  | (8.3 | ) |  |  | (4.2 | )
Total |  | $ | 104.7 |  |  | $ | 147.3 |  |  | $ | 112.6 |

As of December 31, 2016, the total amount of unrecognized tax benefits, including related interest and penalties was $62.0 million. If the total amount of unrecognized tax benefits was recognized, $44.8 million of unrecognized tax benefits, $9.4 million of interest and $2.1 million of penalties would impact the effective tax rate. As of December 31, 2015, the total amount of unrecognized tax benefits, including related interest and penalties was $58.0 million. If the total amount of unrecognized tax benefits was recognized, $44.1 million of unrecognized tax benefits, $7.1 million of interest and $1.5 million of penalties would impact the effective tax rate.

112

The Company accounts for the interest and penalties generated by tax co ntingencies as a component of income tax expense. During the year ended December 31, 2016, the Company recorded an increase in interest and penalty expense related to uncertain tax positions of $2.7 million and $0.7 million, respectively. During the year e nded December 31, 2015, the Company recorded an increase in interest and penalty expense related to uncertain tax positions of $2.0 million and $0.6 million, respectively. During the year ended December 31, 2014, the Company recorded an increase in interes t and penalty expense related to uncertain tax positions of $1.9 million and $0.3 million, respectively. As of December 31, 2016, total amount of interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits recognized in the statement of financial position were $9.4 million and $2.1 million, respectively. As of December 31, 2015, total amount of interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits recognized in the statement of financial position were $7.1 million and $1.5 million, respectively. As of December 31, 2014, total amount of interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits recognized in the statement of financial position were $5.5 million and $1.1 million respectively.

The following changes occurred in the amount of unrecognized tax benefits during the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015, and 2014 (in millions):

|  | Year Ended December 31 2016 |  |  | Year Ended December 31 2015 |  |  | Year Ended December 31 2014 |
Beginning balance of unrecognized tax benefits |  | $ | 49.4 |  |  | $ | 40.5 |  |  | $ | 29.9 |
Additions for current year tax positions |  |  | 9.3 |  |  |  | 11.3 |  |  |  | 9.4 |
Additions for prior year tax positions |  |  | 2.0 |  |  |  | 2.5 |  |  |  | 6.1 |
Reductions for prior year tax positions |  |  | (4.7 | ) |  |  | (0.6 | ) |  |  | (1.0 | )
Reductions for audit settlements |  |  | — |  |  |  | (0.1 | ) |  |  | (0.1 | )
Reductions for the expiration of statutes of limitation |  |  | (4.2 | ) |  |  | (2.8 | ) |  |  | (2.5 | )
Changes due to foreign currency translation adjustments |  |  | (1.3 | ) |  |  | (1.4 | ) |  |  | (1.3 | )
Ending balance of unrecognized tax benefits (excluding interest and penalties) |  | $ | 50.5 |  |  | $ | 49.4 |  |  | $ | 40.5 |
Interest and penalties associated with unrecognized tax benefits |  |  | 11.5 |  |  |  | 8.6 |  |  |  | 6.7 |
Ending balance of unrecognized tax benefits (including interest and penalties) |  | $ | 62.0 |  |  | $ | 58.0 |  |  | $ | 47.2 |

The amount of income taxes the Company pays is subject to ongoing audits by taxing jurisdictions around the world. The Company’s estimate of the potential outcome of any uncertain tax position is subject to management’s assessment of relevant risks, facts, and circumstances existing at that time. The Company believes that it has adequately provided for these matters. However, the Company’s future results may include favorable or unfavorable adjustments to its estimates in the period the audits are resolved, which may impact the Company’s effective tax rate. As of December 31, 2016, the Company’s tax filings are generally subject to examination in major tax jurisdictions for years ending on or after December 31, 2009.

The Company believes that it is reasonably possible that the amount of unrecognized tax benefits could decrease by up to approximately $11.0 million within the next twelve months. Of this possible decrease, $5.5 million would be due to the settlement of audits or resolution of administrative or judicial proceedings. The remaining possible decrease of $5.5 million would be due to the expiration of statute of limitations in various jurisdictions.

13. Fair Value Measurements

The Company applies the provisions of ASC Topic 820, Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures, or ASC 820, for its financial and non-financial assets and liabilities. ASC 820 defines fair value as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. ASC 820 establishes a fair value hierarchy, which prioritizes the inputs used in measuring fair value into three broad levels as follows:

Level 1 inputs are quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities that the reporting entity has the ability to access at the measurement date.

Level 2 inputs include quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets, quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities in markets that are not active, inputs other than quoted prices that are observable for the asset or liability and inputs that are derived principally from or corroborated by observable market data by correlation or other means.

Level 3 inputs are unobservable inputs for the asset or liability.

113

The Company measures certain assets and liabilities at fair value as discussed throughout the notes to its consolidated financial statements. Foreign exchange currency contracts are valued using standard calculations and models primarily based on inputs such as observable forward rates, spot rates and foreign currency exchange rates at the reporting period ended date. The Company’s derivative a ssets and liabilities are measured at fair value and consisted of Level 2 inputs and their amounts are shown below at their gross values at December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015:

Fair Value Measurements at Reporting Date Using

|  | Derivative Balance Sheet Location |  | Significant Other Observable Inputs (Level 2) Fair Value at December 31, 2016 |  |  | Significant Other Observable Inputs (Level 2) Fair Value at December 31, 2015 |
|  |  |  | (In millions) |
ASSETS: |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |
Derivatives designated as hedging instruments: |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |
Foreign exchange currency contracts relating to inventory and intercompany management fee hedges |  | Prepaid expenses and other current assets |  | $ | 4.6 |  |  | $ | 4.2 |
Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments: |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |
Foreign exchange currency contracts |  | Prepaid expenses and other current assets |  | $ | 2.8 |  |  | $ | 2.6 |
|  |  |  | $ | 7.4 |  |  | $ | 6.8 |
LIABILITIES: |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |
Derivatives designated as hedging instruments: |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |
Foreign exchange currency contracts relating to inventory and intercompany management fee hedges |  | Accrued expenses |  | $ | — |  |  | $ | 0.5 |
Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments: |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |
Foreign exchange currency contracts |  | Accrued expenses |  | $ | 3.5 |  |  | $ | 6.2 |
|  |  |  | $ | 3.5 |  |  | $ | 6.7 |

The Company’s deferred compensation plan assets consist of Company owned life insurance policies. As these policies are recorded at their cash surrender value, they are not required to be included in the fair value table above. See Note 6, Employee Compensation Plans, for a further description of its deferred compensation plan assets.

114

The following tables summarize the offsetting of the fair values of the Company’s derivative assets and derivative liabilities for presentation in the Company’s consolidated balance sheets at December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015:

|  | Offsetting of Derivative Assets |
|  | Gross Amounts of Recognized Assets |  |  | Gross Amounts Offset in the Balance Sheet |  |  | Net Amounts of Assets Presented in the Balance Sheet |
|  | (In millions) |
December 31, 2016 |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |
Foreign exchange currency contracts |  | $ | 7.4 |  |  | $ | (3.0 | ) |  | $ | 4.4 |
Total |  | $ | 7.4 |  |  | $ | (3.0 | ) |  | $ | 4.4 |
December 31, 2015 |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |
Foreign exchange currency contracts |  | $ | 6.8 |  |  | $ | (4.5 | ) |  | $ | 2.3 |
Total |  | $ | 6.8 |  |  | $ | (4.5 | ) |  | $ | 2.3 |

|  | Offsetting of Derivative Liabilities |
|  | Gross Amounts of Recognized Liabilities |  |  | Gross Amounts Offset in the Balance Sheet |  |  | Net Amounts of Liabilities Presented in the Balance Sheet |
|  | (In millions) |
December 31, 2016 |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |
Foreign exchange currency contracts |  | $ | 3.5 |  |  | $ | (3.0 | ) |  | $ | 0.5 |
Total |  | $ | 3.5 |  |  | $ | (3.0 | ) |  | $ | 0.5 |
December 31, 2015 |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |
Foreign exchange currency contracts |  | $ | 6.7 |  |  | $ | (4.5 | ) |  | $ | 2.2 |
Total |  | $ | 6.7 |  |  | $ | (4.5 | ) |  | $ | 2.2 |

The Company offsets all of its derivative assets and derivative liabilities in its consolidated balance sheets to the extent it maintains master netting arrangements with related financial institutions. As of December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, all of the Company’s derivatives were subject to master netting arrangements and no collateralization was required for the Company’s derivative assets and derivative liabilities.

14. Professional Fees and Other Expenses

In late 2012, a hedge fund manager publicly raised allegations regarding the legality of the Company’s network marketing program and announced that the hedge fund manager had taken a significant short position regarding the Company’s common shares, leading to intense public scrutiny and significant stock price volatility. The Company believes that the hedge fund manager’s allegations are inaccurate and misleading. The Company has engaged legal and advisory firms to assist with responding to the allegations and to perform other related services in connection to these recent events. The Company recognizes the related expenses as a part of selling, general and administrative expenses within its consolidated statement of income. For the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015, and 2014, the Company recorded approximately $12.1 million, $18.7 million, and $25.1 million, respectively, of professional fees and other expenses related to this matter.

15. Subsequent Events

On February 15, 2017, the Company entered into a $1,450.0 million senior secured credit facility, or the New Credit Facility, consisting of a Term Loan Facility in an initial aggregate principal amount of $1,300.0 million and a Revolving Facility in an initial aggregate principal amount of $150.0 million with a syndicate of financial institutions as lenders, or Lenders. The Term Loan Facility was issued to the Lenders at a 2% discount, or $26.0 million, and the Company estimates its debt issuance cost in connection with the New Credit Facility to be approximately $23 million. The Company also repaid the $410.0 million outstanding balance on its prior Credit Facility as disclosed in Note 4, Long-Term Debt, which has now been terminated.

The Revolving Facility matures on February 15, 2022 and the Term Loan Facility matures on February 15, 2023. The New Credit Facility permits the Company to borrow in U.S. dollars and, subject to certain limitations, in Euros. Borrowings under the Term Loan Facility will bear interest at either the eurocurrency rate plus a margin of 5.50% or the base rate plus a margin of 4.50%.

115

Depending on Herbalife’s total leverage ratio, borrowings under the Revolving Facility will bear interest at either the eurocurrency rate plus a margin of either 4.50% or 4.75% or the base rate plus a margin of either 3.50% or 3.75%, an d will initially bear interest at the eurocurrency rate plus a margin of 4.75% or the base rate plus a margin of 3.75%. The base rate represents the highest of the Federal Funds Rate plus 0.50%, one-month adjusted LIBOR plus 1.00%, and the prime rate set b y Credit Suisse. The base rate has a floor of 1.75%. The eurocurrency rate will be based on adjusted LIBOR and have a floor of 0.75%. The Company will pay a commitment fee on the Revolving Facility of 0.50% per annum on the undrawn portion of the Revolvin g Facility.

The New Credit Facility contains affirmative, negative and financial covenants customary for financings of this type, including, among other things, limitations or prohibitions on declaring and paying dividends and other distributions, redeeming and repurchasing certain other indebtedness, loans and investments, additional indebtedness, liens, mergers, asset sales and transactions with affiliates. In addition, the New Credit Facility contains customary events of default.

On February 21, 2017, the Company’s board of directors approved a new three-year $1.5 billion share repurchase program.

16. Quarterly Information (Unaudited)

|  | 2016 |  |  | 2015 |
|  | (In millions, except per share data) |
First Quarter Ended March 31 |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |
Net sales |  | $ | 1,119.6 |  |  | $ | 1,105.4 |
Gross profit |  |  | 906.5 |  |  |  | 890.0 |
Net income |  |  | 95.8 |  |  |  | 78.2 |
Earnings per share |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |
Basic |  | $ | 1.16 |  |  | $ | 0.95 |
Diluted |  | $ | 1.12 |  |  | $ | 0.92 |
Second Quarter Ended June 30 |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |
Net sales |  | $ | 1,201.8 |  |  | $ | 1,162.3 |
Gross profit |  |  | 965.5 |  |  |  | 933.0 |
Net income |  |  | (22.9 | ) |  |  | 82.8 |
Earnings per share |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |
Basic |  | $ | (0.28 | ) |  | $ | 1.00 |
Diluted |  | $ | (0.28 | ) |  | $ | 0.97 |
Third Quarter Ended September 30 |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |
Net sales |  | $ | 1,122.0 |  |  | $ | 1,102.9 |
Gross profit |  |  | 912.9 |  |  |  | 896.0 |
Net income |  |  | 87.7 |  |  |  | 93.6 |
Earnings per share |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |
Basic |  | $ | 1.06 |  |  | $ | 1.13 |
Diluted |  | $ | 1.01 |  |  | $ | 1.09 |
Fourth Quarter Ended December 31 |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |
Net sales |  | $ | 1,045.0 |  |  | $ | 1,098.4 |
Gross profit |  |  | 848.9 |  |  |  | 894.0 |
Net income |  |  | 99.4 |  |  |  | 84.5 |
Earnings per share |  |  |  |  |  |  |  |
Basic |  | $ | 1.19 |  |  | $ | 1.02 |
Diluted |  | $ | 1.16 |  |  | $ | 0.98 |

Item 16. | FORM 10-K SUMMARY

None.

116

SIGNAT URES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

HERBALIFE LTD.
By: | /s/ JOHN G. DESIMONE
| John G. DeSimone Chief Financial Officer

Dated: February 23, 2017

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the Registrant and in the capacities and on the date indicated.

Signature |  | Title |  | Date
/s/ MICHAEL O. JOHNSON |  | Chief Executive Officer, Director, Chairman of the Board (Principal Executive Officer) |  | February 23, 2017
Michael O. Johnson |  |
/s/ JOHN G. DESIMONE |  | Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial Officer) |  | February 23, 2017
John G. DeSimone |  |
/s/ BOSCO CHIU |  | Senior Vice President and Principal Accounting Officer (Principal Accounting Officer) |  | February 23, 2017
Bosco Chiu |  |
/s/ RICHARD P. BERMINGHAM |  | Director |  | February 23, 2017
Richard P. Bermingham |  |
/s/ PEDRO CARDOSO |  | Director |  | February 23, 2017
Pedro Cardoso |  |
/s/ RICHARD H. CARMONA |  | Director |  | February 23, 2017
Richard H. Carmona |  |  |
/s/ JONATHAN CHRISTODORO |  | Director |  | February 23, 2017
Jonathan Christodoro |  |
/s/ KEITH COZZA |  | Director |  | February 23, 2017
Keith Cozza |  |  |
/s/ JEFFREY T. DUNN |  | Director |  | February 23, 2017
Jeffrey T. Dunn |  |  |
/s/ HUNTER C. GARY |  | Director |  | February 23, 2017
Hunter C. Gary |  |  |
/s/ JESSE A. LYNN |  | Director |  | February 23, 2017
Jesse A. Lynn |  |  |
/s/ MICHAEL MONTELONGO |  | Director |  | February 23, 2017
Michael Montelongo |  |  |  |
/s/ JAMES L. NELSON |  | Director |  | February 23, 2017
James L. Nelson |  |  |
/s/ MARIA OTERO |  | Director |  | February 23, 2017
Maria Otero |  |  |
/s/ JOHN TARTOL |  | Director |  | February 23, 2017
John Tartol |  |  |

117